Author: Amjad Izhar

  • Study of Al-Quran The Holy Book Surah Fatiha and Surah Al-Baqara

    Study of Al-Quran The Holy Book Surah Fatiha and Surah Al-Baqara

    The Quran, Islam’s holy book, holds immense spiritual and intellectual significance, offering profound insights into life, worship, and morality. Its chapters, known as Surahs, serve as a source of divine guidance, encouraging believers to develop faith and live righteously. At the heart of this sacred scripture are Surah Al-Fatiha and Surah Al-Baqara, two chapters that lay the foundation for Islamic theology and practice.

    Surah Al-Fatiha, often referred to as “The Opening,” functions as a prayer and an invocation, recited in every unit of Muslim prayer (Salah). It establishes the essence of worship by praising Allah and seeking His guidance. Meanwhile, Surah Al-Baqara, the longest chapter in the Quran, elaborates on themes of faith, divine law, and moral conduct, serving as a comprehensive manual for personal and communal life. Together, these two Surahs encapsulate the core principles of Islam.

    The study of these Surahs offers readers an opportunity to reflect deeply on their meanings and relevance to both spiritual and practical life. Scholars have long emphasized the importance of understanding these chapters, highlighting them as essential tools for believers striving to strengthen their relationship with Allah. As we embark on this exploration, we uncover not only the theological insights but also the ethical frameworks that continue to shape Muslim communities worldwide.

    SEO Keywords: Quran study, Surah Fatiha, Surah Al-Baqara, spiritual guidance, Islamic theology

    Hashtags: #QuranStudy #SurahAlFatiha #SurahAlBaqara #IslamicGuidance #FaithandPractice

    1. A Discussion of Quran Chapters

    Quranic Structure and Surah Overview

    The Quran is divided into 114 chapters, or Surahs, each with its distinct themes and purposes. Some Surahs, such as Al-Fatiha, are brief yet profound, while others, like Al-Baqara, span numerous pages with a vast array of topics. This division into chapters allows for ease of recitation, reflection, and study, and each Surah carries a message that remains relevant across time and place. Whether offering stories of the prophets or instructions for social interactions, the Quran addresses various aspects of life, serving as a comprehensive guide.

    The significance of reading and understanding these chapters lies not only in their content but also in their divine origin. As Muslims believe the Quran to be the word of Allah revealed to the Prophet Muhammad, each chapter carries an invitation to reflect, submit, and act according to divine will. Surah Al-Fatiha, for example, is recited daily, emphasizing its foundational role in a believer’s spiritual journey. Surah Al-Baqara, on the other hand, includes extensive discussions on legal matters, ethical conduct, and faith, providing guidance for personal and societal behavior.

    SEO Keywords: Quran chapters, Surah structure, Quran recitation, Islamic scripture, divine revelation

    Hashtags: #QuranChapters #IslamicScripture #DivineGuidance #FaithInPractice

    Thematic Insights into Surah Fatiha and Al-Baqara

    Surah Al-Fatiha offers a concise but all-encompassing summary of the relationship between Allah and His creation. It begins with praise for Allah, the “Lord of the Worlds,” and establishes His qualities of mercy and justice. This Surah teaches the believer to seek guidance on the “straight path,” highlighting the importance of continuous spiritual striving. Its repetitive recitation reinforces mindfulness and humility, which are central to Islamic worship.

    Surah Al-Baqara takes these principles further by addressing both the personal and communal dimensions of faith. It discusses belief, legal rulings, moral behavior, and the consequences of disbelief. It also provides narratives of past prophets, such as Moses and Abraham, showing how earlier communities were guided—and sometimes deviated—from Allah’s path. This Surah urges believers to uphold justice, show patience, and trust Allah’s wisdom, regardless of trials and tribulations.

    SEO Keywords: Quran themes, Surah Al-Fatiha meaning, Surah Al-Baqara significance, personal faith, Islamic law

    Hashtags: #IslamicTeachings #SurahAlFatiha #SurahAlBaqara #FaithAndCommunity

    Conclusion of Point 1

    Both Surah Al-Fatiha and Surah Al-Baqara demonstrate the Quran’s unique ability to blend spiritual insight with practical guidance. Surah Al-Fatiha reminds believers of their dependence on divine mercy and the necessity of seeking constant guidance, making it a daily prayer for Muslims. Surah Al-Baqara complements this spiritual foundation by elaborating on the responsibilities and trials believers face in everyday life, emphasizing patience, justice, and righteous conduct.

    These Surahs offer a holistic view of Islam, combining worship with action, faith with ethics. As such, they continue to serve as essential tools for personal development and community building. Their study provides believers with an opportunity to deepen their understanding of Allah’s will, reinforcing their commitment to living righteous and meaningful lives.

    SEO Keywords: Surah Al-Fatiha reflection, Surah Al-Baqara lessons, Quran guidance, personal development, Islamic ethics

    Hashtags: #SpiritualReflection #IslamicWisdom #QuranLessons #GuidanceAndFaith

    2. The Day of Judgement in the Quran

    The Gravity of the Day of Judgement

    The Day of Judgement is a cornerstone of Islamic theology, representing the moment when every soul will stand accountable before Allah. This event is referred to by various names in the Quran, such as “Yawm al-Qiyamah” (Day of Resurrection) and “Yawm ad-Din” (Day of Reckoning), each highlighting different aspects of its seriousness. The Quran’s vivid descriptions—where the heavens will split, the earth will shine with divine light, and every secret will be revealed—underscore the magnitude of this day. Believers are reminded that no action, however small, will escape Allah’s judgment, emphasizing that accountability is central to Islamic life.

    The Quran also stresses that the Day of Judgement will arrive unexpectedly, known only to Allah. This unpredictability serves as a constant reminder for believers to remain spiritually vigilant and morally upright. As stated in Surah Al-Zalzalah, “Whoever does an atom’s weight of good will see it, and whoever does an atom’s weight of evil will see it” (99:7-8). This verse epitomizes the Quran’s focus on justice and the ultimate revelation of truth on that day.

    SEO Keywords: Day of Judgement in Islam, Quranic eschatology, Yawm al-Qiyamah, divine accountability, spiritual vigilance

    Hashtags: #JudgementDay #QuranEschatology #IslamicBelief #Accountability

    Rewards, Punishments, and Absolute Justice

    On the Day of Judgement, every soul will be judged with perfect fairness. Good deeds will be rewarded generously, and those who lived righteously will be granted eternal paradise, described in the Quran as “gardens beneath which rivers flow” (Surah Muhammad: 15). In contrast, those who reject faith and indulge in corruption will face severe punishment in Hell. The Quran presents Hell not only as a place of torment but also as a manifestation of divine justice for those who ignored warnings and disobeyed Allah’s commands.

    One of the most compelling aspects of the Day of Judgement is that no intercession or worldly advantage will help a person on that day. The Quran declares, “No soul will be burdened with the burden of another” (Surah Al-An’am: 164), reinforcing the idea of individual accountability. This notion eliminates any sense of complacency, urging believers to focus on personal growth, sincere repentance, and the pursuit of righteousness throughout their lives.

    SEO Keywords: Quran on accountability, rewards and punishment in Islam, eternal paradise, individual judgment, spiritual growth

    Hashtags: #IslamicEschatology #DivineJustice #ParadiseAndHell #FaithAndAccountability

    3. Divine Justice in the Quran

    The Balance between Justice and Mercy

    The Quran presents Allah as both just and merciful, striking a perfect balance between retribution and forgiveness. Divine justice, as outlined in the Quran, ensures that every individual receives what they deserve, whether it be reward or punishment. However, Allah’s mercy often tempers His justice. This duality is emphasized in Surah Al-Zumar: “Say, ‘O My servants who have transgressed against themselves, do not despair of the mercy of Allah. Indeed, Allah forgives all sins’” (39:53). This verse reassures believers that sincere repentance opens the doors to divine mercy, even for those who have strayed from the path.

    The Quran also introduces the concept of Qisas (retaliation), a form of justice that ensures the punishment fits the offense. Yet, the text encourages forgiveness when possible, stating that pardoning an offender is a higher moral ground, leading to divine reward. This principle demonstrates the Quran’s holistic approach to justice, promoting both fairness and compassion, as well as peace within society.

    SEO Keywords: Divine justice in the Quran, forgiveness in Islam, Qisas in the Quran, mercy of Allah, Islamic ethics

    Hashtags: #DivineJustice #IslamicCompassion #QuranicWisdom #ForgivenessAndMercy

    Worldly and Eternal Justice

    While the ultimate judgment occurs in the afterlife, Allah’s justice is also evident in the temporal world. The Quran acknowledges that life’s trials—whether through hardship or blessings—are part of Allah’s justice and serve as tests for believers. These experiences remind individuals that material success or suffering is not always an indication of divine favor or disfavor. As highlighted in Surah Al-Baqarah: “We will surely test you with something of fear and hunger and a loss of wealth and lives and fruits, but give good tidings to the patient” (2:155).

    Believers are encouraged to trust in Allah’s wisdom, even when divine justice is not immediately apparent. The Quran assures them that ultimate justice will be served, whether in this life or the Hereafter. This trust cultivates patience and perseverance, essential virtues for navigating life’s challenges. The belief in divine justice empowers Muslims to accept trials as part of a greater plan, knowing that every act of goodness will eventually be rewarded.

    SEO Keywords: Allah’s justice in this world, trials and tests in Islam, divine wisdom, patience in the Quran, eternal justice

    Hashtags: #IslamicPatience #DivineWisdom #JusticeInThisWorld #FaithInAdversity

    Conclusion of Points 2 and 3

    The concepts of the Day of Judgement and divine justice are interconnected pillars of Islamic faith, emphasizing individual accountability, fairness, and the balance between justice and mercy. Together, these themes convey the message that every soul will be judged based on their deeds and intentions, with no room for favoritism or intercession. The Quran’s portrayal of judgment serves as a constant reminder to lead a life of righteousness and mindfulness.

    Moreover, divine justice extends beyond the afterlife to the realities of this world, where believers are tested through trials and blessings. This ensures that even in the face of suffering, there is wisdom and fairness in Allah’s plan. The Quran inspires believers to trust in this divine justice, to seek Allah’s mercy, and to strive for good deeds, knowing that ultimate justice will prevail. These teachings provide comfort, guidance, and motivation for believers in their spiritual journey.

    SEO Keywords: Day of Judgement and divine justice, Islamic faith pillars, Allah’s mercy, righteous living, Quran teachings

    Hashtags: #IslamicFaith #QuranGuidance #JudgementAndJustice #MercyAndRighteousness

    4. Divine Justice in the Quran

    Allah’s Justice: Perfect and Unbiased

    The Quran presents Allah as the ultimate judge, governing the universe with absolute fairness and wisdom. He is described by His divine attributes—Al-‘Adl (The Just), Al-‘Aziz (The Mighty), and Al-Hakim (The Wise)—which reflect His perfect ability to balance justice, power, and wisdom. His justice is comprehensive, ensuring that every individual receives what they deserve, whether reward or punishment, without any form of prejudice or injustice. As the Quran states, “Indeed, Allah does not do injustice, [even] as much as an atom’s weight” (Surah An-Nisa: 40).

    SEO Keywords: divine justice in Islam, Quranic justice, Allah the Just, Al-‘Adl meaning, fairness in Islam

    Hashtags: #DivineJustice #AlAdl #IslamicWisdom

    Justice, Forgiveness, and Qisas (Retribution)

    The Quran presents Qisas (retributive justice) as a mechanism for maintaining fairness, especially in cases of murder or injury. However, it emphasizes the virtue of mercy by allowing the victim’s family to forgive the offender and seek reconciliation instead of retaliation. Surah Al-Baqarah (2:178) explains, “And there is for you in retribution [saving of] life, O people of understanding, that you may become righteous.” This approach demonstrates the Quran’s nuanced understanding of justice—not only as retribution but also as an opportunity for mercy and moral elevation.

    The Quran thus encourages believers to forgive whenever possible, aligning with Allah’s nature as Ar-Rahman (The Most Compassionate) and Ar-Raheem (The Most Merciful). Mercy is not seen as a negation of justice but as an integral part of it, promoting harmony in society and spiritual growth in individuals.

    SEO Keywords: Qisas in the Quran, Islamic forgiveness, mercy and justice, restorative justice in Islam, compassion in the Quran

    Hashtags: #IslamicForgiveness #MercyAndJustice #RestorativeJustice

    Justice in the Afterlife: Reward and Punishment

    The Quran emphasizes that Allah’s justice will manifest most fully on the Day of Judgement, where the righteous will be rewarded with Paradise, and the wicked will face punishment in Hell. Those who lived according to Allah’s commands will enjoy eternal blessings, while those who disbelieved or committed injustice will encounter retribution. Surah Az-Zumar (39:70) declares, “And every soul will be fully compensated for what it did, and He is most knowing of what they do.”

    In Islam, belief in the Day of Judgement reinforces accountability in this life, reminding individuals that their actions have consequences beyond the present moment. The Quran inspires believers to act righteously, seek forgiveness, and maintain hope in Allah’s mercy, knowing that no good deed will be overlooked.

    SEO Keywords: Quran on reward and punishment, Islamic eschatology, Hell and Paradise in Islam, righteous deeds in the Quran

    Hashtags: #IslamicEschatology #ParadiseAndHell #RighteousLiving

    Justice in This Life: Tests, Trials, and Trust

    Allah’s justice is not limited to the afterlife but extends to the trials and experiences individuals face in this world. The Quran teaches that tests, whether through hardship or prosperity, are part of Allah’s divine justice and wisdom. As stated in Surah Al-Anbiya: “We test you with both good and evil as a trial, and to Us you will be returned” (21:35). These experiences are designed to purify the soul, strengthen faith, and develop patience.

    Even though divine justice may not always be apparent in worldly events, believers are encouraged to trust in Allah’s wisdom and fairness. This trust fosters resilience and patience, as highlighted in Surah Al-Baqarah: “Indeed, Allah is with the patient” (2:153). The Quran teaches that hardships are not necessarily signs of divine displeasure but opportunities for spiritual growth and reward.

    SEO Keywords: patience in Islam, trials and tests in the Quran, divine wisdom and trust, tests in Islam, hardship and faith

    Hashtags: #IslamicPatience #FaithInAdversity #DivineWisdom

    Mercy as the Essence of Divine Justice

    A distinctive aspect of Allah’s justice is His mercy, which offers hope even to those who have sinned. While Allah is swift in retribution for those who persist in wrongdoing, He is also forgiving to those who sincerely repent. Surah Ash-Shura (42:25) states, “And it is He who accepts repentance from His servants and pardons misdeeds.” The Quran emphasizes that Allah’s mercy encompasses all things, underscoring that repentance and humility can open the doors to forgiveness and redemption.

    This interplay between justice and mercy reflects the Quran’s holistic vision of divine justice—balancing the need for accountability with opportunities for grace. It reassures believers that even when justice is served, it is always accompanied by compassion.

    SEO Keywords: repentance in the Quran, Allah’s mercy and justice, divine mercy in Islam, forgiveness after sin

    Hashtags: #AllahsMercy #DivineCompassion #IslamicForgiveness

    Conclusion

    The Quran presents a comprehensive concept of divine justice that encompasses both accountability and mercy. Allah’s justice ensures that every soul receives what it deserves, whether in this life or the Hereafter. At the same time, the Quran emphasizes that justice is not rigid or harsh but is often softened by mercy and forgiveness. This balance between justice and compassion reflects Allah’s attributes as Al-‘Adl (The Just) and Ar-Rahman (The Most Compassionate).

    Whether through the principle of Qisas, the promise of reward for the righteous, or the trials of life, divine justice teaches believers to trust in Allah’s wisdom and strive for righteousness. The Quran also reminds them that no hardship is without purpose and that repentance and faith can always lead to divine mercy. This holistic understanding of justice inspires Muslims to live a life of integrity, patience, and hope.

    SEO Keywords: divine justice in Islam, Quran on trials and tests, forgiveness and retribution, justice and mercy balance

    Hashtags: #QuranicWisdom #JusticeAndMercy #FaithAndIntegrity #RighteousLiving

    5. Allah’s Power as Described in the Quran

    Allah’s Power: Limitless and Absolute

    The Quran presents Allah as the supreme being, whose power is unparalleled and unrestricted. He is described as Al-Qadir (The All-Powerful) and Al-Muqtadir (The Omnipotent), emphasizing that He can accomplish anything He wills without limitation. The Quran reiterates, “Indeed, Allah is over all things competent” (Surah Al-Baqarah: 2:284), making it clear that nothing exists or happens outside His divine will. His power is not dependent on any external force or condition, as all creation owes its existence to His command.

    SEO Keywords: Allah the All-Powerful, omnipotence in Islam, Quranic verses on power, divine will in Islam

    Hashtags: #AlQadir #AllahsMight #IslamicBeliefs

    Creation as a Manifestation of Allah’s Power

    One of the most striking demonstrations of Allah’s power is His ability to create. The Quran frequently emphasizes that the creation of the heavens, the earth, and all living beings—including humans, animals, and jinn—occurred by His command. In Surah Yasin (36:82), it says: “His command is only when He intends a thing that He says to it, ‘Be,’ and it is.”

    This verse reflects the effortless nature of divine creation. Allah’s power extends to the cycle of life and death; He brings the living from the dead and the dead from the living (Surah Ar-Rum: 30:19). His ability to create and give life from nothing emphasizes His mastery over existence and time.

    SEO Keywords: creation in the Quran, life and death in Islam, Allah’s creative power, divine command Be and it is

    Hashtags: #CreationInIslam #AllahTheCreator #DivineCommand

    Allah’s Power in Regulating the Universe

    Beyond creation, Allah’s power governs every aspect of the universe. He controls celestial bodies such as the sun, moon, and stars, regulates the seasons, sends rain to nourish the earth, and commands the winds. As the Quran states: “It is Allah who alternates the night and the day, and He has subjected the sun and the moon” (Surah Fatir: 35:13).

    Nothing occurs without His permission or decree. This governance reflects the seamless integration of divine power with the natural world, emphasizing that all phenomena—big or small—are under His command.

    SEO Keywords: Quran on nature, Allah’s control over the universe, divine regulation, Allah and natural phenomena

    Hashtags: #DivineControl #IslamicCreation #UniversalOrder

    Granting and Removing Sovereignty

    Allah’s power extends to human affairs, including the rise and fall of leaders and nations. In Surah Al-Imran (3:26), it is stated: “Say, ‘O Allah, Owner of Sovereignty, You give sovereignty to whom You will and You take sovereignty away from whom You will.’” The Quran illustrates this through stories of prophets and kings, such as the rise of King Saul and the authority granted to King David.

    Similarly, Allah has the power to bestow wealth, honor, or hardship, as part of His divine plan to test and guide individuals. This aspect of divine power encourages believers to acknowledge that all success and adversity are part of Allah’s will.

    SEO Keywords: sovereignty in Islam, Allah and leadership, divine tests, Quran on wealth and honor

    Hashtags: #DivineSovereignty #IslamicLeadership #TrustInAllah

    Guidance and Misguidance: A Reflection of Allah’s Power

    The Quran highlights Allah’s power to guide or lead astray whomever He wills. As Surah Al-Baqarah (2:272) explains: “It is not upon you [O Muhammad] to guide them, but Allah guides whom He wills.” This demonstrates that while believers are encouraged to seek and offer guidance, ultimately, it is Allah who opens hearts to faith.

    Conversely, those who persist in arrogance and reject truth are left in misguidance. Allah’s power in guiding or allowing misguidance is a reminder to believers to sincerely seek His guidance and submit fully to His will.

    SEO Keywords: divine guidance in Islam, misguidance in the Quran, Allah’s will, submission to divine guidance

    Hashtags: #SeekGuidance #TrustInAllahsWill #IslamicFaith

    Allah’s Knowledge: Power Beyond the Physical Realm

    Allah’s power is not limited to physical control but also encompasses perfect knowledge of the seen and unseen. The Quran describes Him as knowing everything in the heavens and the earth, including the deepest secrets within human hearts. Surah Al-An’am (6:59) states: “And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except Him.”

    This perfect knowledge reflects Allah’s ability to govern all matters with precision and justice. His power to know all things—past, present, and future—reassures believers that nothing escapes His notice, and every deed will receive its due recompense.

    SEO Keywords: divine knowledge in Islam, Allah’s omniscience, unseen knowledge, secrets of the heart in the Quran

    Hashtags: #Omniscience #DivineKnowledge #IslamicWisdom

    Power Tempered with Mercy and Compassion

    Although Allah’s power is absolute, it is also coupled with mercy. The Quran frequently refers to Him as Ar-Rahman (The Most Gracious) and Ar-Rahim (The Most Merciful). This balance ensures that His omnipotence is not tyrannical but is exercised with compassion. Even when Allah tests or punishes, His mercy is always within reach for those who repent and seek His guidance.

    This duality of power and mercy inspires believers to live with hope and humility. They recognize that while Allah is powerful enough to punish, He is also merciful enough to forgive those who sincerely repent.

    SEO Keywords: Allah’s mercy and power, divine compassion in Islam, Ar-Rahman meaning, Quran on mercy

    Hashtags: #MercyAndPower #ArRahman #IslamicCompassion

    Recognizing Allah’s Power: Trust, Fear, and Awe

    The Quran emphasizes the importance of recognizing and acknowledging Allah’s immense power. This recognition fosters taqwa (consciousness of Allah) and encourages believers to rely solely on Him in times of need. In Surah At-Tawbah (9:51), it states: “Say, ‘Never will we be struck except by what Allah has decreed for us; He is our protector.’” This verse teaches believers to place their trust in Allah, knowing that His power is greater than any difficulty or adversary.

    At the same time, believers are encouraged to feel awe and fear of Allah’s might. This sense of reverence motivates righteous conduct and humility, acknowledging that every soul is accountable to Allah for its actions.

    SEO Keywords: trust in Allah, fear of Allah, taqwa in Islam, reliance on divine power

    Hashtags: #TrustInAllah #FearOfAllah #Taqwa

    Conclusion

    The Quran presents Allah’s power as limitless and all-encompassing, manifesting through His creation, control of the universe, sovereignty over human affairs, and perfect knowledge. Yet, this immense power is also tempered with mercy and compassion, offering hope and forgiveness to those who seek Him.

    Recognizing Allah’s power inspires believers to live with both humility and trust. They are reminded to rely on Allah during trials, knowing that everything occurs by His will. This understanding of divine power reinforces the importance of submission to Allah and helps cultivate a meaningful relationship with Him.

    SEO Keywords: Allah’s power in Islam, divine will, omnipotence in the Quran, trust and reliance on Allah

    Hashtags: #DivinePower #IslamicFaith #TrustAndTaqwa

    6. Human Nature as Presented in the Quran

    The Quran offers a deep and nuanced exploration of human nature, portraying it as a blend of potential for goodness and vulnerability to error. Humans, as creations of Allah, are inherently valuable but also prone to weakness. This duality serves to highlight the importance of striving towards righteousness while being mindful of the flaws inherent in human existence.

    1. Created from a Single Soul: Unity and Equality

    The Quran emphasizes the common origin of humanity. In Surah An-Nisa (4:1), it says: “O mankind, fear your Lord, who created you from one soul and created from it its mate and dispersed from both of them many men and women.” This verse highlights not only the interconnectedness of all people but also the inherent equality of human beings. Regardless of differences in race, gender, or status, all humans share the same essence and are connected through their divine origin.

    SEO Keywords: unity of humanity in Islam, equality in the Quran, creation from a single soul, human connection

    Hashtags: #UnityInIslam #QuranOnEquality #HumanConnection

    2. Capacity for Virtuous Conduct

    The Quran acknowledges the intrinsic ability of humans to engage in good deeds and act righteously. In Surah Al-Baqarah (2:45), it encourages believers: “Seek help through patience and prayer.” This reflects the Quran’s belief in the human capacity to cultivate virtues like patience, kindness, and humility through personal effort and faith.

    Human nature, therefore, contains a potential for excellence—individuals are capable of embodying high moral values when guided by divine teachings. However, these virtues require conscious effort and the use of free will in alignment with Allah’s guidance.

    SEO Keywords: human virtue in the Quran, righteous conduct in Islam, patience and prayer, moral capacity in Islam

    Hashtags: #HumanVirtue #PatienceAndPrayer #IslamicMoralGuidance

    3. Prone to Forgetfulness and Error

    Despite the capacity for good, the Quran recognizes that humans are fallible and prone to forgetfulness. Surah Al-Baqarah (2:44) states: “Do you order righteousness of the people and forget yourselves while you recite the Scripture?” This verse highlights a tendency in humans to neglect their own spiritual growth while focusing on others, revealing a common flaw in human behavior—forgetting personal responsibilities.

    This fallibility also underscores the need for constant self-reflection and the importance of repentance in maintaining spiritual integrity.

    SEO Keywords: human fallibility in the Quran, forgetfulness in Islam, moral responsibility, self-reflection in Islam

    Hashtags: #HumanError #IslamicSelfReflection #QuranOnFallibility

    4. Susceptibility to Temptation and Desire

    The Quran acknowledges the susceptibility of humans to worldly desires, such as greed, lust, and the pursuit of pleasure. In Surah Al-Imran (3:14), it states: “Beautified for people is the love of that which they desire—of women, children, treasures of gold and silver…” This verse reflects the innate attraction humans feel towards material wealth and earthly pleasures, which, if not managed, can lead them away from righteousness.

    The Quran warns that succumbing to such desires can result in moral decay, urging believers to remain vigilant and seek guidance to resist temptation.

    SEO Keywords: human desires in Islam, Quran on temptation, managing lust and greed, materialism in the Quran

    Hashtags: #ResistTemptation #IslamOnDesires #MaterialismInIslam

    5. Inherent Restlessness and Anxiety

    Human nature is also characterized by restlessness, especially in times of hardship. Surah Al-Ma’arij (70:19) states: “Indeed, mankind was created anxious.” When faced with adversity, humans may become impatient or overwhelmed by anxiety, leading to dissatisfaction and excessive pursuit of worldly possessions.

    This restlessness highlights the importance of cultivating patience and trust in Allah’s decree, recognizing that peace and contentment are found in spiritual rather than material fulfillment.

    SEO Keywords: anxiety in the Quran, human restlessness, trust in Allah, spiritual contentment in Islam

    Hashtags: #RestlessnessInIslam #TrustInAllah #SpiritualPeace

    6. Tendency Towards Disagreement and Division

    The Quran addresses humanity’s tendency toward disagreement and division. In Surah Al-Baqarah (2:213), it mentions that humanity was once united but became divided after the arrival of prophets and scriptures: “Mankind was [of] one religion [before]; then Allah sent the prophets…” This verse reflects the human inclination to interpret matters differently, leading to disputes and conflict.

    However, the Quran encourages believers to strive for unity and avoid unnecessary disputes, emphasizing that diversity of thought should not become a source of division.

    SEO Keywords: disagreement in Islam, unity in diversity, division in the Quran, Islamic teachings on conflict

    Hashtags: #IslamicUnity #AvoidDisputes #DiversityInIslam

    7. Capacity for Reasoning and Understanding

    The Quran frequently appeals to human reason and reflection, indicating that humans possess an inherent capacity for understanding. Phrases such as “Do they not reflect?” (Surah Al-Rum: 30:8) and “Have they not considered?” (Surah Al-Ghashiyah: 88:17) challenge individuals to use their intellect to comprehend the truth.

    This capacity for reason underscores the Quran’s emphasis on seeking knowledge and using critical thinking to strengthen faith and make informed moral decisions.

    SEO Keywords: reasoning in the Quran, reflection in Islam, human intellect in the Quran, critical thinking in Islam

    Hashtags: #IslamicReflection #QuranOnReason #SeekKnowledge

    8. Accountability for Actions

    A fundamental aspect of human nature presented in the Quran is personal accountability. Surah Az-Zalzalah (99:7-8) states: “So whoever does an atom’s weight of good will see it, and whoever does an atom’s weight of evil will see it.” This reflects the belief that humans are responsible for their actions and will be held accountable on the Day of Judgment.

    The concept of accountability encourages believers to act righteously, knowing that every deed—no matter how small—will have consequences.

    SEO Keywords: accountability in Islam, Quran on responsibility, actions and consequences, Day of Judgment accountability

    Hashtags: #AccountabilityInIslam #QuranOnActions #IslamicResponsibility

    9. Potential for Transformation and Guidance

    Despite human weaknesses, the Quran emphasizes the potential for transformation. Allah provides guidance through prophets and scriptures, offering humans the opportunity to repent and seek His forgiveness. In Surah Az-Zumar (39:53), Allah says: “Say, ‘O My servants who have transgressed against themselves, do not despair of the mercy of Allah. Indeed, Allah forgives all sins.’”

    This verse reflects the Quran’s message of hope, reminding believers that they can overcome their flaws and attain spiritual purification through sincere repentance.

    SEO Keywords: repentance in the Quran, transformation in Islam, Allah’s forgiveness, guidance in the Quran

    Hashtags: #Repentance #AllahsGuidance #IslamicTransformation

    Conclusion

    The Quran presents a comprehensive view of human nature, recognizing both its strengths and vulnerabilities. Humans are capable of great virtue but also prone to error, restlessness, and temptation. Despite these challenges, the Quran emphasizes that individuals have the capacity for reflection, transformation, and moral growth through Allah’s guidance. Personal accountability and the pursuit of righteousness play essential roles in navigating the complexities of human nature.

    Ultimately, the Quran’s portrayal of human nature serves as a call to action—inviting believers to recognize their weaknesses, strive for moral excellence, and seek Allah’s mercy and guidance throughout life’s journey.

    SEO Keywords: human nature in the Quran, strengths and weaknesses in Islam, personal accountability, transformation through faith

    Hashtags: #IslamOnHumanNature #QuranOnGrowth #DivineGuidance

    7. Declaration of Faith

    The Declaration of Faith (Shahada) lies at the heart of Islamic belief, affirming the oneness of Allah (Tawhid) and recognizing Him as the only deity worthy of worship. This fundamental declaration reads: “There is no god but Allah, and Muhammad is His Messenger.” It encapsulates the essence of Islamic monotheism and serves as the entry point into the faith.

    The Quran emphasizes Allah’s attributes, such as being Ar-Rahman (The Most Gracious), Ar-Rahim (The Most Merciful), and Maliki Yawmid-Din (Master of the Day of Judgment). These names highlight both His mercy and authority, reminding believers that they are under the care of a just and compassionate God who will judge them fairly.

    The declaration further establishes that Allah alone is worthy of worship, without partners or equals. This conviction forms the foundation for all acts of worship and obedience, guiding believers to dedicate their lives to serving and pleasing Allah. Through prayer, charity, fasting, and other forms of devotion, Muslims express their commitment to this core belief.

    SEO Keywords: Islamic declaration of faith, Tawhid in Islam, belief in Allah, Shahada significance

    Hashtags: #Shahada #DeclarationOfFaith #Tawhid

    8. Guidance from the Quran

    The Quran introduces itself as a book free from any doubt, guiding those who seek the truth. Surah Al-Baqarah (2:2) states: “This is the Book about which there is no doubt, a guidance for those conscious of Allah.” This verse affirms the Quran as an infallible source of knowledge, intended to steer believers toward righteousness and truth.

    The Quran’s guidance is not limited to religious rituals but extends to all aspects of life—moral conduct, social justice, personal development, and more. It calls for believers to reflect on its teachings and apply them with sincerity. Those who are conscious of Allah’s presence (taqwa) will find the Quran to be a beacon, helping them navigate the challenges of life with clarity and purpose.

    The Quran encourages self-reflection, critical thinking, and continual growth, serving as a spiritual compass for those who are committed to seeking Allah’s guidance and living in accordance with His will.

    SEO Keywords: Quran as guidance, truth in the Quran, taqwa in Islam, Quran’s role in life

    Hashtags: #QuranGuidance #IslamicTaqwa #SeekTheTruth

    9. Characteristics of the Righteous

    The Quran outlines several key traits that define the righteous, offering believers a model for leading a life that is pleasing to Allah. These characteristics reflect a balance of faith, actions, and intentions.

    Belief in the Unseen

    The righteous believe in what cannot be seen, such as Allah, the angels, the Day of Judgment, and divine decree. This faith reflects trust in Allah’s wisdom and a recognition that not everything can be perceived through human senses. (Surah Al-Baqarah: 2:3)

    Establishing Prayer (Salah)

    Prayer serves as the most direct form of communication between a believer and Allah. It is a daily reminder of submission, humility, and gratitude. Establishing prayer consistently (iqamat al-salah) signifies discipline and devotion.

    Charity from Sustenance (Zakat and Sadaqah)

    The righteous give charity (zakat) from the wealth Allah has provided them, recognizing that material blessings are a trust from Allah. This generosity promotes empathy, helps alleviate poverty, and purifies the soul.

    Belief in the Quran and Previous Revelations

    A righteous person accepts the truth of all divine scriptures revealed by Allah, including the Torah, the Psalms, and the Gospel, acknowledging Islam’s continuity with earlier messages and prophets.

    Certainty in the Hereafter

    The righteous are certain about the Hereafter—that there will be resurrection, judgment, and reward or punishment based on their deeds. This belief encourages them to live ethically, knowing that their actions in this world have eternal consequences.

    Together, these characteristics represent the moral and spiritual framework that the Quran urges believers to cultivate. They highlight a balance between faith, actions, and relationships with others, underscoring the importance of worship, generosity, and accountability.

    SEO Keywords: characteristics of the righteous, traits of believers, faith in unseen, prayer in Islam, charity in Quran

    Hashtags: #RighteousInIslam #IslamicCharity #FaithInTheUnseen

    10. Trials and Tests in Life

    The Quran emphasizes that trials and tests are an integral part of human life. These tests are designed to assess one’s faith, patience, gratitude, and resilience. Allah reminds believers that hardships are not a punishment but a means of spiritual refinement and growth:

    “And We will surely test you with something of fear and hunger and a loss of wealth and lives and fruits, but give good tidings to the patient” (Surah Al-Baqarah: 2:155).

    Purpose of Trials

    Trials help distinguish the sincere believers from those whose faith is weak. Through challenges, believers can deepen their relationship with Allah, develop humility, and recognize their dependence on Him. The Quran teaches that hardship is followed by ease: “Indeed, with hardship [will be] ease” (Surah Ash-Sharh: 94:6).

    Patience and Gratitude

    Believers are encouraged to respond to trials with sabr (patience) and shukr (gratitude). Patience is considered an essential virtue in the Quran, and those who persevere are promised immense rewards. Gratitude for blessings, even in difficult moments, strengthens faith and fosters contentment.

    Tests Through Prosperity and Adversity

    The Quran explains that both prosperity and hardship are tests. Wealth, success, and comfort test one’s gratitude and generosity, while poverty, loss, and suffering test patience and reliance on Allah. The Quran warns believers not to become arrogant in times of ease or despair in times of difficulty (Surah Al-Hadid: 57:23).

    Reliance on Allah (Tawakkul)

    Believers are urged to place their trust in Allah, understanding that all events unfold according to His wisdom. Tawakkul (trust in Allah) means that, while believers make efforts, they also submit to Allah’s decree and remain content with the outcome, knowing that Allah’s plan is always for the best.

    SEO Keywords: Islamic view on trials, patience in Islam, gratitude in Quran, tests of wealth and hardship, reliance on Allah

    Hashtags: #IslamicPatience #FaithThroughTrials #Tawakkul

    11. Reward and Punishment in the Hereafter

    The Quran repeatedly stresses the concept of reward and punishment in the Hereafter, reinforcing the idea that every action in this world has consequences. The Hereafter serves as the ultimate destination where justice will prevail—the righteous will be rewarded with eternal bliss in Paradise, while wrongdoers will face punishment in Hell.

    Paradise (Jannah)

    Paradise is described as an eternal abode of peace, happiness, and luxury, reserved for those who have faith in Allah and perform righteous deeds. The Quran paints vivid imagery of lush gardens, rivers, and beautiful companions, emphasizing the joy awaiting the righteous (Surah Al-Waqi’ah: 56:12-24). It is a place where no sorrow, fatigue, or pain will exist.

    Hell (Jahannam)

    Hell is described as a place of immense suffering for those who reject Allah’s guidance and commit evil deeds. The Quran mentions its blazing fire, scorching winds, and the endless regret of those who enter it (Surah Al-Mulk: 67:6-8). However, Allah also emphasizes that Hell is reserved for those who persist in disbelief and wrongdoing despite receiving guidance.

    Scales of Justice

    On the Day of Judgment, every person’s deeds will be weighed on the scales of justice (Surah Al-A’raf: 7:8). Even the smallest act—good or evil—will be accounted for. Those whose good deeds outweigh their bad will enter Paradise, while those whose bad deeds prevail will be punished accordingly.

    Intercession and Mercy

    Although Allah’s justice is absolute, the Quran also emphasizes His mercy. For some believers, the intercession of prophets—particularly Prophet Muhammad (PBUH)—and Allah’s boundless mercy may grant them entry into Paradise despite their sins. The Quran teaches that Allah’s mercy surpasses His wrath (Surah Az-Zumar: 39:53).

    Eternal Accountability

    The Hereafter serves as a reminder that the choices made in this world determine one’s eternal fate. Believers are encouraged to live a life of righteousness, always mindful of their actions and their consequences in the Hereafter.

    SEO Keywords: reward in Paradise, punishment in Hell, Day of Judgment, scales of justice in Quran, mercy and intercession

    Hashtags: #JannahAndJahannam #IslamicJustice #DayOfJudgment

    12. Mercy and Forgiveness in the Quran

    The Quran frequently emphasizes Allah’s mercy and forgiveness, assuring believers that no matter how great their sins, they can always return to Him through sincere repentance. Allah is described as Ar-Rahman (The Most Merciful) and Al-Ghaffar (The Oft-Forgiving), highlighting His willingness to forgive those who seek His mercy.

    Allah’s Boundless Mercy

    Allah’s mercy encompasses everything: “My mercy embraces all things” (Surah Al-A’raf: 7:156). It is available not only in the Hereafter but also in this life, as Allah constantly forgives the mistakes and shortcomings of believers.

    The Door of Repentance

    The Quran assures believers that Allah’s door of repentance is always open, and He loves those who turn to Him in remorse (Surah Al-Baqarah: 2:222). Even those who have committed grave sins are not beyond His forgiveness: “Do not despair of the mercy of Allah. Indeed, Allah forgives all sins” (Surah Az-Zumar: 39:53).

    Seeking Forgiveness Through Prayer and Acts of Goodness

    In addition to verbal repentance, believers are encouraged to seek Allah’s forgiveness through prayer (istighfar), charity, and acts of kindness. Good deeds can erase bad ones: “Indeed, good deeds erase bad deeds” (Surah Hud: 11:114).

    Balancing Fear and Hope

    The Quran teaches that believers should maintain a balance between fear of Allah’s justice and hope in His mercy. This balance ensures that they strive for righteousness while remaining humble, knowing that their salvation ultimately depends on Allah’s mercy.

    Forgiving Others

    Just as Allah forgives, believers are urged to forgive others and overlook their faults. The Quran teaches that forgiveness and forbearance are noble traits, fostering peace and harmony among people (Surah Ash-Shura: 42:43).

    SEO Keywords: mercy of Allah, repentance in Islam, forgiveness in Quran, hope and fear in Islam, forgiving others

    Hashtags: #AllahsMercy #ForgivenessInIslam #HopeAndFear

    13. Following Divine Guidance

    Following divine guidance is a fundamental theme in the Quran, emphasizing that believers who adhere to Allah’s teachings will find clarity, purpose, and direction in their lives. This guidance is not merely a set of rules but a comprehensive way of life that encompasses all aspects of existence.

    Nature of Divine Guidance

    The Quran is portrayed as a comprehensive manual for life, providing instructions on ethical conduct, social justice, family relations, and spiritual practices. It serves as a beacon for those seeking truth, ensuring that believers have a clear path to follow: “This is the Book about which there is no doubt, a guidance for those conscious of Allah” (Surah Al-Baqarah: 2:2).

    Characteristics of the Guided

    The Quran describes the characteristics of those who follow divine guidance, including steadfastness in prayer, charity, and trust in Allah. These traits are essential for developing a strong relationship with Allah and achieving a righteous life. Believers are encouraged to embody qualities such as humility, compassion, and justice in their daily interactions.

    Importance of Following Prophetic Teachings

    In addition to the Quran, the teachings of Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) are essential for understanding divine guidance. His life serves as a model for how to implement Quranic principles in daily life. The Sunnah (traditions) complements the Quran, providing practical examples of how to live in accordance with Allah’s will.

    Seeking Knowledge

    The pursuit of knowledge is highly encouraged in Islam. Believers are urged to seek understanding of the Quran and the world around them. This knowledge enables them to make informed decisions and remain steadfast in their faith: “Say, ‘My Lord, increase me in knowledge’” (Surah Ta-Ha: 20:114).

    Community Support

    Following divine guidance is also strengthened within the community. Believers are encouraged to support one another in their spiritual journeys, fostering an environment where collective worship, discussion, and learning can flourish. The Quran emphasizes the importance of community in upholding faith and morality (Surah Al-Hujurat: 49:10).

    SEO Keywords: divine guidance in Quran, characteristics of the guided, importance of Sunnah, pursuit of knowledge in Islam, community support in faith

    Hashtags: #DivineGuidance #FollowTheSunnah #IslamicCommunity

    14. Path to Success

    The Quran unequivocally states that the path to true success lies in adhering to divine guidance. Success, in the Islamic context, is multifaceted, encompassing both spiritual fulfillment and worldly achievements.

    Definition of Success

    Success in Islam is not merely measured by material wealth or social status but by one’s relationship with Allah and adherence to His guidance. True success involves fulfilling one’s obligations, striving for righteousness, and ultimately earning Allah’s pleasure: “And whoever follows My guidance will neither go astray nor suffer” (Surah Ta-Ha: 20:123).

    Worldly vs. Spiritual Success

    While the Quran acknowledges the importance of worldly achievements, it warns against prioritizing them over spiritual obligations. Believers are encouraged to find a balance, utilizing their worldly success as a means to serve Allah and benefit humanity.

    Patience and Perseverance

    The journey to success is often fraught with challenges. The Quran teaches that patience (sabr) and perseverance are essential virtues. Those who endure hardships with faith will ultimately be rewarded: “Indeed, the patient will be given their reward without account” (Surah Az-Zumar: 39:10).

    Accountability and Preparation for the Hereafter

    Success also entails preparing for the Hereafter. Believers are reminded that their actions in this life will determine their eternal fate. The Quran urges individuals to live consciously, with the understanding that they will be held accountable for their choices: “Whoever does an atom’s weight of good will see it” (Surah Az-Zalzalah: 99:7).

    The Ultimate Reward

    The ultimate success, as depicted in the Quran, is attaining Paradise and being in the presence of Allah. This reward is reserved for those who faithfully follow His guidance and strive for righteousness in their lives: “Indeed, those who believe and do righteous deeds will have the Gardens of Paradise as a lodging” (Surah Al-Kahf: 18:107).

    SEO Keywords: path to success in Islam, definition of success, patience and perseverance, preparing for the Hereafter, ultimate reward in Paradise

    Hashtags: #PathToSuccess #IslamicSuccess #EternalReward

    15. Main Points from the Quran Passage Surah Al-Baqara (2:1-11)

    Guidance for the Righteous:

    The Quran is affirmed as a book free from doubt, offering divine guidance specifically tailored for those who possess faith in the unseen, diligently pray, give charity from their sustenance, and uphold belief in both the Quran and previous revelations. This guidance serves as a compass for leading a life aligned with Allah’s will.

    Success Comes from Belief:

    Those who genuinely follow the guidance of the Quran are assured that they are on the correct path. Their adherence leads to true success, marked by blessings in this life and the Hereafter. The passage emphasizes that success is contingent upon sincere faith and righteous actions.

    Disbelievers Reject the Truth:

    The passage poignantly highlights the condition of disbelievers, who remain impervious to the truth, regardless of warnings. Their hearts and minds have been sealed by Allah, preventing them from accepting guidance. Consequently, they will face severe punishment for their disbelief and rejection of divine truths.

    Hypocrisy is Self-Deception:

    The Quran warns against hypocrisy, where individuals may outwardly profess belief in Allah and the Last Day but lack sincerity in their hearts. This form of self-deception leads them to overlook their insincerity, distancing them from genuine faith and understanding the true implications of their actions.

    False Piety Earns Punishment:

    Those who project an image of righteousness while simultaneously engaging in corrupt practices will find themselves increasingly afflicted by spiritual sickness. Their deceit will not go unnoticed, as they will face painful punishments for their duplicity and failure to live in accordance with their professed beliefs.

    Conclusion

    This passage serves as a foundational reminder of the importance of sincerity, belief, and the consequences of one’s actions in relation to divine guidance. It underscores the essential qualities of the righteous while issuing warnings to those who fall into hypocrisy and disbelief. The Quran continually invites reflection on one’s faith and encourages believers to strive for authenticity in their relationship with Allah.

    16. Summary of Quran Verses Surah Al-Baqarah (2:11-21)

    Hypocrisy & Denial:

    The verses address individuals who falsely present themselves as reformers while actively spreading corruption. These hypocrites mock true believers and refuse to accept the truth, choosing instead to align themselves with falsehood and deceit. Their duality exposes their insincerity and detachment from genuine faith.

    Divine Ridicule & Bewilderment:

    Allah highlights the hypocrisy of these individuals by allowing them to remain lost in their misguided beliefs and actions. Their refusal to seek guidance leads to a state of spiritual confusion, rendering their efforts and deeds ineffective and fruitless in the sight of Allah.

    Spiritual Blindness:

    The Quran likens the state of these hypocrites to those enveloped in darkness, deaf, dumb, and blind to the truth. Their spiritual blindness prevents them from recognizing the reality of their situation, making them incapable of finding their way back to the light of faith and understanding.

    Power of Allah:

    The verses illustrate Allah’s supreme power over all creation using powerful metaphors of fire and storms. Allah controls both light and darkness, emphasizing His authority and dominion over existence. The potential to strip individuals of their senses serves as a reminder of their ultimate dependence on Him, highlighting that guidance and understanding are gifts from Allah.

    Conclusion

    This passage serves as a profound commentary on the nature of hypocrisy and the consequences of denying the truth. It emphasizes the importance of sincerity in belief and highlights Allah’s absolute power over creation, reminding believers of the need to seek guidance and remain steadfast in faith.

    17. Summary of the Passage

    One God, Worthy of Worship:

    The passage underscores the fundamental belief in worshiping the one true God, who is the creator of everything. It emphasizes the importance of monotheism and warns against associating any partners with Him, reaffirming His unique status as the sole deity deserving of worship.

    Evidence of God’s Creation:

    The natural world serves as compelling evidence of God’s existence and creative power. The intricacy of systems in the universe, such as the sky, the cycle of rain, and the growth of plants, demonstrates the signs of Allah’s handiwork and His ability to provide sustenance for all living beings.

    Challenge to the Disbelievers:

    Those who question or doubt the divine revelation are challenged to produce a chapter akin to the Quran, highlighting its miraculous nature and unmatched eloquence. This challenge serves to assert the authenticity of the Quran and warns that the consequence of disbelief is eternal punishment in Hellfire.

    Reward for the Believers:

    In contrast to the disbelievers, those who have faith and engage in good deeds are promised immense rewards in Paradise. This paradise is depicted as lush gardens with flowing rivers, abundant fruits, and pure companions, illustrating the immense joy and fulfillment awaiting the righteous.

    God’s Wisdom in Creation:

    The passage reflects on the creation of Adam as Allah’s successor on Earth, acknowledging the angels’ concerns about humanity’s potential for corruption. This dialogue highlights God’s wisdom and knowledge, which encompass aspects of creation that go beyond human understanding and insight.

    Conclusion

    This passage encapsulates core Islamic beliefs about monotheism, the evidence of divine creation, the miraculous nature of the Quran, the consequences of disbelief, and the promises of paradise for the faithful. It emphasizes the wisdom and authority of God in the grand scheme of creation, inviting believers to reflect on their relationship with Him and the world around them.

    18. Summary of the Provided Quran Verses Surah Al-Baqarah

    God’s Creation of Adam:

    God announces to the angels His intention to create a successor on Earth, named Adam. Despite the angels’ inquiries regarding humanity’s potential for corruption, God proceeds to teach Adam the names of all things, signifying Adam’s unique capacity for knowledge and understanding.

    The Command to Bow:

    God commands the angels to bow to Adam, underscoring Adam’s elevated status among creation. However, Satan refuses to comply due to his arrogance, which leads to his downfall and transformation into a disbeliever.

    Temptation and Expulsion from the Garden:

    Adam and his spouse are placed in the Garden, where they face temptation from Satan. Their succumbing to this temptation results in their expulsion, marking the beginning of human vulnerability to sin and the subsequent consequences of their actions.

    Reminders of God’s Blessings to the Children of Israel:

    God continually reminds the Children of Israel of His blessings, such as their deliverance from Pharaoh, the provision of manna and quails, and the revelation of scripture and guidance through Moses. These reminders highlight the importance of gratitude and obedience to God.

    Covenant with God:

    The Children of Israel are urged to uphold their covenant with God by believing in His revelations, practicing righteousness, and avoiding the mixing of truth with falsehood. This call to action emphasizes the core principles of faith, ethical living, and the responsibility of believers in Islam.

    Conclusion

    These verses reflect key themes in Islamic teachings, including the significance of knowledge, the consequences of pride and disobedience, the importance of gratitude for divine blessings, and the ethical obligations of believers. The narrative serves to guide Muslims in understanding their relationship with God and the foundational principles that govern righteous living.

    19. Summary of the Quranic Passage Surah Al-Baqarah (2:59-95)

    Disobeying Divine Instructions:

    The Israelites consistently disobeyed God’s commands despite witnessing miraculous signs, such as water gushing from a rock. They voiced complaints about their provisions, engaged in the worship of a golden calf, and broke their covenant with God, demonstrating a pattern of ingratitude and rebellion.

    Rejecting Prophets and Revelations:

    Even after receiving guidance through prophets like Moses and Jesus, the Israelites rejected the divine truths conveyed to them. They distorted the messages, killed some prophets, and allowed their hearts to become hardened against faith, showcasing their resistance to spiritual enlightenment.

    Hypocrisy and Worldly Desires:

    The Israelites outwardly professed belief while internally harboring doubts and disobedience. They prioritized material gains over spiritual growth, even resorting to selling divine scriptures for profit, reflecting a profound disconnect between their claims and their actions.

    Facing Consequences:

    The consequences of their actions included humiliation, poverty, and the wrath of God. They were warned about severe punishments awaiting them in the Hereafter, emphasizing the necessity of sincere belief and righteous deeds over the pursuit of fleeting worldly desires.

    Conclusion This passage serves as a cautionary tale about the consequences of disobedience and hypocrisy, highlighting the importance of aligning one’s actions with sincere faith. The experiences of the Israelites are presented as lessons for all believers, reinforcing the need for gratitude, adherence to divine guidance, and the avoidance of worldly distractions that lead to spiritual decline.

    20. Summary of the Quranic Passage Surah Al-Baqarah (2:94-110)

    Rejecting Faith:

    Those who choose disbelief after receiving clear signs and knowing the truth will face painful torment. Their rejection is rooted in their own inner resistance, and Allah is fully aware of their actions.

    True Guidance:

    The Quran is revealed by Allah through the angel Gabriel, serving as guidance and good news for believers. Any rejection of this message or hostility toward Allah, His angels, or His messengers equates to opposing Allah Himself.

    Beware of Deception:

    The verses warn against following the ways of those misled by devils, including some who falsely attribute corrupt teachings to Solomon. True believers are encouraged to maintain their faith and resist being swayed by such falsehoods.

    Allah’s Power and Mercy:

    Allah holds power over all things and decides who receives His mercy. He can replace verses in the Quran with better or similar ones, underscoring His authority. Believers are urged to trust in His plan and wisdom.

    Call to Righteousness:

    Believers are encouraged to speak respectfully, exercise patience with those who wrong them, and focus on performing good deeds such as prayer and charity. Allah observes all actions done for His sake and promises rewards for those who strive for righteousness.

    Conclusion

    This passage emphasizes the importance of faith, the consequences of disbelief, and the need to adhere to true guidance as presented in the Quran. It encourages believers to remain steadfast in their faith and to focus on righteous actions, reinforcing the message that Allah’s mercy is available to those who sincerely strive for goodness.

    21. Summary of the Passage Surah Al-Baqarah

    Salvation through Submission:

    True faith is rooted in submission to Allah and performing good deeds, irrespective of one’s religious identity. Those who embrace this principle will be rewarded by God, alleviating their fears and sorrows.

    Critique of Blind Adherence:

    The passage criticizes Jews and Christians for their uncritical adherence to scripture and mutual rejection of beliefs. It underscores that God will judge individuals based on their deeds and intentions, rather than their religious affiliations alone.

    Condemnation of Worship Destruction:

    Strong condemnation is directed at those who prevent the remembrance of God in places of worship or contribute to their destruction. The text emphasizes that such sacred spaces should be approached with reverence and a deep sense of accountability to God.

    Abraham’s Legacy:

    The passage highlights the legacy of Abraham as a figure of righteous leadership, showcasing his obedience to God. This reflects the notion that true leadership is characterized by adherence to divine guidance.

    The Kaaba as a Universal Sanctuary:

    The Kaaba is presented as a significant center for worship, symbolizing a sanctuary open to all people. This serves as a reminder that God’s presence transcends geographical and cultural boundaries, welcoming everyone to worship.

    Conclusion

    This passage reinforces the idea that true faith transcends religious labels, emphasizing the significance of sincere submission to God and righteous actions. It critiques blind adherence to traditions and highlights the importance of community in maintaining the sanctity of worship spaces. Moreover, it elevates the figure of Abraham as a model for leadership grounded in divine obedience, while also establishing the Kaaba as a universal symbol of worship.

    22. Summary of the Passage Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:126-142)

    Abraham’s Prayer for Makkah & Divine Justice:

    Abraham prays for Makkah to be a place of peace and abundance, recognizing that Allah will reward the believers while punishing the disbelievers for their actions.

    Building the Kaaba & Submission to Allah:

    Abraham and his son Ishmael work together to raise the foundations of the Kaaba, praying for Allah to accept their efforts and guide their descendants in submitting to Him and performing the pilgrimage rites.

    A Messenger from Among Them:

    The prayer includes a request for a messenger to arise from their community, one who will convey Allah’s revelations, teach the scriptures and wisdom, and purify the people.

    The True Path is Abraham’s:

    The passage emphasizes that true religion is rooted in the monotheism of Abraham, rejecting the notion that guidance is exclusive to Jews or Christians. It asserts that following the Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him) continues the legacy of Abraham’s faith.

    Accountability for One’s Own Deeds:

    Each generation bears the responsibility for its actions and beliefs, and will be judged accordingly. The text warns against hiding the truth from Allah, particularly regarding the messages conveyed by His prophets.

    Conclusion

    This passage highlights the foundational role of Abraham in establishing monotheism and the significance of the Kaaba as a center of worship. It underscores the importance of community, accountability, and the continuity of divine guidance through the messengers sent by Allah. The emphasis on personal responsibility in belief and action serves as a reminder that each individual is accountable for their choices in faith.

    23. Summary in 5 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:143-170)

    A Universal Direction of Prayer:

    God has designated the Sacred Mosque as the new qibla (direction of prayer) for Muslims, marking a significant change that distinguishes genuine believers from those who merely adhere to tradition.

    Truth Over Desire:

    Muslims are cautioned not to be influenced by the varying beliefs of other religious groups. Prioritizing personal desires over God’s guidance is viewed as a serious sin.

    Recognizing Truth:

    The People of the Book (Jews and Christians) are encouraged to acknowledge the truth of the Quran as clearly as they recognize their own children. Despite this, some choose to conceal this truth out of stubbornness.

    Strive for Goodness:

    Every community has its own direction of prayer. Muslims are urged to focus on striving towards righteousness and goodness, with the assurance that God will unite them in the end.

    Seeking Help and Remaining Steadfast:

    Believers are advised to seek strength through patience and prayer, particularly during difficult times. They should maintain faith that those who die in the cause of Allah are alive in His presence and not truly lost.

    Conclusion

    This passage emphasizes the importance of faith, community, and the correct orientation in worship. It encourages believers to stay true to God’s guidance, recognize the truth, and remain steadfast in their practice, trusting in Allah’s ultimate plan and justice. The call for patience and prayer serves as a reminder of the spiritual strength that sustains believers through trials.

    24. Summary in 4 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:171-177)

    Consequences of Rejecting Faith:

    Those who die in a state of disbelief will face severe and eternal punishment from Allah, alongside the angels and the rest of humanity. This serves as a stark warning about the gravity of rejecting faith.

    Proofs of Allah’s Existence and Oneness:

    The creation of the heavens and the earth, the cycles of day and night, and the natural world all provide clear evidence of the existence of one God, Allah, who is deserving of worship. These signs invite reflection on His oneness.

    Call to Follow True Guidance:

    Individuals are urged to follow the true guidance revealed by Allah rather than blindly adhering to ancestral traditions, especially if those traditions are misguided. Those who reject this guidance are compared to the deaf, dumb, and blind, illustrating their spiritual state.

    Guidelines for Believers:

    Believers are instructed to consume lawful and good food, express gratitude to Allah, avoid prohibited substances, practice just retaliation while allowing for forgiveness, and leave a fair will upon death. These guidelines emphasize the importance of righteousness and ethical conduct in daily life.

    Conclusion

    This passage highlights the fundamental principles of faith, the significance of recognizing God’s signs, and the ethical responsibilities that believers must uphold. It serves as a reminder of the consequences of disbelief while encouraging a life grounded in gratitude, justice, and adherence to divine guidance.

    25. Summary in 5 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:183-188)

    Fasting During Ramadan:

    Fasting is prescribed for Muslims during the month of Ramadan for a set number of days. Exceptions are made for those who are sick, traveling, or unable to fast. Individuals who cannot fast due to valid reasons must make up the missed fasts later or provide food for the needy as an alternative.

    Conduct During Hajj:

    Muslims undertaking Hajj are instructed to abstain from sexual relations, arguments, and any misconduct. They should be mindful of Allah and prepare provisions for their journey, but the verses emphasize that righteousness and piety are the best provisions for the journey.

    Fighting in the Cause of Allah:

    Fighting is permitted in self-defense and against oppression, but acts of aggression are explicitly forbidden. Muslims are reminded not to engage in combat within the Sacred Mosque unless they are attacked there, highlighting the sanctity of that holy space.

    Seeking Forgiveness and Guidance:

    Allah is portrayed as forgiving and merciful, and Muslims are encouraged to continually seek His forgiveness and guidance. The verses affirm that Allah answers the prayers of those who call on Him with sincerity and faith.

    Relationships and Interactions:

    Muslims are called to treat each other with justice, avoid unlawful consumption of wealth, and approach homes from their doors, reflecting respect and integrity in their interactions. This underscores the importance of ethical behavior in community relations.

    Conclusion

    This passage encapsulates core practices of Islam, including the significance of fasting, ethical conduct during Hajj, the principles governing conflict, and the importance of seeking Allah’s mercy. It also highlights the essence of maintaining justice and respect in social interactions, fostering a sense of community and integrity.

    26. Summary in 5 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:188-195)

    Hypocrisy and True Righteousness:

    The passage critiques individuals who project an image of righteousness through their words while concealing ill intentions in their hearts. True righteousness is characterized by genuine devotion to Allah and commitment to good deeds, rather than pursuing personal gain or fostering corruption.

    Following Allah’s Guidance:

    Believers are urged to fully submit to Allah and resist the temptations posed by Satan. The passage underscores that Allah guides those who believe toward the truth, highlighting the importance of remaining steadfast on the path of righteousness.

    The Importance of Perseverance:

    The text encourages perseverance, especially during times of adversity, reminding believers that hardship can precede victory. Those who remain steadfast in their faith are promised Allah’s mercy and support.

    Charity and Its Significance:

    Muslims are instructed to give generously to those in need, including parents, relatives, orphans, the poor, and travelers. Engaging in acts of charity is portrayed as highly valued by Allah, reinforcing the ethical obligation to support the vulnerable in society.

    Fighting for Justice, Not Hate:

    The verses address the concept of fighting, stipulating that it should only be undertaken for just causes, such as defending faith and opposing oppression. The passage emphasizes that Allah possesses perfect knowledge of what is ultimately good, even when it might appear unfavorable in certain circumstances.

    Conclusion

    This passage encapsulates essential Islamic principles regarding sincerity, perseverance, charity, and just conduct in times of conflict. It calls for a genuine commitment to faith and ethical living, urging believers to act with compassion and justice while relying on Allah’s guidance through life’s challenges.

    27. Summary in 4 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:221-230)

    Marriage and Faith:

    The Quran forbids marriage between believers and idolaters unless the latter embrace faith. This emphasizes the significance of shared religious beliefs and values in fostering a harmonious marital relationship.

    Menstruation and Intimacy:

    Husbands are instructed to refrain from intimate relations with their wives during menstruation and to resume such relations only after the wives have purified themselves. This guideline underscores the importance of hygiene and respect for divine commands within marital interactions.

    Divorce and Reconciliation:

    Divorce is permitted twice, with the expectation that couples should either reconcile honorably or separate amicably thereafter. The text encourages reconciliation, provided both parties are committed to upholding Allah’s boundaries and guidelines.

    Waiting Period (Iddah):

    Divorced women are required to observe a waiting period of three menstrual cycles before remarrying. This waiting period allows for the possibility of reconciliation and ensures clarity regarding paternity in the event of a pregnancy.

    Conclusion

    These verses provide important insights into the ethical and moral frameworks surrounding marriage, intimacy, and divorce in Islam. They highlight the significance of faith in marital choices, the need for respect and hygiene in relationships, and the importance of maintaining family integrity through structured guidelines.

    28. Summary in 4 Bullet Points Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:231-240)

    Divorce:

    The Quran emphasizes treating divorcing wives with kindness and fairness, prohibiting any actions intended to cause harm. Husbands are responsible for ensuring a fair divorce settlement and allowing their ex-wives to remarry after their waiting period (iddah).

    Nursing and Weaning:

    Mothers are encouraged to breastfeed their children for two years, with fathers held financially accountable for supporting both the mother and child during this nursing period. Weaning should be approached with mutual consent and consultation between parents.

    Waiting Period for Widows:

    Widows are instructed to observe a waiting period of four months and ten days following their husband’s death. This waiting period provides time for mourning and ensures clarity before they are free to remarry.

    Prayer and Remembrance:

    Believers are called to uphold their prayers, particularly the middle prayer, and to approach Allah in sincere devotion. The Quran stresses the importance of remembering Allah, especially in times of safety, as He is the ultimate source of all knowledge.

    Conclusion

    These verses underscore the importance of compassion, responsibility, and spirituality in various aspects of life, particularly concerning family and personal conduct. They guide believers to maintain fairness in relationships, prioritize the well-being of children, respect mourning periods, and remain devoted to prayer and remembrance of Allah.

    29. Summary of Quranic Principles Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:241-245)

    Fair Treatment of Divorced Women:

    Divorced women are to be treated fairly and provided for, reflecting the duty of righteous individuals to ensure their well-being (Verse 241).

    Clarity of Divine Revelations:

    Allah clarifies His revelations to help people understand His guidance (Verse 242), emphasizing the importance of comprehension in following divine instructions.

    Trust in Allah’s Sovereignty:

    Those who flee their homes out of fear for their lives should place their trust in Allah, who holds the power over both life and death. This verse reminds believers that Allah’s blessings are often underappreciated (Verse 243).

    Striving for Allah’s Cause:

    Believers are encouraged to fight for the sake of Allah, maintaining awareness of His omniscience and responsiveness (Verse 244). This highlights the importance of intention in actions.

    Generosity and Divine Reward:

    Allah rewards those who lend to Him with good intentions, promising to multiply their generosity. This verse emphasizes the necessity of trust in Allah’s power and judgment (Verse 245).

    Conclusion

    These verses highlight the significance of fairness, understanding, and trust in Allah’s wisdom and mercy. They encourage believers to treat others justly, recognize the clarity of divine guidance, maintain faith during adversity, strive for righteousness, and practice generosity with the assurance of divine rewards.

    30. Summary of Quranic Principles Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:246-260)

    Allah’s Power and Wisdom:

    Allah grants victory and authority according to His will, exemplified by David’s triumph over Goliath. He imparts knowledge and guidance to humanity, encouraging stewardship of the Earth and demonstrating mercy towards humankind.

    Prophets and Revelation:

    Allah sends messengers of varying ranks, some who speak directly to Him. Notable among them is Jesus, son of Mary, who performed miracles and was supported by the Holy Spirit. The existence of disagreements and conflicts, even in the face of divine guidance, underscores human free will within Allah’s overarching plan.

    Call to Belief and Action:

    Believers are urged to utilize their resources wisely before the Day of Judgment, emphasizing that worldly ties will be inconsequential at that time. This call highlights the necessity of faith and righteous actions in the present life.

    The Oneness and Attributes of Allah:

    Allah is presented as the sole true God, the Living and Everlasting, free from human limitations such as sleep. His omniscience encompasses all aspects of existence, and His power sustains creation effortlessly.

    Free Will and Seeking Truth:

    The principle of “no compulsion in religion” is asserted, with clear distinctions between belief and disbelief. True faith is depicted as a secure grasp (like holding onto a firm handle), while rejecting Allah results in spiritual darkness. The pursuit of understanding, akin to Abraham’s inquiries about resurrection, is encouraged as a means to deepen faith.

    Conclusion

    These verses emphasize Allah’s sovereignty, the significance of divine guidance through prophets, the importance of righteous action in this life, the uniqueness of Allah’s attributes, and the value of free will in seeking truth. This message encourages believers to engage actively with their faith while being mindful of their responsibilities in both spiritual and worldly matters.

    31. Summary of Quranic Principles Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:261-270)

    Charity Given Sincerely is Richly Rewarded:

    Allah multiplies the reward for those who give sincerely for His sake, emphasizing the importance of giving without boasting or causing harm. This sincere act of charity fosters inner peace and alleviates fear or regret.

    True Charity Surpasses Insincere Giving:

    The passage underscores that kind words and forgiveness hold greater value than giving charity followed by insults. Charity should not be nullified by seeking praise or showing off, as insincerity detracts from the act’s worth.

    Give with a Pure Heart, Like a Fruitful Garden:

    Sincere giving is likened to a flourishing garden blessed by Allah, thriving and yielding abundant rewards. In contrast, insincere charity is compared to a barren rock, which provides no benefit or growth.

    Allah Promises Forgiveness and Grace:

    Believers are cautioned not to succumb to Satan’s whispers of poverty or temptation, as these may lead them away from the path of righteousness. Allah assures forgiveness and blessings to those who commit to His way and seek His wisdom earnestly.

    Conclusion

    These verses emphasize the significance of sincerity in charitable acts, the value of genuine intentions over mere outward actions, and the spiritual rewards associated with selfless giving. They serve as a reminder to believers to cultivate a heart inclined towards charity and to trust in Allah’s mercy and provisions.

    32. Summary of Quranic Principles Surah Al-Baqarah (Quran 2:271-285)

    Charity & Usury:

    The passage emphasizes the significance of giving charity, especially in secret, as it atones for sins and earns Allah’s favor. In contrast, usury (riba) is strongly condemned, with a call for believers to abandon it. Those who face financial struggles should be granted additional time to repay their debts, and forgiving debts as an act of charity is considered even more virtuous.

    Importance of Written Contracts:

    Believers are instructed to document financial agreements in writing and involve witnesses to ensure fairness and transparency. This practice is essential for all transactions, whether significant or minor, as it helps prevent disputes and protects the rights of all parties involved.

    Allah’s Knowledge & Judgment:

    Allah is all-knowing, aware of all actions, whether they are concealed or open. He will hold individuals accountable for their choices, offering forgiveness or punishment as He sees fit. Concealing the truth, particularly in matters of testimony or financial dealings, is deemed a sin.

    The Messenger and Belief:

    The verses highlight that the Messenger (Prophet Muhammad) and all believers have complete faith in Allah’s revelations. This belief encompasses faith in Allah, His angels, scriptures, and messengers, stressing the importance of total adherence to the divine message and guidance.

    Conclusion

    This passage illustrates fundamental principles regarding financial ethics, the importance of transparency in transactions, and the value of charity in Islam. It also reinforces the belief system of the faithful, establishing a framework for accountability and moral conduct in both financial and spiritual matters.

    Final Conclusion

    The passages from the Quran, particularly from Surah Al-Baqarah (Chapter 2), encompass fundamental teachings that guide the ethical, spiritual, and social conduct of believers. Here are the key takeaways from the summaries:

    Foundation of Faith: The Quran emphasizes the oneness of Allah and the importance of submitting to His guidance. Belief in the unseen, adherence to prayer, and charitable acts are presented as essential characteristics of the righteous.

    Hypocrisy and True Righteousness: The texts warn against hypocrisy and the danger of outwardly appearing righteous while harboring ill intentions. True faith is depicted as a sincere devotion to Allah and a commitment to righteousness.

    Moral and Ethical Conduct: Believers are instructed to engage in fair treatment of others, especially in marital and financial dealings. Issues like divorce, charity, and contracts are addressed, promoting justice, transparency, and compassion.

    Social Responsibility: The Quran calls upon believers to care for the needy, uphold the rights of others, and engage in charitable acts that are sincere and without the desire for recognition or reward.

    Consequences of Actions: The texts remind believers of accountability in the Hereafter. Those who reject faith or engage in wrongdoing will face consequences, while those who adhere to Allah’s guidance will be rewarded.

    Unity and Community: The teachings encourage unity among believers and emphasize the importance of shared faith, guiding individuals towards mutual respect and understanding regardless of their background.

    Seeking Knowledge and Truth: The Quran invites individuals to seek knowledge, question with sincerity, and understand the truth behind their faith. This intellectual engagement is crucial for developing a strong and authentic belief.

    Divine Mercy and Forgiveness: Allah’s attributes of mercy and forgiveness are recurrent themes. Believers are encouraged to seek His forgiveness, trust in His wisdom, and remain steadfast in their faith, especially during times of hardship.

    In conclusion, the Quranic passages collectively underscore a comprehensive ethical framework that integrates faith with action. They foster a sense of community, responsibility, and personal accountability, guiding believers toward a life of righteousness, compassion, and devotion to Allah. These principles remain relevant, urging individuals to embody the values of justice, kindness, and sincerity in their daily lives and interactions with others.

    Bibliography

    1. The Quran
      The Holy Quran: Translation and Commentary. (Various translators). Various editions, Islamic Publications, 2023.
    2. Islamic Theology and Beliefs
      Esposito, John L. Islam: The Straight Path. Oxford University Press, 2016.
      Rahman, Fazlur. Major Themes of the Quran. University of Chicago Press, 1980.
    3. Islamic Ethics and Morality
      Kamali, Mohammad Hashim. Principles of Islamic Jurisprudence. Islamic Texts Society, 2003.
      Al-Ghazali, Abu Hamid. The Revivification of the Religious Sciences (Ihya Ulum al-Din). Translated by Fazlur Rahman. University of Chicago Press, 2004.
    4. Islamic Law and Social Justice
      Hallaq, Wael B. An Introduction to Islamic Law. Cambridge University Press, 2009.
      Sachedina, Abdulaziz. Islamic Biomedical Ethics: Principles and Application. Oxford University Press, 2009.
    5. Charity and Social Responsibility in Islam
      Mawdudi, Abul A’la. Towards Understanding Islam. Islamic Publications, 1997.
      Khumaini, Ruhollah. Islamic Government: Governance of the Jurist. Translated by Hamid Algar. Institute for Compilation and Publication of Imam Khomeini’s Works, 1991.
    6. History of Islamic Thought
      Nasr, Seyyed Hossein. Islamic Philosophy from Its Origin to the Present: Philosophy in the Land of Prophecy. State University of New York Press, 2006.
      Ahmed, Akbar S. Islam Today: A Short Introduction to the Muslim World. I.B. Tauris, 2010.
    7. Interfaith Relations and Understanding
      Rippin, Andrew. * Muslims: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices*. Routledge, 2012.
      Smith, Huston. The World’s Religions: Our Great Wisdom Traditions. HarperOne, 2009.
    8. Contemporary Issues in Islam
      Raza, Ameer. The Political Economy of Islam: Modernization and Economic Development in Muslim Societies. Routledge, 2019.
      Kamali, Mohammad Hashim. Islam, Law and Ethics. Islamic Texts Society, 2005.
    9. Commentaries on Specific Quranic Verses
      Ibn Kathir, Ismail. Tafsir Ibn Kathir (Abridged). Darussalam Publishers, 2000. Al-Tabari, Muhammad. The History of the Prophets and Kings. Translated by Franz Rosenthal. Harvard University Press, 1989.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Al-Riyadh Newspaper 3-4th Oct.2025

    Al-Riyadh Newspaper 3-4th Oct.2025

    The sources provide an overview of current events, policy changes, and academic topics, primarily focused on Saudi Arabia, as presented in the daily newspaper Al Riyadh on October 3-4, 2025 (Issue: 20889). Key subjects include an analysis of a Saudi Arabian policy decision to freeze commercial and residential rents to combat inflation and stabilize the housing market, alongside articles detailing the Kingdom’s enhanced global diplomatic role following a major security summit. Additionally, the text covers developments in military technology, examining China’s military expansion and the increasing use of advanced weaponry like laser and electromagnetic systems, and includes a profile of the historical role and significance of the Capital Model Institute in Riyadh. Finally, sections address health topics, notably kidney stones and urinary system disorders, and a variety of cultural critiques ranging from the definition of cultural writing to the intersection of art and science.

    Saudi Rent Control and Vision 2030 Strategy

    The discussion of rent control policy in the sources focuses extensively on the strategic implementation of rent regulation measures in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, particularly in Riyadh, as a core component of achieving the social and economic goals outlined in Vision 2030.

    This policy, referred to as the regulation/control of rents (ضبط الإيجارات) and an “Ejar Freeze” (تجميد الإيجارات), is described as a decisive governmental intervention designed to stabilize the market, alleviate living costs, and combat inflationary pressures.

    1. Mechanisms and Scope of the Policy

    The core mechanism introduced by this regulatory step is the halting of the annual increase in the total value of rent for residential and commercial contracts in Riyadh for a period of five years, starting on September 25, 2025.

    Key aspects of the regulatory framework include:

    • Fixed Pricing: The value of vacant rentals is stabilized (fixed) according to the last contract.
    • Comprehensive Coverage: The new systemic regulations cover all types of properties, including residential (to ensure family stability), commercial (to support the business sector), and office properties (to promote economic growth).
    • Legal Documentation and Transparency: The Ministry of Municipal and Rural Affairs and Housing (in cooperation with the Ministry of Justice) created a legislative framework via the “Ejar” platform. All contracts must be electronic, documented, and possess legal enforceability before judicial bodies.
    • Dispute Resolution: The Ejar platform guarantees transparency, reduces disputes between lessors and tenants, and provides channels for mediation and arbitration before resorting to the judiciary.

    2. Economic Objectives and Impacts

    The policy is seen as a strategic economic tool that goes beyond merely controlling housing prices, aiming to regulate the rhythm of the entire economic market.

    • Combating Inflation: The rent freeze is considered a direct and effective weapon against inflation. High, unjustified rent increases have been linked to rising costs for families.
    • Supporting Supporting Industries: Real estate is viewed as a “locomotive” for over 70 supporting industries (such as cement, paints, metals, wood, and electrical materials). By freezing commercial and industrial rents, operating costs for factories and workshops decrease.
    • Boosting Corporate Competitiveness: The policy reduces operational costs for companies, acting as a potential non-governmental financial subsidy for the private sector, especially Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs). This cost reduction is expected to transfer to consumers through lower prices for goods and services.
    • Encouraging Long-Term Investment: The regulations aim to encourage investors to commit to long-term residential projects instead of pursuing rapid, short-term profits.
    • Supporting Female Entrepreneurship: Rent stabilization particularly aids female-led nascent projects (المشاريع النسائية) which often face difficulty entering the commercial market due to high start-up rental costs, allowing them to redirect capital toward product development and marketing.

    3. Social and Quality of Life Objectives

    A primary goal of the rent control policy is to translate the principle of “Man First” (الإنصان أوالً) underpinning Vision 2030 by promoting social and family stability.

    • Achieving Family Stability: The regulation is a central element in raising the level of social satisfaction and achieving a good quality of life. It ensures continuity of housing for families in a stable environment, mitigating the disruption caused by frequent, unexpected rent increases.
    • Protecting Tenants and Owners: The policy is designed to achieve a balance of interests between lessors and tenants. For the tenant, it ensures legal housing and financial stability protected from exploitation or sudden increases. For the lessor, it guarantees the continuity of financial returns and an official way to reclaim rights in case of default.
    • Community Cohesion: Enhancing housing stability reduces daily living pressures and contributes to building a more cohesive and sustainable society.

    4. Challenges and Sustainability Requirements

    Despite the positive aims, the sources acknowledge potential challenges associated with the regulation:

    • Reduced Investment Attractiveness: Some stakeholders may view the rent freeze as reducing the anticipated investment returns on commercial real estate, possibly prompting them to shift capital to unrestricted sectors.
    • Quality Deterioration Risk: There is a concern that some owners might reduce spending on maintenance and property upkeep to offset the fixed return, which could negatively affect the quality of the tenants’ operational environment in the long run.
    • Need for Market Monitoring: The ultimate success relies on rigorous market supervision to ensure that the cost savings achieved by companies are genuinely passed on to consumers in the form of lower prices, rather than being retained as additional profits.
    • Long-Term Supply: To ensure market stability after the five-year freeze ends, there must be ongoing efforts to increase the supply of commercial and administrative properties, potentially through incentives and streamlined procedures for developers.

    Rent Control and Vision 2030 Economic Stability

    Economic stability is presented in the sources as a primary goal of national policy, deeply intertwined with the objectives of Vision 2030. The discussions focus heavily on how strategic governmental actions, particularly the implementation of rent control, function as a crucial mechanism for achieving and sustaining broad economic stability.

    Key aspects related to economic stability include direct anti-inflationary measures, the comprehensive stabilization of the real estate market, and broader support for economic growth and diversification.

    1. Rent Control as a Stabilizing Intervention

    The policy regarding the regulation and control of rents (ضبط الإيجارات), including the “Ejar Freeze” in Riyadh, is characterized as a decisive, qualitative governmental step aimed at direct and fundamental stability.

    • Countering Inflation: The freezing of annual rent increases for five years is considered a direct and effective weapon against inflation. This intervention is crucial because unjustified rent increases have historically been linked to rising living costs for families.
    • Regulating the Entire Market: The rent regulation is not merely about housing prices but aims to control the rhythm of the entire economic market.

    2. Economic Benefits and Cost Reduction

    Economic stability is enhanced through the ripple effects of stabilized rents, particularly concerning operating costs and inflation transfer:

    • Supporting Private Sector Competitiveness: Stabilizing commercial and industrial rents significantly reduces operational costs for companies. This reduction is described as a potential non-governmental financial subsidy, especially benefiting Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs), which form the backbone of the economy.
    • Lowering Consumer Prices: A key expected outcome is that the cost savings achieved by businesses will be transferred to consumers through lower prices for goods and services.
    • Encouraging Productive Investment: By fixing operational costs and freeing up liquidity, companies can redirect capital away from unpredictable rent increases toward expansion, innovation, developing products, and hiring skilled labor, thereby supporting general productivity and growth.
    • Stabilizing Supporting Industries: Real estate is viewed as a “locomotive” (قاطرة) for more than 70 supporting industries (including cement, metals, wood, and chemicals). Stabilizing rents in this core sector reduces operating costs for workshops and factories supplying these materials, creating a positive chain reaction throughout the supply chain.

    3. Stabilizing the Real Estate Market

    Achieving stability within the real estate sector itself is a core component of overall economic health:

    • Building Investor Confidence: The regulatory framework, which includes mandatory electronic contract documentation and unified procedures through the “Ejar” platform, is designed to enhance transparency and justice between lessors and tenants. This clarity is essential for increasing the confidence of both local and foreign investors in the real estate market, making it a more attractive and reliable investment environment.
    • Promoting Long-Term Investment: Rent regulation encourages investors to focus on long-term residential and sustainable developmental projects rather than seeking quick, short-term profits, contributing to sustainable market growth.
    • Addressing Market Volatility: The policy specifically addresses the market volatility (التقلبات الواضحة) and the perceived gap between supply and demand that characterized previous years, establishing clear rules that were previously lacking.

    4. The Financial Sector’s Role in Stability

    Beyond real estate, the financial sector plays a pivotal role in ensuring broader economic stability and growth, particularly through human capital development:

    • Core Economic Pillar: The financial sector is identified as an essential pillar for the transformation trajectory led by Vision 2030, contributing to economic growth and diversification of income sources.
    • Developing Competencies: The Financial Academy actively supports the stability and competitiveness of the sector by developing human capital. This involves offering specialized programs in areas critical to stability, such as credit, anti-financial crime, compliance, and cybersecurity.
    • Managing Digital Transformation: Sustained stability in the financial sector requires adapting to rapid digital and technological transformations (AI, Big Data). The Academy’s efforts focus on equipping the workforce with new skills (reskilling and upskilling) to manage this shift effectively, as 41% of current skills in the financial services sector are projected to need development by 2030.
    • Enhancing Trust: The digital transformation, exemplified by the growth of digital banks, is expected to contribute to achieving the goal of increasing non-cash transactions to 70% by 2025, a key objective of the Financial Sector Development Program.

    China’s Rapid Military Technology Transformation

    The sources provide an extensive discussion of military technology, primarily focusing on the comprehensive and rapid modernization of the Chinese Armed Forces and detailing various strategic and advanced weapon systems now defining modern conflict environments.

    The modern battlefield is no longer confined to traditional warfare but has transformed into a complex domain where electronics intersect with the field, and data intersects with firepower. This technological revolution has fundamentally redefined concepts of military power.

    China’s Military Transformation and Goals

    In the last decade, the Chinese Armed Forces (PLA) have undergone a “rapid and comprehensive transformation” in their power structure and weaponry. Beijing’s objective is clear: to transition from a traditional regional force to a “multi-dimensional force” capable of long-range operations.

    The technological expansion covers space, maritime, nuclear, and cyber capabilities, aiming for a qualitative expansion in weapon systems. These efforts are designed to deter opponents effectively and weaken the ability of adversaries, such as the United States and its allies, to intervene. This modernization is based on accumulating policies, long-term R&D investment, and a strategy of advanced civil-military integration.

    Key Categories of Advanced Military Technology

    The sources categorize modern military technology into several advanced domains:

    1. Nuclear and Hypersonic Capabilities

    China is rapidly expanding and upgrading its “nuclear triangle” (land, sea, and air delivery systems).

    • Quantity and Quality: There has been a notable increase in the inventory of nuclear warheads and their delivery vectors, including land-based ballistic missiles, missile-carrying submarines, and maneuvering warheads (known as hypersonics).
    • DF-17 Missile: This missile, combining boost-glide technology with maneuvering capabilities, allows it to penetrate advanced missile defense systems.
    • Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles (ICBMs): China showcased three types of ICBMs capable of carrying nuclear warheads (DF-41, DF-31, and DF-5C). The DF-5C, estimated to have a range exceeding 20,000 kilometers, can cover the entire globe and carry up to 12 warheads.

    2. Naval Technology and the “Blue Water” Fleet

    China is focused on creating an “ocean-going blue-colored fleet”.

    • Aircraft Carriers: The “Fujian” carrier (Type 003) represents a qualitative leap due to its EMALS (electromagnetic catapult system), enabling the launch of heavier aircraft than traditional “ski-jump” systems, significantly extending operational range.
    • Unmanned Maritime Vehicles (UMVs): China has demonstrated significant advances in large, unmanned maritime vehicles (XLUUVs), having already produced and tested five models. These can be used for various military operations, including anti-mine warfare.

    3. Air and Automated Technology

    Modernization includes the development of stealth and automated systems.

    • Stealth Fighters: The J-20 fighter jet program has entered the production phase, and continuous improvements are being made to radar and electronic countermeasure systems (ECM).
    • Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAVs): Armed and unarmed UAVs, combined with low-cost precision missiles, are now a critical component of attack and electronic warfare operations.

    4. Space and Counter-Space Capabilities

    Space has become a competitive arena, with heavy investment in satellite development (e.g., BeiDou navigation system).

    • Anti-Satellite (ASAT) Weapons: Beijing has conducted tests of ASAT capabilities and possesses counter-satellite and cyber-attack capabilities that can disrupt space communication and command systems.
    • HQ-29 Defense System: China publicly displayed its HQ-29 space defense system, designed to intercept foreign satellites.

    5. Directed Energy and Electromagnetic Weapons

    The new technologies defining modern conflict include advanced non-traditional weapons:

    • Laser Systems: These systems use high-intensity, directed energy beams to neutralize or destroy enemy aircraft, missiles, satellites, or personnel. Laser weapons are seen as an “economical” solution compared to missiles, offering high precision without requiring physical ammunition, and operating silently.
    • Laser systems are classified by power: Low-power (for training or sensor disruption), Medium-power (to destroy drones or ground targets), and High-Energy Lasers (HEL) (for anti-aircraft or anti-missile defense).
    • Electromagnetic Weapons: These systems use intense electromagnetic energy pulses to destroy or interfere with electronic devices, communication networks, and critical infrastructure.
    • Types include Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) bombs (designed to destroy the economic and administrative infrastructure of a state) and Electromagnetic Launchers (Railguns), which convert electrical energy into kinetic energy to launch projectiles at extremely high speed without gunpowder.

    6. Hybrid Systems and Artificial Intelligence (AI)

    Future conflicts rely on integrated, multi-domain systems that fuse technologies.

    • Hybrid Systems: These systems combine different technologies, such as rockets, artillery, drones, and AI, to counter multiple threats simultaneously, often involving automated (suicide) drones.
    • AI Integration: AI algorithms are crucial for analyzing vast amounts of data (like wireless signals and radar) in real-time, allowing for rapid threat identification and strategic decision-making in military operations.
    • Hybrid Vehicle Development: Future military concepts include hybrid ships (using electric propulsion/fuel cells for extended endurance) and hybrid drones (combining high payload capacity with extended flight range via hybrid engines).

    Saudi Financial Academy and Vision 2030 Human Capital Development

    Financial education, as discussed in the sources, is primarily centered on the Financial Academy’s pivotal role in developing human capital within the financial sector of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to align with the goals of Vision 2030.

    This focus on developing competencies is crucial for ensuring the stability, competitiveness, and readiness of the financial sector to handle global shifts, particularly digital transformation.

    1. The Role of the Financial Academy

    The Financial Academy is performing a central national role in building the human capital of the financial sector. Its work is guided by an ambitious strategy that relies on accumulated expertise, analysis of professional needs within the sector, and monitoring global trends in competency development.

    Key contributions of the Academy include:

    • Program Development: The Academy develops training programs and professional certifications that align with the financial sector’s direction and support the objectives of the Financial Sector Development Program, which is part of Vision 2030.
    • Enhancing Competitiveness: Its efforts aim to raise the readiness of Saudi competencies and enhance their competitive capabilities. The Academy seeks to develop human capital in line with Vision 2030’s goals of economic growth and income diversification.

    2. Specialized Educational Programs and Initiatives

    Financial education emphasizes specific, high-demand areas critical for modern financial operations and stability:

    • Core Strategic Areas: The Academy offers specialized training programs in crucial areas, including:
    • Credit and Financial Management.
    • Combating Financial Crimes and Compliance.
    • Innovation and Digital Transformation.
    • Trading and Investment.
    • Cybersecurity.
    • Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Data Management.
    • Leadership Development: The Academy works on developing executive leaders through specialized, high-quality programs, such as the Leadership at the Apex Program (LAP), which focuses on strategic thinking, change management, and decision-making for senior leaders.
    • Sector-Specific Programs: Tailored programs target various components of the financial sector, including banking, insurance, financing, and the financial market.
    • Partnerships and Global Benchmarking: Educational programs are executed in partnership with prominent global centers and universities to expose Saudi leaders to international best practices and experience exchange, strengthening their readiness to lead in a competitive regional and global environment. For instance, it executed seven programs that certified over 246 trainees in the financial sector, and delivered five executive programs in partnership with the Swiss Re Institute to develop 150 leaders in the insurance sector.

    3. Addressing Digital Transformation and Future Skills

    A critical component of financial education is preparing the workforce for the rapid digital and technological shifts occurring globally.

    • Integration of Technology: The Academy integrates advanced technologies like AI, Big Data, and Cybersecurity into training curricula to equip trainees with the necessary knowledge and digital skills for the financial sector’s future.
    • Reskilling and Upskilling: International reports indicate that business leaders in the Kingdom are preparing for technological transformations. Leaders anticipate that 40% of current skills in the Saudi labor market will require re-skilling by 2030, a figure consistent with the global average.
    • Re-skilling focuses on preparing employees for entirely new roles requiring different skill sets, while up-skilling focuses on developing existing competencies.
    • Future Skill Focus: By 2030, AI and Big Data are projected to be the most crucial skills in the financial services and capital markets sector, with a required development rate reaching 95%. Technical knowledge is ranked second (84%), followed by cybersecurity and networking skills (82%).
    • Talent Enhancement: 71% of financial sector leaders view providing effective programs for reskilling and upskilling as the primary opportunity to enhance talent availability.

    4. Supporting Financial Stability

    The ultimate goal of this enhanced financial education is sector stability and robust growth:

    • Sector Stability: The development of human capital contributes to the stability and competitiveness of the financial sector, which is a core pillar of the Vision 2030 transformation.
    • Public Awareness: Initiatives also include awareness sessions for university students to enhance their understanding of the financial sector’s promising future and connect them early with the required job market skills.
    • Non-Cash Transactions: The efforts support the objectives of the Financial Sector Development Program, including the goal of raising the percentage of non-cash transactions to 70% by 2025.

    Saudi Cultural Transformation: Vision 2030 and Heritage

    The sources present the cultural landscape of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia as a dynamic environment undergoing profound transformation under Vision 2030, characterized by the preservation of rich historical heritage alongside massive investment in new creative and intellectual institutions.

    Key elements of this cultural landscape include the reassertion of historical roots, the establishment of modern artistic and academic spaces, the elevation of culture to an economic and human priority, and the celebration of traditional arts and symbols.

    1. Cultural Transformation under Vision 2030

    Culture has been designated a fundamental part of national development and is no longer viewed as a luxury but as a soft power (قوة ناعمة) that enhances national identity and opens the doors to the cultural economy.

    • Human-Centric Approach: The national vision has powerfully restored focus on the nation’s cultural roots, recognizing that culture is a way of life and a means for deeper understanding of the Saudi individual.
    • Strategic Investment: Upcoming events, such as an international conference on cultural investment in Riyadh, underscore the strategic importance and amplified presence culture now holds.
    • Institutional Framework: The establishment of new bodies and “Years” dedicated to culture reflects the scale of efforts being made to highlight the diverse aspects of Saudi culture.

    2. Physical and Historical Landscapes

    The cultural landscape is strongly defined by its geographical and historical components, which are being actively preserved and developed:

    • Al-Ula and Global Role: Al-Ula is no longer merely a symbol of history and geography, but has become a symbol for hosting the future and a crucial hub for redefining global security debates.
    • Diriyah and Sustainability: Historical sites, such as the Turaif Museum in Diriyah, serve as powerful testaments to historical sustainability, where ancestors relied on local, eco-friendly materials. The mud-brick walls stood for centuries, demonstrating a “philosophy of life” built on self-sufficiency and harmony with nature.
    • The Turaif Museum’s physical existence in its original location enhances the narrative’s credibility, connecting the visitor to the story’s genuine context (a concept referred to as Situated Learning).
    • Al-Ahsa Oasis (Green Life): The Al-Ahsa Oasis, located in the Eastern part of the Kingdom, represents one of the oldest irrigation systems globally, stretching over 85 kilometers.
    • This oasis is a unique cultural landscape (واحة ثقافية استثنائية) that testifies to human adaptation to the desert environment. Its wealth of historical sites (like Qasr Ibrahim and Qasr Sahoud) and traditions earned it a place on the UNESCO World Heritage List in 2018, recognized for its environmental uniqueness and rich cultural and civilizational wealth.
    • Al-Ahsa has historically been a nexus of trade and culture, influenced by Phoenicians, Nabataeans, and Islamic and Ottoman eras, contributing to its rare spiritual and human dimension.

    3. New Artistic and Intellectual Spaces

    The modernization effort includes creating advanced venues for creativity and knowledge:

    • Riyadh Arts University: Announced by the Minister of Culture, Prince Badr bin Abdullah bin Farhan, the University of Riyadh for Arts is defined as an innovative creative space. It is not just an educational institution but a comprehensive vision for cultural education in the Kingdom.
    • It aims to train generations of creators in visual, performing arts, music, film, culinary arts, and cultural administration.
    • The university’s strategy involves extensive partnerships with prestigious international institutions to benchmark quality and form a bridge between Saudi culture and global theories, making it a center for civilizational interaction.

    4. Literary and Journalistic Contributions

    Intellectuals and literary figures play a crucial role in shaping and documenting the cultural landscape:

    • Ahmad Attar as a Cultural Pioneer: The work of the encyclopedic litterateur and journalist Ahmad Abdul Ghafour Attar (d. 1411 AH) is highlighted. His life’s work, which spanned the late Hijazi and early Saudi literary eras, included poetry, short stories, essays, and critical studies focused on defending the Arabic language and the Islamic identity.
    • He founded Okaz newspaper, which became an influential cultural and literary platform.
    • The Role of Cultural Writing: Cultural writing is seen as vital because it transcends fleeting moments, serving as a permanent reference for researchers. It aims to document the environment, customs, and noble values, thereby deepening the connection between the environment and the individual, and ensuring the cohesion and continuity of society.

    5. Symbols and Traditional Arts

    The traditional aspects of the cultural landscape are preserved through performance and art:

    • The Saudi Ardah: The national dance, the Saudi Ardah, is celebrated as a primary symbol of national identity. It embodies values of pride, loyalty, and bravery, symbolizing the cohesion between the leadership and the people through the raising of the flag, accompanied by rhythmic movement, drums, and patriotic poetry.
    • Historically, the Ardah served to encourage morale in battles, but with the establishment of security, it transformed into an expression of joy performed at national and happy occasions.
    • Contemporary Art and Heritage: Contemporary fine art, such as the sculptural work “Soul of the City” (روح البلد) by Khalid Al-Anqari, attempts to capture the spirit of Jeddah’s historical region using local marble. Such works are seen as a form of sculptural testimony that preserves history and bridges heritage with contemporary formation.
  • Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: A Critical Analysis by Pervez Hoodbhoy

    Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: A Critical Analysis by Pervez Hoodbhoy

    This podcast episode features an interview discussing Abdul Qadeer Khan’s role in Pakistan’s nuclear program. The interviewee details Khan’s acquisition of centrifuge technology, his collaboration with Pakistani officials, and the subsequent establishment of a global network to procure materials. The conversation also explores the geopolitical implications of Pakistan’s nuclear capabilities, the controversies surrounding Khan’s actions, and the interviewee’s personal opposition to nuclear weapons. The interviewee also shares personal anecdotes and correspondence with Khan. Finally, the discussion touches upon the lasting legacy and impact of Khan’s work on Pakistan’s national identity and international relations.

    01
    Compatible with Aolon Curve Smart Watch Band, 22mm Women, Soft Silicone Glitter Clear Sport Strap Compatible with Aolon Curve 2.01″ Inches Smart Watch

    Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: A Study Guide

    Quiz

    Instructions: Answer the following questions in 2-3 sentences each.

    1. What was A.Q. Khan’s academic background, and why is it significant to understanding his role in Pakistan’s nuclear program?
    2. What was the primary method used by Pakistan to enrich uranium for its nuclear weapons, and how did A.Q. Khan acquire the technology for it?
    3. What role did China play in helping Pakistan develop its nuclear weapons program, and what did they specifically provide?
    4. What was the Khan network, and how did it operate?
    5. Why did A.Q. Khan’s actions lead to scrutiny and house arrest, and what was his official explanation for those actions?
    6. What is the significance of the 1971 separation of East Pakistan in the context of the nuclear program, according to the source?
    7. How was the uranium enrichment program connected to the Uranium Enrichment Corporation in the Netherlands?
    8. What was Project 706 and what was the system of secrecy employed?
    9. What was A.Q. Khan’s relationship to the Pakistani Atomic Energy Commission (PAEC)?
    10. What were the circumstances surrounding the end of US pressure on Pakistan’s nuclear weapons program?

    Quiz Answer Key

    1. A.Q. Khan had a PhD in metallurgy, not nuclear physics or nuclear science. This is significant because his expertise was in high-tensile strength steels, crucial for centrifuge technology, not the theoretical science of nuclear fission.
    2. Pakistan used centrifuge technology to enrich uranium. A.Q. Khan allegedly stole the designs and supplier lists for this technology from the Uranium Enrichment Corporation in the Netherlands, where he worked.
    3. China provided Pakistan with the actual design for a nuclear bomb. They also supplied crucial technology, including uranium hexafluoride gas production and various electronic components.
    4. The Khan network was a global network of underground operatives that procured necessary parts for Pakistan’s nuclear program, circumventing international regulations. It was also a commercial operation that sold nuclear technology to other nations.
    5. A.Q. Khan was implicated in selling nuclear technology to various countries, leading to international pressure on Pakistan. He was then placed under house arrest after a televised apology, in which he admitted to his involvement in the nuclear proliferation.
    6. According to the source, the 1971 separation of East Pakistan (now Bangladesh) fueled a desire for revenge, with some in Pakistan wanting to use nuclear weapons to attack India. This event is cited as a major reason why Pakistan prioritized development of its nuclear program.
    7. The Uranium Enrichment Corporation in the Netherlands was where A.Q. Khan worked, and allegedly stole designs. The secrets included the plans and specifications for centrifuge technology which he translated with his wife.
    8. Project 706 was a code name for the highly secretive nuclear development program. It was kept tightly controlled and compartmentalized in order to prevent information from being leaked.
    9. The Pakistani Atomic Energy Commission insists that all the crucial work in making Pakistan’s bomb was carried out under its supervision. A.Q. Khan and his KRL were only responsible for uranium enrichment, whereas PAEC handled other key components.
    10. The US significantly reduced pressure on Pakistan due to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979, when Pakistan’s role in the fight against the Soviets was prioritized over its nuclear program. After the Soviet defeat, and prior to 9/11, there were renewed pressures and sanctions. After 9/11, renewed focus on the war on terror brought Pakistan back as an ally.

    Essay Questions

    Instructions: Answer the following essay questions thoroughly, referencing specific examples from the provided text.

    1. Analyze the role of A.Q. Khan in Pakistan’s nuclear program. Was he a hero or a villain? Justify your perspective.
    2. Compare and contrast the perspectives of the Pakistani government (through the Atomic Energy Commission) and A.Q. Khan’s KRL regarding their contributions to the nuclear program. How did these competing claims impact the public perception of A.Q. Khan?
    3. Discuss the international politics surrounding Pakistan’s development of nuclear weapons. What actions by other nations influenced Pakistan’s actions, and how did the global geopolitical climate shape its decisions?
    4. How did the various nationalisms that emerged in the latter half of the 20th Century influence nuclear proliferation?
    5. Evaluate the argument that nuclear weapons ensure peace. How does this argument hold up in the context of the material presented, and what are the alternative perspectives on nuclear deterrence?

    Glossary of Key Terms

    • Centrifuge: A device that uses centrifugal force to separate substances, particularly used in this context for uranium enrichment.
    • Metallurgy: The science and technology of metals, including their properties, processing, and uses. A.Q. Khan’s area of expertise was in high tensile strength steels for use in centrifuge construction.
    • Uranium Enrichment: The process of increasing the concentration of uranium-235, which is needed for nuclear weapons and reactors.
    • Nuclear Deterrent: A military strategy in which nuclear weapons are used to prevent attack from others by creating a credible threat of a retaliatory strike.
    • KRL: Khan Research Laboratories, the organization founded by A.Q. Khan, responsible for nuclear research and development.
    • PAEC: Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission, the governmental organization also involved in nuclear development.
    • Khan Network: A global network established by A.Q. Khan used to procure parts and technology for Pakistan’s nuclear program, as well as for commercial proliferation to other nations.
    • ECL: Exit Control List, a list of individuals in Pakistan who are restricted from leaving the country.
    • Nuclear Nationalism: The belief that a nation’s nuclear weapons capability is a symbol of national strength and pride.
    • Project 706: The codename for Pakistan’s secret nuclear weapons development program.
    • IAEA: The International Atomic Energy Agency, a part of the UN which seeks to promote the peaceful use of atomic energy while preventing the proliferation of atomic weapons.
    • Uranium Hexafluoride: A compound of uranium which is a gas at elevated temperatures, used in the uranium enrichment process.
    • Marang Steels: Special, high tensile strength steels used in high speed centrifuge construction.

    A.Q. Khan and Pakistan’s Nuclear Program

    Okay, here is a detailed briefing document based on the provided text, focusing on the main themes, important ideas, and key facts, with relevant quotes:

    Briefing Document: Analysis of “How Does It Work” Podcast on A.Q. Khan

    Introduction:

    This document summarizes a podcast episode focusing on the life, career, and legacy of Abdul Qadeer Khan (A.Q. Khan), the Pakistani metallurgist often considered the “father” of Pakistan’s nuclear program. The podcast explores his technical background, the acquisition of nuclear technology by Pakistan, the establishment of the Khan network, and the controversies surrounding his actions, including his involvement in nuclear proliferation.

    Key Themes:

    • A.Q. Khan’s Background and Expertise: The podcast emphasizes that A.Q. Khan was not a nuclear physicist but a metallurgist. His PhD was in “high tensile strength steels” crucial for centrifuge technology. “His PhD was in metallurgy, which he did in Germany, his professor ‘s name was Ralph Brab… his specialty was high tensile strength steels.” This corrects a “very common misconception” about his area of expertise.
    • The Acquisition of Nuclear Technology: Khan’s role in obtaining centrifuge designs and supplier lists from his time at the Uranium Enrichment Corporation in the Netherlands is central. “It is alleged that he had stolen some things from the place where he was working in Netherlands.” The podcast highlights the importance of this information, noting “the centrifuge technology is a very difficult technology,” and emphasizes that “all this important information was brought by AQ Khan with him.” This act is presented as both necessary for Pakistan’s program and controversial due to the nature of classified information.
    • Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: The podcast describes a complex situation: Pakistan sought a nuclear deterrent in response to the 1971 separation of East Pakistan (Bangladesh) and India’s nuclear ambitions. “We Pakistanis will eat grass, even go hungry, but we will have our own nuclear bomb because what happened to us in 71 happened to us so much.” It clarifies that Pakistan’s program relied on both indigenous efforts and external help and acquisitions.
    • The Role of China: The podcast underscores China’s significant assistance to Pakistan. “The actual design used by Pakistan was of a Chinese bomb…China also gave us a lot more like yare yam hexa fluoride which is a gas.” This involved not only bomb designs, but also crucial components and technology for uranium enrichment. This aid is attributed to China’s strategic calculations aimed at containing India.
    • The Khan Network: This international network is portrayed as essential for acquiring components needed for the nuclear program. “a big network had to be spread all over the world, in America, Canada, Europe as well as South Africa”. This network is described as involving underground operatives to procure “electronic parts, it could be inverter, relay” etc. It later became a conduit for proliferation, selling nuclear technology to countries like Iran, Libya, and North Korea.
    • A.Q. Khan’s Proliferation Activities: The podcast discusses A.Q. Khan’s role in selling nuclear technology. “When the bomb was made…then other countries who wanted to make bombs started looking towards Pakistan.” This includes the sale of centrifuge designs and components. This led to his eventual downfall and house arrest.
    • Internal Pakistani Dynamics: The podcast emphasizes a tension between A.Q. Khan and the Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission (PEC). “The people from Atomic Energy Commission will not agree with you on this matter. They say that the work done in 90 is ours.” It also discusses the involvement of the Pakistani military in the network. “The army in it, without the knowledge of the army nothing could move from the cut or from other PEC head quarters.”
    • The US Perspective: The US was aware of Pakistan’s nuclear program, yet its actions were influenced by geopolitical considerations during the Cold War. “Ronald Reagan, who was the President of the US at that time, said let it go, let it go. It is more important for us to defeat the Soviet Union.” This led to a period of tacit acceptance, followed by a crackdown post-9/11 when concerns about proliferation and terror became paramount.
    • A.Q. Khan’s Legacy: The podcast examines A.Q. Khan’s complex legacy as a national hero in Pakistan versus the image of a nuclear proliferator in the West. “I think that he promoted himself as much as he could So even today many people attribute the atom bomb to AQ Khan.” The speaker believes that his legacy is being “blurred” by history and the actions of others.
    • Opposition to Nuclear Weapons: The host, a nuclear physicist, is presented as a longstanding opponent of nuclear weapons, influenced by scientists who helped create the first bomb. “I will always be and till my death I will be against the bomb, whether the bomb is of Pakistan, India, America or Israel.” He makes the case that the bomb does not provide true security to Pakistan since threats to the state are “internal”.

    Most Important Ideas and Facts:

    • Technical Expertise: A.Q. Khan’s specialization in metallurgy, not nuclear physics, is crucial to understand his contributions to the Pakistani program which required specialized steel for centrifuge rotors.
    • Stolen Documents: A.Q. Khan’s acquisition of centrifuge designs from the Netherlands is framed as a critical step in Pakistan’s nuclear program, even though it was based on stolen classified information.
    • Chinese Assistance: China was the most important external actor in assisting Pakistan’s nuclear project.
    • Proliferation Network: The Khan network was a complex, international system involved in both acquiring components and later selling them, earning “millions of dollars, maybe they earned hundreds of millions of dollars.”
    • Internal Divisions: There was a tension between A.Q. Khan and the Pakistani Atomic Energy Commission, with both vying for credit for the country’s nuclear development. The army also played a major, perhaps controlling role, in the network.
    • American Geopolitical Calculations: The US was aware of Pakistan’s nuclear program but initially prioritized containing the Soviet Union over preventing proliferation.
    • A.Q. Khan’s Apology and House Arrest: Following the revelation of his proliferation activities, A.Q. Khan was forced to apologize publicly and was placed under house arrest.
    • A.Q. Khan’s Regrets: The podcast host had personal communications with A.Q. Khan, indicating his regret over the state of education and his disillusionment with the Pakistani military establishment. “if I had known that I would have to hand over these people to these people, I probably would not have made it, because he is a loose man.”
    • Nuclear Nationalism: The program introduces the concept of nuclear nationalism and uses the speaker’s personal history to contrast the idea that nuclear arms contribute to national security and prosperity.

    Quotes:

    • “Americans knew that we were making a bomb…”
    • “we had to take revenge for the father of Pakistan’s atomic bomb we will kill India with the bomb”
    • “the rotor in the centrifuge rotates like that of a washing machine but the rotor rotates very fast, so the steels in it are of a very special kind. These are called Marang steels.”
    • “The biggest challenge in making the first atom bomb was to understand its theory, so it had to be invented at that time because that theory did not exist.”
    • “The actual design used by Pakistan was of a Chinese bomb, the one which The first Chinese test was conducted in Lap Nor, China.”
    • “A.Q. Khan kept many centrifuges made in Malaysia, their parts and completed centrifuges were also kept inside that ship.”
    • “Pakistan army judges a country”
    • “he apologized in English… secondly this had to be shown to the world, it had to be shown to the whites…”
    • “This is a prosperous nation, they are in danger from within.”

    Conclusion:

    The podcast provides a nuanced view of A.Q. Khan and the Pakistani nuclear program. It highlights the complex interplay of technical expertise, geopolitical maneuvering, international networks, and national ambitions. A.Q. Khan’s legacy remains controversial, representing both national pride and the dangers of nuclear proliferation. The podcast also introduces an alternative view that nuclear weapons do not provide true security. This briefing document provides a starting point for further analysis and discussion of this important topic.

    Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: A.Q. Khan and the Khan Network

    FAQ: Pakistan’s Nuclear Program and A.Q. Khan

    1. What was A.Q. Khan’s educational background and how did it relate to his role in Pakistan’s nuclear program? A.Q. Khan held a PhD in metallurgy, specializing in high tensile strength steels, not nuclear physics as is often mistakenly believed. His expertise in metallurgy proved vital in developing centrifuges for uranium enrichment, specifically relating to the materials used in the rotors that rotate at high speeds. He gained access to classified documents through his work at a Uranium Enrichment company, which he later used to help Pakistan in developing its nuclear program.
    2. How did A.Q. Khan acquire the initial designs and technology necessary for Pakistan’s nuclear program? A.Q. Khan worked for a Uranium Enrichment Corporation in the Netherlands and Belgium. He allegedly stole classified documents, including designs of centrifuges, and also the suppliers lists needed for key parts to build centrifuges. He then used these documents, alongside the help of his wife, to help him with translations. This information was instrumental in initiating Pakistan’s uranium enrichment program.
    3. What was the role of China in Pakistan’s nuclear weapons program? China provided Pakistan with the design for its nuclear bomb, specifically the design of the bomb that China first tested at Lop Nor, China. They also provided technology for processing uranium and other electronics and technologies. This close relationship made Pakistan’s nuclear program possible. China helped Pakistan acquire key technologies and materials necessary for its nuclear weapons development.
    4. What was the “Khan Network” and what was its purpose? The “Khan Network” was a global network established to procure materials and technologies for Pakistan’s nuclear program. This network had operatives worldwide whose jobs were to acquire specific components needed for centrifuge technology (like electronic parts, inverters, relays), because these items were not manufactured in Pakistan. It was later used by A.Q. Khan for personal profit. He began selling nuclear technology and materials to other countries like Libya, North Korea, and Iran.
    5. Why did Pakistan pursue nuclear weapons, and what was the primary motivation at the time? Pakistan’s primary motivation for developing nuclear weapons was to establish a nuclear deterrent against India, driven by historical events such as the 1971 separation of East Pakistan, and subsequent wars between the two countries, particularly the 1971 war, and India’s 1974 nuclear test. The aim was also to counter what was seen as a threat from India’s growing military capability and nuclear program. There was a desire to take “revenge” for the events of 1971.
    6. How did the international community, particularly the US, react to Pakistan’s nuclear program, and how did geopolitical events impact these reactions? Initially, the US was concerned about Pakistan’s nuclear program, but this concern was overshadowed by the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan in 1979. The US needed Pakistan’s help in countering the Soviet Union, so they turned a blind eye to Pakistan’s nuclear ambitions, and even provided them with substantial financial aid. This allowed Pakistan to continue developing its nuclear program with minimal external interference. After the Soviet defeat in Afghanistan, the US renewed its concerns, and placed sanctions on Pakistan, however after the 9/11 attacks, there was a new focus in the US on a war on terror and Pakistan once again became a US ally, and pressure surrounding their nuclear program subsided again.
    7. What happened to A.Q. Khan after his role in the nuclear program, and what were the accusations against him? After the exposure of the Khan Network, A.Q. Khan was placed under house arrest by the Pakistani government. He was accused of selling nuclear technology to other countries, which he admitted in a televised confession. Some sources suggest that A.Q. Khan was punished as a scapegoat, because the Pakistani military was also complicit in the proliferation of technology. It is also suggested by some that he also sold nuclear technology to India, however this is unconfirmed.
    8. What is the legacy of A.Q. Khan, and how do Pakistanis generally view his role in the nuclear program? A.Q. Khan is a controversial figure. While some view him as a national hero for developing Pakistan’s nuclear deterrent, others view him as a proliferator who sold sensitive nuclear technology to dangerous actors. Some Pakistanis continue to view him as a national hero, while others view his actions and motivations with more skepticism and criticism.

    A.Q. Khan and the Making of Pakistan’s Bomb

    Okay, here’s the timeline and cast of characters based on the provided text:

    Timeline of Main Events:

    • Pre-1971: Abdul Qadeer (AQ) Khan is born in Bhopal.
    • 1971: East Pakistan separates from West Pakistan, becoming Bangladesh. This deeply upsets AQ Khan, fueling a desire for revenge.
    • Early 1970s: AQ Khan is working in the Netherlands at UranCo (Uranium Enrichment Company). He is tasked with translating centrifuge designs from English/German to Dutch. His wife assists him.
    • Mid-1970s:AQ Khan allegedly steals classified documents from UranCo related to centrifuge technology. He claims his boss permitted him to take the designs home for translation.
    • A case is filed against him, but he escapes punishment by being in Pakistan at the time.
    • AQ Khan procures a supplier list, along with other critical information related to centrifuge components
    • He contacts the Pakistan Embassy and then reaches out to Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto, then Prime Minister of Pakistan, due to his belief Pakistan needed a nuclear deterrent.
    • AQ Khan travels to Pakistan and immediately goes to the Prime Minister’s House, then the President’s House (Awan-e-Sadr).
    • 1974: India conducts a nuclear test in Pokhran.
    • Mid-Late 1970s:Pakistan attempts to acquire a reprocessing plant from France to produce plutonium, but this is blocked by pressure from the US.
    • AQ Khan begins work on uranium enrichment in Pakistan, focusing on centrifuge technology. KUTA (Khan Research Laboratories, later KRL) is established, and becomes an active research facility after the arrival of AQ Khan.
    • China provides Pakistan with the design for their first nuclear bomb which was tested in Lop Nor. They also provide other forms of technological assistance, including Yare Yam hexafluoride which is a gas created from mined and processed uranium.
    • Late 1970s: The US is aware that Pakistan is working on a nuclear weapon program, but downplays it in public reports to maintain relations due to the Soviet Union’s invasion of Afghanistan.
    • 1980s: Pakistan uses the network it created for the nuclear weapons program to purchase goods from around the globe with Pakistani government money, and the Pakistani military’s knowledge.
    • 1990s: AQ Khan begins selling nuclear technology and materials to other countries through a global network. The army was also involved in the network, taking their share of profits.
    • Around 1996, Munir Ahmad Khan shares that he was shown proof of Pakistan’s bomb development by US senators during his time as chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission.
    • 1996: AQ Khan gets the speaker of the podcast, Parvez Hoodbhoy, placed on the ECL (Exit Control List) due to Hoodbhoy challenging a land grab AQ Khan was part of.
    • Later 90s: AQ Khan’s popularity rises in Pakistan, and he is considered a hero to many.
    • 1998: India conducts further nuclear tests. Pakistan responds with its own nuclear tests, which were carried out in Chaghi, Balochistan. It was a point of contention whether AQ Khan would be allowed to travel to the test site.
    • 2001: After 9/11, there is renewed pressure on Pakistan over its nuclear program, however focus shifts to counter terrorism and America’s war in Afghanistan.
    • 2003:A ship carrying centrifuge equipment en route to Libya is intercepted by the US. This exposes AQ Khan’s proliferation network.
    • Under pressure from the US, President Musharraf forces AQ Khan to publicly confess to his role in nuclear proliferation on PTV.
    • Post-2003: AQ Khan is placed under house arrest for the remainder of his life.
    • Later Years: AQ Khan sends several letters to Parvez Hoodbhoy, expressing regret over his role in the nuclear program, and disillusionment with the Pakistani military. He also becomes concerned over the educational conditions in the country. The podcast host was placed on the Exit Control List in 1996, by AQ Khan, because of his involvement in a land grab dispute.

    Cast of Characters:

    • Abdul Qadeer (AQ) Khan: A Pakistani metallurgist, considered the “father” of Pakistan’s nuclear program. He worked at UranCo in the Netherlands before starting Pakistan’s uranium enrichment program. He is celebrated as a hero by some, while others view him as a nuclear proliferator. He is believed to have been disillusioned by his role as Pakistan’s bomb maker later in life, and felt he had not been honored adequately by the government. He also expressed regret over the state of the country’s educational system.
    • Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto: Prime Minister of Pakistan who was contacted by AQ Khan for the development of nuclear weapons as a deterrent, specifically against India.
    • Ghulam Ishaq Khan: Met with A.Q Khan when he first arrived in Pakistan with the stolen designs of centrifuges.
    • Munir Ahmad Khan: Former chairman of the Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission.
    • Riazuddin: Pakistani professor of physics who was tasked with locating information about nuclear technology in the Library of Congress and other American libraries.
    • Ralph Brab: AQ Khan’s professor in Germany, whose specialization was high tensile strength steels.
    • Ayub Khan: Pakistani president who was involved in the discussions about acquiring a nuclear reactor, and subsequent reprocessing plant from France.
    • Professor Abdul Salam: Pakistani scientist who negotiated with France regarding the nuclear reactor acquisition for Pakistan.
    • General Aslam Beg: Pakistani general who advocated for a unified nuclear block comprised of Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan.
    • Parvez Hoodbhoy: Pakistani nuclear physicist and the host of the podcast, who opposed nuclear weapons. He had a complicated relationship with AQ Khan, marked by letters they exchanged in later years. Hoodbhoy and his friend also challenged AQ Khan in court.
    • Benazir Bhutto: Pakistani prime minister who had allegedly planned to transfer a portion of Quaid-e-Azam University’s land to MNS.
    • Abdul Hameed Nayyar: Friend of Parvez Hoodbhoy, also challenged AQ Khan in court.
    • General Shoaib Ahmed: General who made a video against Parvez Hoodbhoy, accusing him of being responsible for AQ Khan’s death.
    • Ronald Reagan: US President who did not sanction Pakistan for the nuclear weapons program due to the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan.
    • General Pervez Musharraf: President of Pakistan who forced AQ Khan to confess to nuclear proliferation.
    • David Albright: An American expert on nuclear weapons proliferation who was cited for comparing AQ Khan to Bin Laden.
    • Katherine Collins & Douglas France: Authors of the book “Fallout”, who alleged that the CIA deliberately did not stop AQ Khan’s activities in the 70s in order to gather information.
    • Young Ban (likely a misspelling of Young-Bong): South Korean scientist who assisted North Korea in its nuclear program.
    • Muammar Gaddafi: Libyan leader who sought to develop nuclear weapons and acquired materials through the AQ Khan network.
    • Philip Morrison, Victor Weiss, Cuff, Bernard Feld: Scientists and physicists who worked on the Manhattan Project, and went on to be advocates against nuclear weapons following their use on Hiroshima.
    • Jawaharlal Nehru: Early Indian Prime Minister who was initially against India’s nuclear program, but later changed his mind following the 1962 Sino-Indian War.

    Let me know if you have any other questions.

    A.Q. Khan and Pakistan’s Nuclear Program

    A.Q. Khan was a metallurgist, not a nuclear physicist, who played a significant role in Pakistan’s nuclear program [1]. He obtained his Ph.D. in metallurgy in Germany, specializing in high-tensile strength steels used in centrifuges [1, 2].

    Here’s a breakdown of his role and activities:

    • Acquisition of Nuclear Technology:
    • Khan worked at the Uranium Enrichment Company in the Netherlands [2].
    • He allegedly stole classified documents, including centrifuge designs, from his workplace [2, 3].
    • His wife helped him translate the documents [2, 3].
    • He took these secret documents to Pakistan and shared them with Bhutto [1, 3].
    • The technology he brought was the uranium enrichment method, which was an alternative to plutonium extraction [4].
    • Establishing Pakistan’s Nuclear Program:Khan contacted the Pakistan embassy, and this led to his meeting with Bhutto [3].
    • He was instrumental in setting up the Kahuta Research Laboratories (KRL), which became the center of Pakistan’s uranium enrichment program [4].
    • He brought a list of suppliers, including where to buy ball bearings and inverters, which are essential for centrifuge technology [3].
    • Khan’s work was essential, as Pakistan did not have the capacity to manufacture the necessary components [5, 6].
    • He utilized a global network to acquire parts for the program [6].
    • Controversies and Accusations:
    • Khan was accused of stealing nuclear secrets from his former employer [2].
    • He was accused of selling nuclear technology to other countries including North Korea, Libya and Iran [6, 7].
    • There were allegations of Khan selling nuclear secrets to Israel, America, and India, but this may not be true [1, 8].
    • He was involved in a network that sold nuclear technology and components for personal gain [7].
    • There is a claim that the Khan network was also sold to India, but this is not confirmed [7, 8].
    • Relationship with the Pakistani Government and Military:
    • The army was involved in Khan’s network, and they also took a cut of the profits from selling nuclear information [7].
    • General Musharraf forced Khan to confess his wrongdoings on television [9].
    • Khan was put under house arrest after his confession [10].
    • Legacy:
    • Khan was seen as a hero by many Pakistanis for his role in developing the country’s nuclear bomb [1, 11].
    • Despite his popularity, his role in the bomb’s creation was minimal [9].
    • There are differing views on his legacy; some view him as a national hero, while others see him as a “nuclear jihadist” [1, 12].
    • He also expressed regret for making the bomb [13].
    • Other PointsPakistan’s nuclear program was also supported by China, which provided designs and technology [5, 14].
    • The actual design of Pakistan’s bomb was similar to a Chinese bomb [5].
    • The program also involved the Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission (PAEC), which worked on other aspects of the bomb such as its fabrication and testing [14].
    • The US was aware of Pakistan’s nuclear program but did not intervene due to the Soviet-Afghan war [8, 15].
    • After the 9/11 attacks, pressure was put on Musharraf regarding Khan’s activities because of the fear he may sell nuclear material to terrorists [11].

    Pakistan’s Nuclear Program: From A.Q. Khan to Global Impact

    Pakistan’s development of the atomic bomb was a complex undertaking involving multiple factors, including technological acquisition, political motivations, and international relations [1-4].

    • Motivations:A key motivation for Pakistan’s nuclear program was to seek revenge for the separation of East Pakistan in 1971 [2, 5, 6].
    • The program was also fueled by the desire to match India’s nuclear capabilities, especially after India’s 1974 nuclear test [1, 5, 6].
    • The sentiment was, “we will eat grass, even go hungry, but we will have our own nuclear bomb” [5].
    • Key Figures:A.Q. Khan, a metallurgist, was pivotal in acquiring the technology and establishing the program [1]. He was not a nuclear scientist, but had a PhD in metallurgy [1, 2].
    • Zulfiqar Ali Bhutto was the Prime Minister of Pakistan who supported the nuclear program and reached out to Khan [7].
    • Munir Ahmad Khan, the chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission was also involved in the program [5].
    • Riazuddin, a physics professor at Quaid-e-Azam University, was sent to the Library of Congress in the US to find nuclear know-how [3].
    • Technological Aspects:Pakistan pursued the uranium enrichment method, as opposed to plutonium extraction [4].
    • A.Q. Khan obtained centrifuge designs from his work at the Uranium Enrichment Company in the Netherlands [2, 7]. He allegedly stole these designs [2, 7].
    • He also brought a list of suppliers for necessary components [7].
    • China provided significant assistance, including the design of the bomb and technology for converting mined uranium into gas [3, 8]. The actual design of Pakistan’s bomb was similar to China’s first nuclear test [3].
    • Pakistan used a global network to acquire the necessary parts [9].
    • Secrecy and Development:The program was conducted with a high level of secrecy [6].
    • The Kahuta Research Laboratories (KRL) became the center of Pakistan’s uranium enrichment program [4].
    • The Pakistan Atomic Energy Commission (PAEC) was responsible for the fabrication of the bomb, its testing, and other aspects [9].
    • The bomb was tested in Balochistan [10].
    • International Reactions and ChallengesThe US was aware of Pakistan’s program, but did not intervene due to the Soviet-Afghan war [5, 11, 12].
    • The US put pressure on France not to sell a reprocessing plant to Pakistan [4].
    • After the 9/11 attacks, pressure was put on Musharraf regarding Khan’s activities because of the fear he may sell nuclear material to terrorists [13].
    • Controversies:A.Q. Khan was accused of selling nuclear technology to other countries like North Korea, Libya, and Iran [9, 14]. There was a network through which this was accomplished [8].
    • There were also allegations that he sold nuclear secrets to Israel, America, and India, though this is not confirmed [1, 11, 14].
    • The Pakistani army was also involved in this network and took a cut of the profits [14].
    • Post-DevelopmentAfter Pakistan tested its bomb in 1998, other countries started looking towards Pakistan for nuclear technology [9].
    • Khan was forced to confess his wrongdoing on television and was put under house arrest [10, 13].
    • There was a view that the bomb was meant to empower the Muslim community and countries. For example, General Aslam Beg said that Afghanistan, Iran and Pakistan should become united countries and nuclear powers [15].
    • Legacy:A.Q. Khan was viewed as a hero by many in Pakistan but some consider him a “nuclear jihadist” [1, 16].
    • Khan himself expressed some regret over making the bomb, especially because he felt that he was not sufficiently honored by the Pakistani state [15, 17].
    • There is a view that Khan’s role in the bomb’s creation was minimal [10].
    • The nuclear program was not a guarantee of peace, as seen by conflicts such as Kargil and the ongoing tensions with India [18].
    • There is an ongoing debate as to whether or not the bomb has led to prosperity or stability in Pakistan [19].

    Nuclear Proliferation: Causes, Methods, and Consequences

    Nuclear proliferation, the spread of nuclear weapons, technology, and materials to countries that do not already possess them, is a significant concern that is discussed throughout the sources.

    Here’s a breakdown of nuclear proliferation as it relates to the provided sources:

    • Motivations for Proliferation:
    • Revenge and Security: Pakistan’s nuclear program was partly motivated by a desire to retaliate for the loss of East Pakistan in 1971, and to match India’s nuclear capabilities [1-4]. The sentiment was, “we will eat grass, even go hungry, but we will have our own nuclear bomb” [3].
    • Regional Power: Some countries sought nuclear weapons to enhance their regional power and influence [5]. For example, General Aslam Beg suggested that Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan should unite and become nuclear powers to counter the West [5].
    • Deterrence: Some nations seek nuclear weapons as a deterrent against potential aggressors. However, the sources question whether a nuclear bomb is a guarantee of peace, with conflicts such as Kargil and ongoing tensions between India and Pakistan as an example [6, 7].
    • Methods of Proliferation:
    • Stealing Technology: A.Q. Khan allegedly stole centrifuge designs from his workplace in the Netherlands, which were crucial for Pakistan’s uranium enrichment program [2, 8].
    • Global Networks: A.Q. Khan established a global network to acquire the necessary parts for Pakistan’s nuclear program [8-10]. This network was also used to sell nuclear technology to other countries [11].
    • State Support: Some countries, like China, provided significant assistance to other nations’ nuclear programs. China gave Pakistan the design of the bomb and technology for converting mined uranium into gas [9, 12].
    • Purchasing Technology: Countries like Libya attempted to purchase complete nuclear technology and components through intermediaries. [11, 12].
    • Exploiting Existing Technology: India extracted plutonium from a nuclear reactor provided by Canada, which they then used for their first nuclear test [13].
    • Examples of Proliferation:
    • Pakistan: Developed nuclear weapons using a combination of stolen technology, a global procurement network and support from China. [2, 8, 9, 12, 13].
    • India: Developed nuclear weapons through plutonium extraction and later tested a bomb [4, 13].
    • North Korea: Was interested in centrifuges and also had a plutonium-based nuclear program [10]. They were successful in making bombs [11].
    • Iran: Received outdated centrifuges from the Khan network but improved them [5]. They are now considered a potential nuclear power [6].
    • Libya: Tried to purchase nuclear technology from the Khan network, but their efforts were thwarted [11].
    • South Africa: Was mentioned as a possible location for a Khan network base, though no evidence of this was found [9, 10].
    • Allegations of Proliferation to other countries: There were claims that the Khan network sold nuclear secrets to Israel, America, and India, but these remain unconfirmed [1, 11].
    • Role of Key Individuals:
    • A.Q. Khan: Played a central role in the proliferation of nuclear technology through his network that sold nuclear technology to countries like Libya, North Korea and Iran [11].
    • Riazuddin: A physics professor who was sent to the US to find nuclear know-how for Pakistan [12].
    • Munir Ahmad Khan: The chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission was also involved in the program [3].
    • Consequences and Concerns:
    • Increased Instability: The spread of nuclear weapons can heighten tensions and increase the risk of conflict in already volatile regions [6, 7].
    • Arms Race: Proliferation can lead to regional arms races as countries seek to match the capabilities of their neighbors [1].
    • Risk of Use: There is concern that the more countries that possess nuclear weapons, the higher the risk they may be used in conflict [6, 7].
    • Terrorism: There is concern that nuclear material may fall into the hands of terrorists [14].
    • The ineffectiveness of deterrence: The sources present the view that nuclear weapons are not a guarantee of peace, citing conflicts like Kargil and tensions between India and Pakistan [6, 7].
    • International Response:
    • Sanctions and Pressure: The US and other countries have used sanctions and diplomatic pressure to try to prevent nuclear proliferation [15].
    • Monitoring and Intelligence: Agencies such as the CIA monitor the activities of countries that are trying to acquire nuclear weapons [15, 16].
    • Interception of Shipments: The US intercepted a ship carrying nuclear materials destined for Libya, exposing the Khan network’s activities [11, 12].
    • Debate Over Nuclear Weapons:
    • The sources present differing views on the value and legacy of nuclear weapons, especially their role in peace and stability. One view is that the bomb is a necessity to ensure national security. Another view, expressed by a nuclear physicist, is that nuclear weapons do not ensure peace and that a nation’s greatest threats are often internal [6, 17].

    In summary, the sources highlight that nuclear proliferation is driven by complex political, security and technological factors. The case of Pakistan shows how a combination of stolen technology, international networks and state support can lead to the development of nuclear weapons. The sources also indicate that the consequences of proliferation are far reaching and include increased regional instability, the potential for armed conflict and the risk of nuclear materials falling into the wrong hands.

    Nuclear Nationalism in Pakistan

    Nuclear nationalism, the belief that a nation’s identity, security, and prestige are tied to its possession of nuclear weapons, is a theme that is explored in the sources. Here’s a breakdown of how nuclear nationalism is portrayed:

    • National Pride and Identity: The development of nuclear weapons was seen as a matter of national pride for Pakistan [1]. The sources indicate that after the separation of East Pakistan in 1971, there was a strong desire for revenge, and the nuclear bomb was seen as a way to achieve this. This sentiment is captured in the phrase, “we will eat grass, even go hungry, but we will have our own nuclear bomb” [2, 3].
    • Hero Worship: A.Q. Khan was celebrated as a national hero in Pakistan, with his image appearing on posters and trucks [4, 5]. This hero worship highlights the extent to which nuclear weapons were seen as a symbol of national achievement. He was considered by some to be the “father of Pakistan’s atomic bomb” [1]. However, this was not the view of everyone [6].
    • Equating Nuclear Weapons with Security: There is a strong belief that nuclear weapons are essential for a nation’s security, acting as a deterrent against potential aggressors [7]. The idea was that the bomb would give Pakistan “so much protection” [8]. This view was linked to the idea that Pakistan needed to match India’s nuclear capabilities [1]. However, this idea is challenged in the sources, with the argument that Pakistan’s greatest threats are internal [7].
    • Regional Power and Influence: Nuclear weapons were also seen as a means to enhance regional power and influence. For example, General Aslam Beg’s view that Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan should unite and become nuclear powers indicates that nuclear weapons were seen as tools for regional dominance [9, 10]. This was seen as a way to counter the West [10].
    • The Link Between Nuclear Weapons and National Status: There was a desire to be recognized on the world stage as a nuclear power. This is illustrated by A.Q. Khan’s disappointment at not being given the same status as Abdul Kalam of India (the “missile man” who became President), highlighting that a nuclear weapons program can be seen as an indicator of national greatness [9]. The fact that A.Q. Khan’s apology was delivered in English, for the benefit of a Western audience, speaks to how important it was for Pakistan to be seen as a nuclear power [11].
    • Internal Opposition: Despite the prevailing view of nuclear weapons as a source of national pride, there were voices of opposition [5, 11]. The sources present the view of a nuclear physicist who was against nuclear weapons on principle, believing that they do not ensure peace and that a nation’s greatest threats are often internal [5, 7, 11]. This position directly challenges the notion that nuclear weapons are essential for a country’s security.
    • Questioning the Benefits of Nuclear Weapons: The idea that nuclear weapons are a guarantee of national security or prosperity is questioned [7]. The sources point out that many prosperous nations do not have nuclear weapons and that nuclear deterrence has not prevented conflicts [7, 8]. This suggests that the view of nuclear weapons as a source of national security may be based on a myth rather than a reality [8].
    • Blurred Legacy: The long-term legacy of nuclear nationalism is uncertain. It is suggested that historical narratives can be blurred over time, and the precise role of individuals, such as A.Q. Khan, may become distorted [10]. The sources suggest that, over time, the national narrative around nuclear weapons and the individuals who develop them is likely to change [5, 10].

    In summary, nuclear nationalism is a complex concept that links a nation’s identity and pride to its nuclear capabilities. While some see nuclear weapons as a source of national security, pride, and regional power, others view them as a threat to global peace and stability. The case of Pakistan, as discussed in the sources, highlights these competing viewpoints, revealing that nuclear nationalism is not a universally accepted ideal.

    Nuclear Proliferation and Regional Instability

    Regional tensions are significantly heightened by nuclear proliferation and nuclear nationalism, as discussed in the sources. The pursuit and possession of nuclear weapons by some nations have led to increased instability, arms races, and the potential for conflict in several regions [1-4].

    Here’s a breakdown of regional tensions as presented in the sources:

    • India and Pakistan:
    • Historical Conflict: The primary driver for Pakistan’s nuclear program was the desire to match India’s nuclear capabilities [3, 5]. This was partly motivated by the separation of East Pakistan in 1971, which led to a desire for revenge [1, 2]. The sentiment was that Pakistanis would “eat grass, even go hungry, but we will have our own nuclear bomb” [2].
    • Arms Race: India’s nuclear program, which began in the 1960s, spurred Pakistan to develop its own nuclear weapons [3]. This has created a continuous arms race between the two countries [5].
    • Kargil Conflict: Despite possessing nuclear weapons, Pakistan engaged in the Kargil conflict with India [6]. This highlights that nuclear deterrence is not a guarantee of peace, and tensions between the two countries remain high [4, 6].
    • Internal Threats: The sources suggest that Pakistan’s biggest threats are internal and that the nuclear bomb has not protected the country from internal conflict and instability [4].
    • China and India:
    • Rivalry: China’s support of Pakistan’s nuclear program was partly motivated by its rivalry with India [7, 8].
    • Border War: The 1962 war between China and India was a catalyst for India’s nuclear program [3].
    • Iran and the West:
    • Nuclear Ambitions: Iran’s pursuit of nuclear technology has led to concerns from the West, who fear that Iran may develop a nuclear weapon [4, 5].
    • Potential for Conflict: The sources also discuss the possibility of conflict between Iran and other nuclear powers [4, 6].
    • North and South Korea:
    • High Tensions: The tensions between North and South Korea are highlighted, and the possibility of these tensions escalating due to nuclear proliferation is raised [6].
    • North Korea’s Nuclear Program: North Korea’s successful development of nuclear weapons has created additional regional instability [6, 9, 10].
    • The Middle East:
    • Libya’s Nuclear Ambitions: Libya’s attempt to acquire nuclear technology through the Khan network further demonstrates the potential for regional instability [8, 11].
    • General Aslam Beg’s Plan: General Aslam Beg’s view that Afghanistan, Iran and Pakistan should unite as nuclear powers to counter the West reveals the regional aspirations of some in the area [12].
    • Other Regional Concerns:
    • Fear of Nuclear Weapons falling into the wrong hands: The fear of nuclear weapons falling into the hands of terrorist groups is also a source of regional tension [4, 13].
    • The Role of Nuclear Nationalism:
    • Fueling Tensions: Nuclear nationalism, the belief that a nation’s identity and security are tied to its possession of nuclear weapons, fuels regional tensions, as countries seek to enhance their regional power and influence [14].
    • Ineffectiveness of Nuclear Deterrence:
    • Conflicts Despite Deterrence: The sources point out that nuclear deterrence has not prevented conflicts [4, 6]. The Russia-Ukraine conflict, and the Israel-Palestine conflict are cited as examples, along with the Kargil conflict between India and Pakistan [4, 6].

    In summary, the sources demonstrate that nuclear proliferation and nuclear nationalism have significantly increased regional tensions. The pursuit of nuclear weapons by various nations has led to arms races, historical rivalries, and the potential for conflict. Despite the idea that nuclear weapons act as a deterrent, conflicts and tensions remain, suggesting that nuclear weapons do not guarantee peace or stability.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Visual FoxPro 7 Commands

    Visual FoxPro 7 Commands

    Supported Visual FoxPro SET Commands

    Unsupported Visual FoxPro Commands and Functions

    Symbols
    & Command

    Performs macro substitution.

    & VarName[.cExpression]

    Parameters

    & VarName Specifies the name of the variable or array element to reference in the macro substitution. Do not include the M. prefix that distinguishes variables from fields. Such inclusion causes a syntax error. The macro should not exceed the maximum statement length permitted in Visual FoxPro.

    A variable cannot reference itself recursively in macro substitution. For example, the following generates an error message:

    STORE '&gcX' TO gcX
    ? &gcX

    Macro substitution statements that appear in DO WHILE, FOR, and SCAN are evaluated only at the start of the loop and are not reevaluated on subsequent iterations. Any changes to the variable or array element that occur within the loop are not recognized. .cExpression The optional period (.) delimiter and .cExpression are used to append additional characters to a macro. cExpression appended to the macro with .cExpression can also be a macro. If cExpression is a property name, include an extra period (cExpression..PropertyName).

    01
    White Gold Plated White & Pink Cubic Zirconia Dangle Earrings for Women Daily Evening Parties Wear Lightweight Jewelry Earring Gift for Her

    Remarks

    Macro substitution treats the contents of a variable or array element as a character string literal. When an ampersand (&) precedes a character-type variable or array element, the contents of the variable or element replace the macro reference. You can use macro substitution in any command or function that accepts a character string literal.

    Tip   Whenever possible, use a name expression instead of macro substitution. A name expression operates like macro substitution. However, a name expression is limited to passing character strings as names. Use a name expression for significantly faster processing if a command or function accepts a name (a file name, window name, menu name, and so on). For additional information on name expressions, see Overview of the Language.

    While the following commands are acceptable:

    STORE 'customer' TO gcTableName
    STORE 'company'  TO gcTagName
    USE &gcTableName ORDER &gcTagName

    use a name expression instead:

    USE (gcTableName) ORDER (gcTagName)

    Macro substitution is useful for substituting a keyword in a command. In the following example, the TALK setting is saved to a variable so the setting can be restored later in the program. The original TALK setting is restored with macro substitution.

    Example

    STORE SET('TALK') TO gcSaveTalk
    SET TALK OFF
    *
    *  Additional program code
    *
    SET TALK &gcSaveTalk  && Restore original TALK setting

    && Command

    Indicates the beginning of a nonexecuting inline comment in a program file.

    && [Comments]

    Parameters

    Comments Indicates that inline comments follow. For example:

    STORE (20*12) TO gnPayments  && 20 years of monthly payments

    Inserting inline comments to denote the end of the IF … ENDIF, DO, and FOR … ENDFOR structured programming commands greatly improves the readability of programs.

    Remarks

    Place a semicolon (;) at the end of each comment line that continues to a following line. You cannot place && and a comment after the semicolon used to continue a command line to an additional line.

    Example

    NOTE  Initialize the page number;
       variable.
    STORE 1 to gnPageNum
    * Set up the loop
    DO WHILE gnPageNum <= 25  && loop 25 times
       gnPageNum = gnPageNum + 1
    ENDDO  && DO WHILE gnPageNum <= 25
    • * Command

    Indicates the beginning of a nonexecuting comment line in a program file.

    * [Comments]

    Parameters

    Comments Specifies the comment in the comment line. For example:

    *   This is a comment

    Remarks

    Place a semicolon (;) at the end of each comment line that continues to a following line.

    Example

    * Initialize the page number;
       variable.
    STORE 1 to gnPageNum
    * Set up the loop
    DO WHILE gnPageNum <= 25  && loop 25 times
       gnPageNum = gnPageNum + 1
    ENDDO  && DO WHILE gnPageNum <= 25

    ? | ?? Command

    ??? Command

    @ … BOX Command

    @ … CLASS Command

    @ … CLEAR Command

    @ … EDIT – Edit Boxes Command

    @ … FILL Command

    @ … GET – Check Boxes Command

    @ … GET – Combo Boxes Command

    @ … GET – Command Buttons Command

    @ … GET – List Boxes Command

    @ … GET – Option Buttons Command

    @ … GET – Spinners Command

    @ … GET – Text Boxes Command

    @ … GET – Transparent Buttons Command

    @ … MENU Command

    @ … PROMPT Command

    @ … SAY – Pictures & OLE Objects Command

    @ … SAY Command

    @ … SCROLL Command

    @ … TO Command

    | Command

    A
    ACCEPT Command

    ACTIVATE MENU Command

    ACTIVATE POPUP Command

    ACTIVATE SCREEN Command

    ACTIVATE WINDOW Command

    ADD CLASS Command

    ADD TABLE Command

    ALTER TABLE – SQL Command

    APPEND Command

    APPEND FROM ARRAY Command

    APPEND FROM Command

    APPEND GENERAL Command

    APPEND MEMO Command

    APPEND PROCEDURES Command

    ASSERT Command

    ASSIST Command

    AVERAGE Command

    B
    BEGIN TRANSACTION Command

    BLANK Command

    BROWSE Command

    BUILD APP Command

    BUILD DLL Command

    BUILD EXE Command

    BUILD MTDLL Command

    BUILD PROJECT Command

    C
    CALCULATE Command

    CALL Command

    CANCEL Command

    CD | CHDIR Command

    CHANGE Command

    CLEAR Commands

    CLOSE Commands

    CLOSE MEMO Command

    COMPILE Command

    COMPILE DATABASE Command

    COMPILE FORM Command

    CONTINUE Command

    COPY FILE Command

    COPY INDEXES Command

    COPY MEMO Command

    COPY PROCEDURES Command

    COPY STRUCTURE Command

    COPY STRUCTURE EXTENDED Command

    COPY TAG Command

    COPY TO ARRAY Command

    COPY TO Command

    COUNT Command

    CREATE CLASS Command

    CREATE CLASSLIB Command

    CREATE COLOR SET Command

    CREATE Command

    CREATE CONNECTION Command

    CREATE CURSOR – SQL Command

    CREATE DATABASE Command

    CREATE FORM Command

    CREATE FROM Command

    CREATE LABEL Command

    CREATE MENU Command

    CREATE PROJECT Command

    CREATE QUERY Command

    CREATE REPORT – Quick Report Command

    CREATE REPORT Command

    CREATE SCREEN – Quick Screen Command

    CREATE SCREEN Command

    CREATE SQL VIEW Command

    CREATE TABLE – SQL Command

    CREATE TRIGGER Command

    CREATE VIEW Command

    D
    DEACTIVATE MENU Command

    DEACTIVATE POPUP Command

    DEACTIVATE WINDOW Command

    DEBUG Command

    DEBUGOUT Command

    DECLARE – DLL Command

    DECLARE Command

    DEFINE BAR Command

    DEFINE BOX Command

    DEFINE CLASS Command

    DEFINE MENU Command

    DEFINE PAD Command

    DEFINE POPUP Command

    DEFINE WINDOW Command

    DELETE – SQL Command

    DELETE Command

    DELETE CONNECTION Command

    DELETE DATABASE Command

    DELETE FILE Command

    DELETE TAG Command

    DELETE TRIGGER Command

    DELETE VIEW Command

    DIMENSION Command

    DIR or DIRECTORY Command

    DISPLAY Command

    DISPLAY CONNECTIONS Command

    DISPLAY DATABASE Command

    DISPLAY DLLS Command

    DISPLAY FILES Command

    DISPLAY MEMORY Command

    DISPLAY OBJECTS Command

    DISPLAY PROCEDURES Command

    DISPLAY STATUS Command

    DISPLAY STRUCTURE Command

    DISPLAY TABLES Command

    DISPLAY VIEWS Command

    DO CASE … ENDCASE Command

    DO Command

    DO FORM Command

    DO WHILE … ENDDO Command

    DOEVENTS Command

    DROP TABLE Command

    DROP VIEW Command

    E
    EDIT Command

    EJECT Command

    EJECT PAGE Command

    END TRANSACTION Command

    ERASE Command

    ERROR Command

    EXIT Command

    EXPORT Command

    EXTERNAL Command

    F
    FIND Command

    FLUSH Command

    FOR EACH … ENDFOR Command

    FOR … ENDFOR Command

    FREE TABLE Command

    FUNCTION Command

    G
    GATHER Command

    GETEXPR Command

    GO | GOTO Command

    H
    HELP Command

    HIDE MENU Command

    HIDE POPUP Command

    HIDE WINDOW Command

    I
    IF … ENDIF Command

    IMPORT Command

    INDEX Command

    INPUT Command

    INSERT – SQL Command

    INSERT Command

    J
    JOIN Command

    K
    KEYBOARD Command

    L
    LABEL Command

    LIST Commands

    LIST CONNECTIONS Command

    LIST DATABASE Command

    LIST DLLS Command

    LIST OBJECTS Command

    LIST PROCEDURES Command

    LIST TABLES Command

    LIST VIEWS Command

    LOAD Command

    LOCAL Command

    LOCATE Command

    LOOP Command

    LPARAMETERS Command

    M
    MD | MKDIR Command

    MENU Command

    MENU TO Command

    MODIFY CLASS Command

    MODIFY COMMAND Command

    MODIFY CONNECTION Command

    MODIFY DATABASE Command

    MODIFY FILE Command

    MODIFY FORM Command

    MODIFY GENERAL Command

    MODIFY LABEL Command

    MODIFY MEMO Command

    MODIFY MENU Command

    MODIFY PROCEDURE Command

    MODIFY PROJECT Command

    MODIFY QUERY Command

    MODIFY REPORT Command

    MODIFY SCREEN Command

    MODIFY STRUCTURE Command

    MODIFY VIEW Command

    MODIFY WINDOW Command

    MOUSE Command

    MOVE POPUP Command

    MOVE WINDOW Command

    N
    NOTE Command

    O
    ON BAR Command

    ON ERROR Command

    ON ESCAPE Command

    ON EXIT BAR Command

    ON EXIT MENU Command

    ON EXIT PAD Command

    ON EXIT POPUP Command

    ON KEY = Command

    ON KEY Command

    ON KEY LABEL Command

    ON PAD Command

    ON PAGE Command

    ON READERROR Command

    ON SELECTION BAR Command

    ON SELECTION MENU Command

    ON SELECTION PAD Command

    ON SELECTION POPUP Command

    ON SHUTDOWN Command

    OPEN DATABASE Command

    P
    PACK Command

    PACK DATABASE Command

    PARAMETERS Command

    PLAY MACRO Command

    POP KEY Command

    POP MENU Command

    POP POPUP Command

    PRINTJOB … ENDPRINTJOB Command

    PRIVATE Command

    PROCEDURE Command

    PUBLIC Command

    PUSH KEY Command

    PUSH MENU Command

    PUSH POPUP Command

    Q
    QUIT Command

    R
    RD | RMDIR Command

    READ Command

    READ EVENTS Command

    READ MENU Command

    RECALL Command

    REGIONAL Command

    REINDEX Command

    RELEASE BAR Command

    RELEASE CLASSLIB Command

    RELEASE Command

    RELEASE LIBRARY Command

    RELEASE MENUS Command

    RELEASE PAD Command

    RELEASE POPUPS Command

    RELEASE PROCEDURE Command

    RELEASE WINDOWS Command

    REMOVE CLASS Command

    REMOVE TABLE Command

    RENAME CLASS Command

    RENAME Command

    RENAME CONNECTION Command

    RENAME TABLE Command

    RENAME VIEW Command

    REPLACE Command

    REPLACE FROM ARRAY Command

    REPORT Command

    RESTORE FROM Command

    RESTORE MACROS Command

    RESTORE SCREEN Command

    RESTORE WINDOW Command

    RESUME Command

    RETRY Command

    RETURN Command

    ROLLBACK Command

    RUN | Command

    S
    SAVE MACROS Command

    SAVE SCREEN Command

    SAVE TO Command

    SAVE WINDOWS Command

    SCAN … ENDSCAN Command

    SCATTER Command

    SCROLL Command

    SEEK Command

    SELECT – SQL Command

    SELECT Command

    SET ALTERNATE Command

    SET ANSI Command

    SET ASSERTS Command

    SET AUTOSAVE Command

    SET BELL Command

    SET BLOCKSIZE Command

    SET BORDER Command

    SET BROWSEIME Command

    SET BRSTATUS Command

    SET CARRY Command

    SET CENTURY Command

    SET CLASSLIB Command

    SET CLEAR Command

    SET CLOCK Command

    SET COLLATE Command

    SET COLOR OF Command

    SET COLOR OF SCHEME Command

    SET COLOR SET Command

    SET COLOR TO Command

    SET Command

    SET COMPATIBLE Command

    SET CONFIRM Command

    SET CONSOLE Command

    SET COVERAGE Command

    SET CPCOMPILE Command

    SET CPDIALOG Command

    SET CURRENCY Command

    SET CURSOR Command

    SET DATABASE Command

    SET DATASESSION Command

    SET DATE Command

    SET DEBUG Command

    SET DEBUGOUT Command

    SET DECIMALS Command

    SET DEFAULT Command

    SET DELETED Command

    SET DELIMITERS Command

    SET DEVELOPMENT Command

    SET DEVICE Command

    SET DISPLAY Command

    SET DOHISTORY Command

    SET ECHO Command

    SET ESCAPE Command

    SET EVENTLIST Command

    SET EVENTTRACKING Command

    SET EXACT Command

    SET EXCLUSIVE Command

    SET FDOW Command

    SET FIELDS Command

    SET FILTER Command

    SET FIXED Command

    SET FORMAT Command

    SET FULLPATH Command

    SET FUNCTION Command

    SET FWEEK Command

    SET HEADINGS Command

    SET HELP Command

    SET HELPFILTER Command

    SET HOURS Command

    SET INDEX Command

    SET INTENSITY Command

    SET KEY Command

    SET KEYCOMP Command

    SET LIBRARY Command

    SET LOCK Command

    SET LOGERRORS Command

    SET MACKEY Command

    SET MARGIN Command

    SET MARK OF Command

    SET MARK TO Command

    SET MEMOWIDTH Command

    SET MESSAGE Command

    SET MULTILOCKS Command

    SET NEAR Command

    SET NOCPTRANS Command

    SET NOTIFY Command

    SET NULL Command

    SET NULLDISPLAY Command

    SET ODOMETER Command

    SET OLEOBJECT Command

    SET OPTIMIZE Command

    SET ORDER Command

    SET PALETTE Command

    SET PATH Command

    SET PDSETUP Command

    SET POINT Command

    SET PRINTER Command

    SET PROCEDURE Command

    SET READBORDER Command

    SET REFRESH Command

    SET RELATION Command

    SET RELATION OFF Command

    SET REPROCESS Command

    SET RESOURCE Command

    SET SAFETY Command

    SET SECONDS Command

    SET SEPARATOR Command

    SET SKIP Command

    SET SKIP OF Command

    SET SPACE Command

    SET STATUS BAR Command

    SET STATUS Command

    SET STEP Command

    SET STRICTDATE Command

    SET SYSFORMATS Command

    SET SYSMENU Command

    SET TALK Command

    SET TEXTMERGE Command

    SET TEXTMERGE DELIMITERS Command

    SET TOPIC Command

    SET TOPIC ID Command

    SET TRBETWEEN Command

    SET TYPEAHEAD Command

    SET UDFPARMS Command

    SET UNIQUE Command

    SET VIEW Command

    SET VOLUME Command

    SET WINDOW OF MEMO Command

    SHOW GET Command

    SHOW GETS Command

    SHOW MENU Command

    SHOW OBJECT Command

    SHOW POPUP Command

    SHOW WINDOW Command

    SIZE POPUP Command

    SIZE WINDOW Command

    SKIP Command

    SORT Command

    STORE Command

    SUM Command

    SUSPEND Command

    SYS(2001) – SET … Command Status

    T
    TEXT … ENDTEXT Command

    TOTAL Command

    TYPE Command

    U
    UNLOCK Command

    UPDATE – SQL Command

    UPDATE Command

    USE Command

    V
    VALIDATE DATABASE Command

    W
    WAIT Command

    WITH … ENDWITH Command

    X
    Y
    Z
    ZAP Command

    ZOOM WINDOW Command

  • Her Silent Cries: An Unputdownable Gripping Kidnapping Mystery Thriller by SHAYNE HOUSE

    Her Silent Cries: An Unputdownable Gripping Kidnapping Mystery Thriller by SHAYNE HOUSE

    This text presents excerpts from “Her Silent Cries: An Unputdownable Gripping Kidnapping Mystery Thriller” by Detective David Fox Myster. The narrative follows detectives Collins and Fox as they investigate the disappearance of Ursula Bates, a teacher with a complicated personal life and sister to someone that has been accused of black mail. Their investigation takes them to various locations and involves a number of people with possible connections to the crime, including high school students and the Governor of Pitmedden. The detectives uncover clues and secrets, exploring themes of kidnapping, blackmail, political influence, and the supernatural. The investigation leads them down different paths, looking at a variety of different people and locations, trying to discover the whereabouts of Ursula and if her disappearance is merely a runaway or a sinister plot.

    01
    Gold Plated White Cubic Zirconia Leaf-Shaped Hoop Earrings for Women Wedding Bridal Daily Evening Parties Wear Lightweight Jewelry Earring Gift for Her

    Her Silent Cries: A Study Guide

    Character List

    • Ursula Bates: A teacher who disappeared.
    • Detective David Fox: A detective investigating Ursula’s disappearance.
    • Collins: A detective working with Fox.
    • PomTom: A wealthy and potentially shady individual.
    • Richard Brenguahm: The nephew of Lord Brenguahm and a suspect in the investigation.
    • Alexander Jackson: The Governor of Pitmedden.
    • Flora Jackson: The Governor’s daughter.
    • Rebecca: A high school student interviewed by Collins.
    • Mrs. Nelson: A history teacher at the high school.
    • Hilda: Rebecca’s friend.
    • Sofia: Another student interviewed by Collins, a friend of Rebecca’s.
    • Nick: A student interviewed by Collins, dating Rebecca.
    • Timmy: Collins’ partner at the precinct.

    Plot Summary

    The novel centers around the disappearance of Ursula Bates, a teacher. Detectives David Fox and Collins investigate, uncovering a web of potential suspects and motives, including connections to wealthy and influential figures in the town of Pitmedden, such as PomTom and Richard Brenguahm. The investigation also leads them to a high school, where they interview students and teachers, revealing secrets and potential leads. The detectives encounter various obstacles, including uncooperative witnesses, misleading information, and their own personal struggles, as they try to piece together the truth behind Ursula’s disappearance. The investigation also focuses on potential connections to blackmailing, and the detectives explore leads involving the Governor of Pitmedden and illicit activities. The investigation ultimately leads to the discovery of Ursula and confrontation with the people involved in the abduction.

    Key Themes

    • Deception: Characters often hide their true intentions and identities, making it difficult for the detectives to uncover the truth.
    • Power and Influence: The wealthy and powerful figures in Pitmedden exert their influence, potentially obstructing the investigation and protecting their own interests.
    • Obsession: Obsession and revenge seem to be the main motifs for people committing crime.
    • Blackmail: The potential blackmail of Alex Jackson might play into the abduction.
    • Social Class: The story explores the divisions between social classes and how wealth impacts the investigation.
    • Trust and Betrayal: The detectives must navigate a complex web of relationships, where trust is easily broken, and betrayal lurks around every corner.

    Quiz

    1. What is Ursula Bates’ profession, and why is she the center of the investigation?
    2. Describe the working relationship between Detectives Fox and Collins.
    3. Who is PomTom, and what is his potential connection to the case?
    4. How is Richard Brenguahm connected to the investigation?
    5. What is the significance of the high school in the investigation?
    6. What is the red fabric and how is it connected to the crime?
    7. What role does Alexander Jackson, the Governor of Pitmedden, play in the story?
    8. Describe the significance of the town of Pitmedden as the setting of the novel.
    9. What are some of the personal struggles that Detectives Fox and Collins face during the investigation?
    10. Briefly describe the relationship between Rebecca and Nick.

    Quiz – Answer Key

    1. Ursula Bates is a teacher who has disappeared, triggering the investigation. The detectives hope to learn why she was abducted and to track down the perpetrator.
    2. Fox is a more experienced detective who is training Collins. They have a somewhat adversarial relationship, but they are effective in combining their skills.
    3. PomTom is a wealthy individual who has the means to carry out a crime. The detectives investigate him because he is shady and might have been romantically interested in Ursula.
    4. Richard Brenguahm is the nephew of a powerful man and is tied to the case because of his history with Ursula. He appears to have threatened her and is viewed as a possible suspect.
    5. The high school is important because Ursula was a teacher there, and the students might have been able to provide insight into her whereabouts. Additionally, Rebecca saw a ghost at the high school, and this might relate to the crime somehow.
    6. Ursula’s neighbor has red fabric that could be related to the case.
    7. Alexander Jackson is the governor, but he may have been involved in blackmailing. Because of this, the detectives investigate to see if this has anything to do with the crime.
    8. Pitmedden is an old town with a sense of aristocracy. It is a place where the powerful look down on everyone else.
    9. Fox and Collins don’t like one another very much, but they are willing to work together to see the job done. Fox has seen some things that he’d rather not have seen.
    10. Rebecca and Nick are teenagers dating in high school. The breakup and ghost story might relate back to the abduction.

    Essay Questions

    1. Analyze the role of social class in the novel and how it affects the investigation.
    2. Discuss the significance of the setting, Pitmedden, in creating atmosphere and influencing the events of the story.
    3. Compare and contrast the characters of Detectives Fox and Collins, examining their strengths, weaknesses, and working relationship.
    4. Explore the theme of deception in “Her Silent Cries,” providing specific examples of how characters mislead or hide the truth.
    5. Discuss the role of the supernatural elements in the novel, such as the ghost sightings, and how they contribute to the overall mystery.

    Glossary of Key Terms

    • Blackmailing: The act of extorting money or favors by threatening to reveal damaging information.
    • State Car: A car owned by the state and assigned to a government official.
    • Detective: A law enforcement officer whose primary job is to investigate crimes.
    • Precinct: A police station or headquarters for a specific geographic area.
    • Surveillance: The close observation of a person or group, especially one under suspicion.
    • Motive: A reason for doing something, especially a hidden or unacknowledged one.
    • Evidence: The available body of facts or information indicating whether a belief or proposition is true or valid.
    • Suspect: A person thought to be guilty of a crime or offense.
    • Alibi: Evidence that a suspect was elsewhere when a crime was committed.
    • Witness: A person who sees an event, typically a crime or accident, take place.

    Her Silent Cries: Kidnapping in Pittmedden

    Okay, here is a briefing document summarizing the key themes and ideas from the provided excerpts of “Her Silent Cries: An Unputdownable Gripping Kidnapping Mystery Thriller (Detective David Fox Myster…)”.

    Briefing Document: “Her Silent Cries: An Unputdownable Gripping Kidnapping Mystery Thriller”

    Overall Themes:

    • Kidnapping Investigation: The central plot revolves around the kidnapping of Ursula Bates, a school teacher. Detectives David Fox and Collins are leading the investigation.
    • Web of Suspects: The investigation quickly reveals a complex network of potential suspects with intertwined relationships, including ex-boyfriends, ex-husbands, students, teachers, and influential figures within the town of Pittmedden and Jacobsville.
    • Blackmail and Secrets: Blackmail appears to be a recurring motif, suggesting hidden secrets and motivations among the characters. The author, “PomTom” might be involved.
    • Corruption and Power: The investigation uncovers potential corruption linked to powerful individuals, including the Governor of Pittmedden and members of prominent families like the Jacksons and the Bremguahms.
    • Supernatural Elements: There are subtle hints of possible supernatural elements, involving ghosts, rumors of hauntings, and references to ancient legends.
    • Small-Town Dynamics: The narrative explores the complexities of relationships and rivalries within small towns, where secrets are difficult to keep.

    Key Individuals and Facts:

    • Ursula Bates: The victim of the kidnapping. A teacher who recently transferred from another school. She was divorced.
    • “Missing Person. Age 34. School. Teacher. Name: Ursula Bates. Divorced twice. She was transferred to Jacobsville High School but never reported. They found her car near the crossing of T123.”
    • Detective David Fox: One of the lead investigators. He is portrayed as experienced but somewhat unorthodox.
    • “Detective David Fox was a tall, bronzed, well-built, muscular man, serving the police investigation unit for over ten years.”
    • Detective Collins: Fox’s partner. He is depicted as more by-the-book and intellectual.
    • Working with Fox on a case meant “sleep deprivation, food deprivation and, basically, deprivation of all sorts.”
    • PomTom: A local author who writes erotic or controversial material. He is a person of interest in the investigation. Described as possibly a rapper
    • “Fox made a face, ‘and his name is PomTom? Oh, God! it sounds like a pet or worse-a Youtuber.’ ‘Can you stop being a boomer today? He is a rapper.’ Collins checked his mobile. ‘Let me check if he is awake now.”
    • Timothy Palmer (Lord Palmer of Pentegrave): Known as the rapper “PomTom.” He’s a person of interest in the investigation
    • “Timothy Palmer…known as PomTom, the rapper.”
    • Richard Bremguahm: Appears to be a potential suspect. He knows Ursula and is connected to the powerful Bremguahm family. Also is the nephew of Lord Bremguahm, the art teacher
    • “Richard Bremguahm is rich enough to buy a publishing house. He doesn’t need to blackmail a writer.”
    • Alexander Jackson: The Governor of Pittmedden. Potentially connected to some of the illegal activities surrounding the case.
    • “Alexander Jackson was the only son of the previous governor of the city.”
    • Rebecca: The Governor’s daughter
    • Pitmedden: An island, and one of the biggest and most exotic tourist spots of the country.

    Plot Points and Unresolved Questions:

    • The Red Fabric: A piece of red fabric was found connected to Ursula’s disappearance, but it could not be linked to the victim’s house
    • “None of the Ursula’s friends or colleagues could recognize the red fabric. An official search of her house also didn’t give any clue to the origin of the mysterious red fabric. As per Collins, they could not even prove that the red fabric had any connection to the case.”
    • The Car and the Crossing of T123: Ursula’s car was found near a specific crossing point which the detectives are investigating
    • “‘Wait, where is T123 where the car was found?’”
    • Connection to Jacobsville High School: Ursula was slated to teach at Jacobsville High School before her disappearance. The detectives suspect she met the kidnapper on her way to school.
    • “Double chances of getting caught. It proves my theory that she is kidnapped. She met the kidnapper on her way to school.”
    • Motel: A motel is only forty miles away from where they started. The reception immediately recognized a picture of Ursula Bates.
    • “The motel was only forty miles away from where they started. The man at the reception immediately recognized a picture of Ursula Bates.”
    • What was the motive for the kidnapping? Possible motives include romantic obsession, revenge, blackmail, and money. There is also a suggestion that Ursula’s writing may have put her in danger.
    • “It can be a part of the story. Kidnap of a teacher who falls in love with her kidnapper.”
    • The State Car: A state car is somehow connected, and the detectives need to trace the access of these vehicles.
    • “Our best bet is to trace the access of state cars by anyone at school.”
    • “Why would the want to show that she is kidnapped?”

    Quotes Highlighting Key Ideas:

    • “It is a part of the story. She is an author. Maybe she wants to try some new story like My Charismatic Kidnapper.” (Collins, suggesting a possible motive)
    • “You are an idiot. You see it her entire life as the life of an erotic writer because you want to have some spice in the case. A teacher’s kidnap will bore you. I see is as a kidnap of a teacher because she is kidnapped as a teacher. It will be foolish to ignore her teaching life.” (Fox to Collins, highlighting the contrast in their investigative approaches)
    • “There are many small things about him which can be explained separately. But when you put them together, it gives you a strong vibe of unfamiliarity. Do you know the biggest thing I have found about him? Make a guess. It is nothing. Absolutely nothing. No one knows him for a long time. He has got people who know him just for one sport or one hobby. No one knows him completely. No buddies, no girlfriends, no friends with benefits. It is like he is sprouted out of earth suddenly.” (Collins, describing Richard Bremguahm as suspicious)

    Next Steps:

    • Investigate the connection between Ursula and Jacobsville High School further.
    • Examine the role of PomTom and the blackmail allegations.
    • Research the Bremguahm and Jackson families for potential corruption or illicit activities.
    • Explore the rumors of hauntings and supernatural occurrences in Pittmedden.
    • Trace the movements of state cars and identify potential connections to the kidnapping.
    • Determine what information Richard Bremguahm is withholding.

    This briefing document provides a summary of the complex plot and characters in “Her Silent Cries.” It highlights the key themes, individuals, and plot points that require further investigation to solve the mystery of Ursula Bates’s disappearance.

    Detective David Fox: Ursula Bates Kidnapping Investigation

    Detective David Fox Mysteries FAQ

    • What is the central mystery or crime being investigated in this narrative?

    The core mystery revolves around the kidnapping of Ursula Bates, a teacher who had recently transferred schools. Detective David Fox and his partner Collins are investigating the case, facing various leads, suspects, and strange connections.

    • Who are the main detectives involved in the investigation, and what are some of their characteristics?

    The primary detectives are David Fox and Collins. Detective David Fox is depicted as someone who works on cases involving sleep deprivation and appears to be thorough in his work, checking security cameras, schools, and teachers. He also has a sharp and sometimes cynical wit. Collins appears to be the more level-headed of the two.

    • Who are some of the key people they interview during the investigation, and what connections do these people have to the victim or the case?

    Key people interviewed include PamTom (who is asked about a diamond guitar and a state flag on a vehicle), school teachers and students (some for possible connections on highways, toll plazas and state entry points), and the ex-husbands of a woman suspected of writing erotica. Richard Brenguoahm is also a key player.

    • What is the significance of the red fabric mentioned in the investigation?

    A piece of red fabric is found at Ursula’s home and also in a car being investigated. The detectives are trying to understand if this fabric has any connection to the kidnapping, as none of Ursula’s friends or colleagues could identify it.

    • What is the significance of Pitmedden and Jacobsville in the story?

    Pitmedden is an island community where much of the story takes place, including the Governor’s House and surrounding areas. Ursula was moving from Jacobsville. This move is a focal point of the investigation.

    • What is the dynamic between Fox and Collins like?

    Fox and Collins have a complex dynamic, marked by contrasting personalities and approaches to the investigation. Fox is intense and sometimes unorthodox, while Collins appears more grounded and methodical. Their dialogue often involves banter and philosophical discussions about crime and human nature.

    • What are some of the more unusual or supernatural elements mentioned in the story?

    The story hints at paranormal aspects, with mentions of ghosts, hauntings, and a general sense of unease surrounding certain locations, such as the castle and the Governor’s House. Also, one witness states, “Ever since she began seeing ghosts here. First at the castle, then she hallucinated again on Christmas party.”

    • What are some of the possible motives or theories being considered for Ursula’s kidnapping?

    The motives being considered range from a simple runaway situation, to a sexually motivated crime, or a situation that was part of a story or plan by Ursula herself. Blackmail has also been thrown around as a motive for the crimes.

    The Kidnapping of Ursula Bates

    The mystery revolves around a kidnapping.

    Key points about the kidnapping mystery:

    • Ursula Bates is worried as the story starts. She had not reached her destination of Jacobsville.
    • Ursula was a teacher who had recently transferred to Jacobsville High School.
    • The first clue Home Office has to the crime is the access of state cars by anyone at school.
    • Collins and Fox are working the case, and consider whether the kidnapping is a result of a sexually motivated crime.
    • Collins thinks it is a kidnapping which someone wants to look like a runaway.
    • Fox and Collins trace the route to Jacobsville.
    • Detectives Fox and Collins are looking for a person who knows Ursula and has access to a $350. Guy or girl doesn’t matter.
    • Richard Brenguahn is an interesting case study.
    • They are also investigating the angle that Ursula was getting blackmailed by PomTom.
    • The governor is completely linked to the abduction of Ursula Bates.

    Detective Fox and the Ursula Bates Kidnapping

    Detective Fox is a key figure in the kidnapping mystery of Ursula Bates. Here’s a breakdown of information about him from the sources:

    • General characteristics: Detective David Fox is described as tall, bronzed, and well-built. He is part of the police investigation unit and has earned the respect of his superiors through his work.
    • Working style: Fox is portrayed as dedicated and disciplined in his approach to law enforcement.
    • Skills and observations:Fox puts his team to screen school teachers and students for any connections with government officials and state entry points.
    • He is hopeful that a Mercedes-Benz can be easily recognized on camera footage.
    • Fox is good at gleaning information from suspects during interviews.
    • He is observant, noticing details like red fabric.
    • Theories and hunches:Fox considers whether the case is a serial killer or a personal vendetta.
    • He suspects someone wants to make the kidnapping look like a runaway.
    • He also considers the angle that Ursula was being blackmailed by PomTom.
    • Relationship with Collins: Fox works closely with Collins on the case. Their interactions reveal Fox’s personality and working style.
    • Connection to the Governor: The governor is completely linked to the abduction of Ursula Bates.
    • Last Seen Fox was last seen working with the team to make sure they are stumbling in the team.

    Ursula Bates Kidnapping: Character Profile and Investigation Details

    Ursula Bates is central to the plot as the victim in the kidnapping mystery. Here’s what the sources reveal about her:

    • Initial Situation: Ursula is worried at the start of the story because she has not arrived in Jacobsville and realizes she must have taken a wrong turn.
    • Background: She is a teacher who recently transferred from her local school to another school in Jacobsville. She found the new school through a mutual friend, and good feedback motivated her to accept the offer.
    • Description: In the story, Fox is shown a picture of Ursula, who is described as a young blonde woman.
    • Personal Information: Ursula’s missing person age is 34. Her school is teacher. Her marital status is divorced twice.
    • Possible Motives for Kidnapping:
    • Collins and Fox consider whether the kidnapping is a result of a sexually motivated crime.
    • Collins thinks it is a kidnapping which someone wants to look like a runaway.
    • They are also investigating the angle that Ursula was getting blackmailed by PomTom.
    • Vehicle: She was found near the crossing of T123.
    • Connection to the Governor: The governor is completely linked to the abduction of Ursula Bates.
    • Richard’s Feelings: Richard claims he didn’t want to breakup with Ursula, but she was insistent on living on the state. After a while, she realized this would not happen, so she broke up. He tried to get her back, and, in that attempt, he threatened her once.
    • Last Seen: Someone saw her accompanying a guy in a Mercedes.

    Ursula Bates Kidnapping: Governor’s Involvement

    The governor appears to be a key figure in the Ursula Bates kidnapping mystery.

    Here’s what the sources indicate about the governor’s involvement:

    • Link to Abduction: The governor is “completely linked to the abduction of Ursula Bates”.
    • Possible Motives: Ursula’s abduction may have been motivated by the governor’s connection to her.
    • Possible Connection: Rebecca’s mother was also attending the party. The new Mrs. Governor apparently didn’t mind the presence of ex-Mrs. She was a young college graduate who looked hardly a day older than Rebecca.
    • Residence: The Governor of Pitmedden lives at the castle.

    Ursula Bates Kidnapping: Police Investigation

    In the Ursula Bates kidnapping mystery, the police officers involved are key to solving the case.

    • Detective David Fox: He is described as tall, bronzed, and well-built and has earned the respect of his superiors. He is portrayed as dedicated and disciplined in his approach to law enforcement. Fox puts his team to screen school teachers and students for any connections with government officials and state entry points. He is observant, noticing details. Fox considers whether the case is a serial killer or a personal vendetta. He suspects someone wants to make the kidnapping look like a runaway. He also considers the angle that Ursula was being blackmailed by PomTom. The governor is completely linked to the abduction of Ursula Bates.
    • Collins: He works closely with Fox on the case. Collins thinks the kidnapping is someone who wants to look like a runaway. Collins and Fox consider whether the kidnapping is a result of a sexually motivated crime. Collins checked his mobile, there were still no signals.
    • Other Police Officers: The story mentions other police officers who may have been involved in the investigation.

    David Fox: Detective with a Taste for Green Living

    Imagine a metropolitan city with all its nuances, add some love of aesthetical interiors and green living. This is the world of David Fox.  He may be a hardcore detective with no sympathy for shrewd criminals, but he also had a sensitive side with a taste of natural living, cozy interiors and warm friendships.  His relation with Collins Hemsworth may look like of a standard hero and his loyal sidekick, but it is not true. If David Fox is an investigative machinery in himself, then Collins gives that machinery a sense of humor and a subtle recklessness. He is the much-needed spontaneity needed in the carefully crafted world of Fox. He is the sunlight that sneaks through the plush curtains covering the windows.  Let there be light!  Voila!

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Office 2021 Basics: Outlook & Teams

    Office 2021 Basics: Outlook & Teams

    This comprehensive video course covers Microsoft Office Basics, focusing on Outlook and Teams. The Outlook segment teaches users to manage emails, schedule meetings, and organize their inbox using folders and search features. It also explains how to format content, attach files, track messages, and utilize recall and resend functions. The Teams portion introduces the collaboration platform’s purpose and navigation. Users will learn to create teams and channels, chat with colleagues, share screens and files, schedule meetings, and adjust notification settings. The goal is to improve efficiency in managing mailboxes, facilitating team collaboration and communication.

    01
    White Gold Plated Cubic Zirconia Flower Shape Pearl Stud Earrings for Women Wedding Bridal Daily Evening Parties Wear Lightweight Jewelry Earring Gift for Her

    Office Basics: Outlook and Teams Study Guide

    I. Review Topics

    • Outlook Interface: Navigation of the Ribbon, Folder Pane, and Preview Pane.
    • Creating and Sending Messages: Addressing messages, subject lines, automatic spell check, and sending to multiple recipients.
    • Formatting Message Content: Using basic text formatting options, styles, and paragraph formatting.
    • Attaching Files and Items: Attaching files from your computer and OneDrive, and attaching Outlook items.
    • Tracking Messages: Requesting delivery and read receipts (and understanding the difference), and setting tracking as a default.
    • Recalling and Resending Messages: Understanding when recall is possible, and using the resend feature.
    • Organizing Messages: Marking messages for follow-up, and using folders (including creating new folders).
    • Search Folders: Creating and using search folders for unread mail, flagged items, and messages with attachments.
    • Outlook Calendar: Scheduling meetings and appointments, printing the calendar, and integrating email with the calendar.
    • Teams Purpose and Navigation: Understanding the purpose of Teams as a collaboration platform and navigating the Teams interface.
    • Setting up a Profile: Setting a profile picture and status.
    • Chatting with Colleagues: Engaging in one-on-one and group chats, and using video and audio calls.
    • Screen Sharing: Sharing your screen during a chat or meeting.
    • File Sharing via Chat: Sharing files with colleagues via chat.
    • Creating a Team: Creating a team from scratch and adding members.
    • Creating Channels: Creating channels for different topics within a team.
    • Creating a Post: Posting messages within a channel.
    • Searching in Teams: Searching for posts, files, and messages.
    • Scheduling Meetings: Scheduling meetings from Teams and Outlook (and understanding the benefits of each).
    • Notification Settings: Adjusting notification settings in Teams.

    II. Quiz

    Instructions: Answer the following questions in 2-3 sentences each.

    1. What are the key components of the Outlook interface, and how do you navigate them?
    2. How can you ensure that Outlook automatically checks your spelling and grammar before sending an email?
    3. Explain the difference between a delivery receipt and a read receipt in Outlook.
    4. Under what circumstances can you successfully recall an email in Outlook?
    5. How can search folders help you manage your email more efficiently?
    6. What is the difference between a meeting and an appointment in the Outlook calendar?
    7. What is the primary purpose of Microsoft Teams as a collaboration platform?
    8. How can you initiate a video call with a colleague in Teams?
    9. How can you share a file with your teammates using Microsoft Teams?
    10. What is a channel in Microsoft Teams, and what is its purpose?

    III. Quiz Answer Key

    1. The Outlook interface includes the Ribbon (with tabs like Home, Send/Receive, etc.), the Folder Pane (for navigating mailboxes), and the Preview Pane (for reading messages). You navigate by clicking on tabs in the Ribbon and selecting folders in the Folder Pane, or clicking on an email in the Preview Pane.
    2. To ensure automatic spell check in Outlook, go to File > Options > Mail and check the box labeled “Always check spelling before sending.” This will automatically check the spelling and grammar when you click the Send button.
    3. A delivery receipt confirms that an email has reached the recipient’s mailbox. A read receipt, on the other hand, is supposed to notify you when the recipient has opened and marked the email as read, though there is no guarantee that the email was actually read by the recipient.
    4. You can successfully recall an email in Outlook only if the recipient has not yet opened and marked the email as read. Additionally, the recipient must be using an Outlook account within the same Exchange environment.
    5. Search folders automatically organize emails based on specific criteria, such as unread messages, flagged items, or messages with attachments. This allows you to quickly access relevant emails without manually sorting through your inbox.
    6. A meeting in the Outlook calendar involves multiple people and requires sending an invitation to attendees. An appointment, conversely, is a personal event or reminder on your calendar that does not involve inviting others.
    7. Microsoft Teams is designed to be a persistent chat-based collaboration platform that facilitates document sharing, online meetings, and various other features for business communications and is used for organizing colleagues into work groups around topic-based discussion boards.
    8. To initiate a video call in Teams, first open a chat with the colleague and then click the video camera icon at the top right of the chat window. This will start a video call with that person, and the video call screen will open.
    9. Files can be shared with your teammates through file sharing functions of Microsoft Teams. Either upload a file to a chat by clicking the paperclip icon or upload the file to the general file sharing location associated with the specific Team.
    10. A channel in Microsoft Teams is a dedicated conversation board within a team, focused on a specific topic or project. Channels help organize communication and discussions within a team.

    IV. Essay Questions

    1. Discuss the importance of email management in a professional setting, and explain how Outlook features like folders, search folders, and marking messages can enhance efficiency.
    2. Compare and contrast the benefits of scheduling meetings from Outlook versus scheduling them from Microsoft Teams. In which situations might one be preferable over the other?
    3. Describe the various ways Microsoft Teams facilitates collaboration among team members, and explain how these features can improve communication and productivity.
    4. Imagine you are training a new employee on how to use Outlook and Teams. Outline the key features you would emphasize and explain why those features are essential for effective communication and collaboration.
    5. Analyze the impact of Microsoft Teams on remote work and virtual teams. How does Teams address the challenges of remote collaboration, and what are its limitations?

    V. Glossary of Key Terms

    • Channel (Teams): A dedicated section within a team focused on a specific topic, project, or department. It serves as a conversation board for team members.
    • Delivery Receipt (Outlook): A notification confirming that an email has reached the recipient’s mailbox.
    • Folder Pane (Outlook): The section in Outlook that displays your mailboxes, folders, and navigation options.
    • Meeting (Outlook): An event on the Outlook calendar that involves multiple attendees and requires an invitation.
    • Outlook Item (Outlook): An item from your email, calendar, contacts, or tasks that can be attached to an email message.
    • Persistent Chat (Teams): An ongoing chat history that is saved and accessible to all participants.
    • Preview Pane (Outlook): The section in Outlook that displays the content of an email message when selected.
    • Read Receipt (Outlook): A notification requesting confirmation that an email has been opened and marked as read by the recipient.
    • Recall (Outlook): An attempt to retract an email message that has already been sent.
    • Ribbon (Outlook/Teams): The strip at the top of the application window that contains tabs with various commands and options.
    • Search Folder (Outlook): A virtual folder that automatically organizes emails based on predefined criteria.
    • Team (Teams): A group of people in Microsoft Teams who work together on a common project, goal, or area of interest.

    Office Basics: Mastering Outlook and Teams

    Okay, here’s a briefing document summarizing the key themes and ideas from the provided text, which is a transcript of a video course on Office Basics, specifically focusing on Outlook and Teams.

    Briefing Document: Office Basics Video Course (Outlook & Teams)

    Overview:

    This document summarizes the key themes and learning objectives of a “Learn It” video course on Office Basics, with a focus on Microsoft Outlook and Teams. The course aims to improve user efficiency and collaboration through practical demonstrations and step-by-step instructions. The instructor is Trish Connor Cato.

    I. Outlook Module:

    A. Core Themes & Learning Outcomes:

    • Efficient Mailbox Management: The course aims to improve the management of an Outlook mailbox. “Our learning outcomes here are that you will be more efficient when managing a mailbox.” This includes organizing messages, using folders and search folders, and effectively managing attachments.
    • Email Composition & Formatting: A key element is learning how to create, format, and send emails effectively. “We will ensure that spelling and grammar check happens automatically to avoid sending out messages with typos or poor grammar. We’ll learn how to format message content and attach files and items to messages.”
    • Message Tracking and Recall: Understanding features like read receipts, delivery receipts, and the ability to recall or resend messages.
    • Calendar Scheduling: Mastering the Outlook calendar for scheduling meetings and appointments. “We’ll switch over to the Outlook calendar and learn how to schedule meetings and how to print the calendar.”

    B. Key Concepts and Functionality:

    • Outlook Interface Navigation: The course begins with a tour of the Outlook interface, including the ribbon, folder pane, and preview pane. “So let’s discuss the interface here in Outlook so at the top you have a search box and underneath that you have your Ribbon right Outlook ribbon…”
    • Email Creation and Addressing: Covers how to create new emails, add recipients, and use the address book. “We’ll create a new message and add recipients.” Also, explains the use of semicolons to separate multiple recipients.
    • Automatic Spelling and Grammar Check: Emphasis on enabling automatic spell check before sending emails. “You’ll learn how to set the system to automatically check your spelling and grammar when you go to send a message so you never forget…” The setting is found in File > Options > Mail, under “Always check spelling before sending.”
    • Formatting Message Content: Explores formatting options similar to Word, including font styles, sizes, and paragraph formatting.
    • Attaching Files and Items: Demonstrates how to attach files from a computer or cloud storage and how to insert Outlook items (e.g., other emails) into a message. “You’ll learn how to attach files in an email and we’ll get there by exploring these topics…”
    • Message Tracking and Receipts: Covers requesting delivery and read receipts to confirm message delivery and viewing. “For this one we want to make sure that the recipient receives and reads the message so we’re going to go to the options tab on the ribbon and in the tracking group we’re going to request a delivery receipt and request a read receipt…”
    • Recalling and Resending Messages: Explains how to recall a message (if unread) or resend it with modifications. “So Outlook has another feature that we’re going to learn about now and this one is the recall or resend feature maybe you click send on an email accidentally and you weren’t done typing it or you send the email to the wrong person…”
    • Organizing Messages with Folders: Demonstrates creating and using folders to organize emails. “Having organization in your outlook mailbox is critical as such we will learn how to how to Mark messages and how to organize messages using folders.”
    • Using Search Folders: Introduce “search folders”, to be able to get flagged messages in a cohesive manner, unread mail from all folders to improve efficiency.
    • Calendar Management: Scheduling meetings and appointments, and printing the calendar in different formats. “We’ll switch over to the Outlook calendar and learn how to schedule meetings and how to print the calendar.”
    • Integration of Email and Calendar: Shows how to drag an email to the calendar to create an appointment with the email’s content. “You can drag an email onto your calendar and have all the details right there instead of having to retype them and I think that’s just a cool thing to know.”

    II. Teams Module:

    A. Core Themes & Learning Outcomes:

    • Understanding Teams Purpose: To understand the purpose of teams, chat-based collaboration platform, document sharing, online meetings and useful features for business Communications.
    • Collaboration: Focuses on using Teams for collaborative work, including chat, video conferencing, and screen sharing. “The last part of this course dives into teams Microsoft’s chat based collaboration platform…”
    • Team and Channel Management: Learning how to create and manage teams and channels for different projects and topics. “Then we move into creating a team which is a group of colleagues with a related purpose creating a channel which is a conversation board between teammates so you can have different channels for different topics and ultimately we will create a post.”
    • Effective Communication: Using chat, video, and screen sharing features to communicate effectively with colleagues. “The learning outcomes are using call video conference and screen sharing features as well as setting up collaborative teams and topic channels…”

    B. Key Concepts and Functionality:

    • Teams Interface and Navigation: Touring the Teams interface, including activity, chat, teams, calendar, and files sections. “I’m going to start on the left side of the screen and you have this navigation panel and I can click on activity and so it shows my feed at that point and I’ll see mentions replies and other notifications there…”
    • Setting up a Profile: Customizing profile picture and availability status. “One of the first things you may want to do when you start working in teams is setting up your profile.”
    • Chatting with Colleagues: Initiating and participating in chats, including group chats. “We’ll get into the team’s chatting feature by chatting with a colleague having a group chat making a video or phone call during a chat sharing your screen and sharing files via chat.”
    • Video and Audio Conferencing: Making video and audio calls, screen sharing during chats. “You have online video calling and screen sharing capabilities so a lot of my remote trainings are via Microsoft teams and I’m able to share my screen and the students are able to see it and follow along with what I’m doing…”
    • Sharing Files via Chat: Uploading and sharing files within chat conversations.
    • Creating and Managing Teams: Creating new teams and adding members. “Then we move into creating a team which is a group of colleagues with a related purpose…”
    • Creating Channels: Creating channels within a team for specific topics or projects. “Creating a channel which is a conversation board between teammates so you can have different channels for different topics…”
    • Posting Messages and Searching: Creating posts within channels and using the search feature to find information. “We’ll learn how to search for posts files and messages…”
    • Scheduling Meetings from Teams: Scheduling team meetings using the Teams calendar and scheduling assistant. “We’ll learn how to schedule meetings from teams before ending with adjusting our notification settings…”
    • Notification Settings: Configuring notification preferences. “Before ending with adjusting our notification settings.”

    Conclusion:

    The Office Basics video course, particularly the segments on Outlook and Teams, aims to equip users with the essential skills for effective communication, organization, and collaboration in a modern office environment. The course combines practical demonstrations with clear explanations of core functionality, making it accessible for users of varying skill levels.

    Mastering Microsoft Outlook and Teams: A Practical FAQ

    FAQ: Mastering Microsoft Outlook and Teams

    1. What are the primary functions covered within Microsoft Outlook, as discussed in the provided text?

    The text focuses on several key Outlook functions. These include navigating the interface, creating and sending new emails, managing recipients, ensuring automatic spelling and grammar checks, formatting message content, attaching files and items to emails, tracking messages (including recall and resend), marking messages for follow-up, organizing emails into folders, scheduling meetings using the Outlook calendar, and printing the calendar.

    2. How can you ensure that spelling and grammar are automatically checked in Outlook before sending an email?

    To enable automatic spelling and grammar checks, navigate to the File tab, select Options, then choose Mail. In the Compose messages section, ensure that the box labeled “Always check spelling before sending” is checked. With this setting enabled, Outlook will automatically perform a spelling and grammar check every time you click the Send button.

    3. What are “search folders” in Outlook, and how do they enhance email organization?

    Search folders are virtual folders that display emails based on specific search criteria, regardless of their location within your mailbox. The text recommends creating search folders for unread mail, mail flagged for follow-up, and mail with attachments. These folders allow you to quickly access all emails meeting those criteria without manually browsing through numerous subfolders, thereby increasing efficiency. For example, the ‘mail with attachments’ search folder helps to quickly identify large attachments that might be eating up mailbox space.

    4. What is the difference between a “meeting” and an “appointment” in Outlook, and how do you schedule a meeting?

    In Outlook, a meeting involves multiple attendees, whereas an appointment is a single event in your own personal calendar. To schedule a meeting, navigate to your calendar, select a time slot, and then click “New Meeting.” Add the required attendees, set the time and location, include a message if neccessary, and send the invitation. Recipients will receive the meeting request and will be able to accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation.

    5. What is the general purpose of Microsoft Teams, and what are its main features?

    Microsoft Teams is a chat-based collaboration platform designed to enhance business communication and teamwork. It offers features such as persistent chat (between individuals, groups, and teams), file sharing, online meetings, video conferencing, screen sharing, and the ability to create collaborative teams and channels for focused discussions. Teams supports integration with other apps, and Audio conferencing provides phone access to meetings

    6. How do you create a new team and a new channel within that team in Microsoft Teams?

    To create a team, click “Join or create a team” at the bottom of the Teams section, and select “Create team.” Choose to create it from scratch, and select whether the team is private or public. Give your team a name and description. After creating the team, you can add members from within and outside of your organization. To create a channel within a team, click the ellipsis next to the team name and select “Add channel.” Name the channel and determine its privacy settings (standard for all team members or private for specific teammates).

    7. How can you use the search function effectively in Microsoft Teams?

    The search bar at the top of the Teams window allows you to search for messages, files, people, and more. Typing a keyword (e.g., “Excel”) will return relevant results. The slash (“/”) command provides a list of actions you can take, such as starting a chat or viewing recent files. Search can be used to quickly find information or content within Teams.

    8. What steps are involved in scheduling a meeting using the Teams calendar, and how does it integrate with Outlook?

    To schedule a meeting from the Teams calendar, navigate to the Calendar tab, select a desired time slot, and click “New meeting.” Add required attendees, set the time, add a channel to the meeting, and enter details. Send the invitation. Scheduled meetings will appear on both your Teams calendar and your Outlook calendar, demonstrating the seamless integration between the two platforms. You can also schedule from Outlook and include an attachment that isn’t possible when scheduling from within Teams.

    Outlook Interface Overview

    In Outlook, the interface includes several key components:

    • Search Box At the top.
    • Ribbon Located beneath the search box, the ribbon contains tabs such as Home, Send and Receive, Folder, and View. Depending on the context, such as when composing a message, the ribbon changes to display relevant tabs like Message, Insert, Options, Format Text, and Review. The ribbon can be customized.
    • Quick Access Toolbar Usually displayed above the ribbon, but can be customized to appear below it.
    • Folder Pane Situated on the left side of the screen, the folder pane contains folders such as the inbox. It can be minimized, expanded, and pinned to remain open. The folder pane also provides access to the mail icon for the inbox, calendar, contacts, and to-do list.
    • Mail Section In the middle section of the interface, the mail section displays a preview of messages.
    • Preview Pane Located on the right, the preview pane allows users to view the content of messages without opening them.
    • Status Bar At the bottom of the screen, the status bar displays information such as the number of items in the inbox and connection status. It also includes view buttons for normal and reading views, as well as a zoom slider.

    Outlook Email Formatting Guide

    When composing emails in Outlook, the message content can be formatted similarly to working in Word.

    Where to find formatting options:

    • Message Tab The message tab on the ribbon provides basic text formatting options in the ‘Basic Text’ group.
    • Format Text Tab The ‘Format Text’ tab also has a ‘Font’ group (previously named ‘Basic Text’ group) with styles and formatting options, and a ‘Paragraph’ group.

    How to format:

    • To format text, select the desired text in the message body.
    • Use the tools in the ‘Font’ group to modify the font, size, color, and style (bold, italic, underline). For example, the letter “I” can be selected to italicize, or the font size can be increased using the large letter “A”.
    • Styles can be applied to titles or headings to change their appearance. On the ‘Format Text’ tab, hover over different heading styles in the ‘Styles’ group to preview their impact on the text.
    • Normal formatting or pre-defined styles can be applied.

    Teams Chat: Features and Usage

    The Teams chat feature allows for communication between individuals and groups.

    Key aspects of using chat in Teams:

    • Starting a Chat To begin a new chat, click the new chat button, and enter the name, email, group, or tag of the person you want to message.
    • Chat Features You can format messages, set delivery options, attach items, use emojis, GIFs, and stickers, schedule meetings, access Stream, give praise, use approvals, and more.
    • Group Chats You can include additional people in a chat by clicking “Add people” in the upper right corner of the chat screen. Adding someone to an existing chat creates a group chat. You can name the group chat using the pencil icon. Note that adding an external user to a chat may disable video and audio call, and screen sharing functions.
    • Chat Organization Your most recent chats appear at the top of the chat list. You can pop out a chat into a new window using the arrow icon.
    • Video and Audio Calls In a chat with members of your organization, you can initiate a video or audio call using the corresponding icons in the upper right corner.
    • Screen Sharing During a call, you can share your screen by clicking the share button. A red border appears around the screen being shared.
    • File Sharing You can share files via chat by clicking the paper clip icon below the message input area and uploading a file from your computer or OneDrive.

    Outlook Calendar: Meetings, Appointments, and Integration

    To schedule meetings and appointments using the Outlook calendar, remember that meetings involve multiple people while appointments are for personal scheduling.

    Accessing the Calendar

    • In Outlook, the calendar can be accessed by clicking the calendar icon at the bottom of the folder pane.
    • To view the calendar and email inbox simultaneously, right-click the calendar icon and choose to open the calendar in a new window.

    Scheduling a Meeting

    • Select a time slot on the calendar and click ‘New Meeting’ on the ribbon.
    • Add a title, invite attendees, set the duration, and type a message.
    • A location can be specified for the meeting.
    • Files can be attached to the meeting invitation via the insert tab.
    • The scheduling assistant can be used to view the availability of attendees.
    • Once the details are complete, click ‘Send’.
    • The meeting will then appear on the calendar.
    • Invited attendees will receive a meeting invitation. The meeting is added to their calendar once they accept the invitation.

    Scheduling an Appointment

    • To create an appointment, double-click on a time slot in the calendar.
    • Enter the details of the appointment, such as the subject and time.
    • An appointment is for personal scheduling and does not involve inviting others.

    Printing the Calendar

    • To print the calendar, use the Ctrl+P shortcut key to access the print preview.
    • Select a print style, such as daily, weekly, or monthly.
    • A date range for printing can be specified in the print options.
    • Click ‘Print’ to print the calendar.

    Integrating Email and Calendar

    • Emails can be dragged directly onto the calendar to create an appointment.
    • Click and hold on an email, then drag it to a date and time on the calendar.
    • This creates an appointment with the email subject as the title and the email content in the body.
    • The appointment can then be turned into a meeting by inviting attendees.

    Scheduling Teams Meetings from Outlook Calendar

    • When scheduling from the Outlook calendar, select ‘Teams Meeting’ on the calendar ribbon.
    • This creates a Teams meeting, and invitees can be added.
    • Files can be attached to the meeting invitation, a feature not currently available when scheduling a Teams meeting from within Teams itself.

    Microsoft Teams: Notification and Settings Guide

    In Teams, notification settings can be adjusted to control how you are alerted to different activities.

    To access the notification settings:

    • Go to the settings and more ellipses to the left of your profile picture and go into settings.
    • Go to Notifications.

    Key settings and options include:

    • Missed Activity Emails: Choose how often you receive emails about missed activities or turn them off.
    • Notification Style: Choose “Teams built-in.”
    • Message Preview: Choose whether to show message previews in notifications.
    • Play sound for incoming calls and notifications: Turn on or off notification sounds.
    • Teams and Channels: Customize notifications for all activity, mentions, and replies. Choose to receive desktop and activity notifications or customize the settings.
    • Custom Notifications: You can customize what you’re getting notifications for and how you receive them. For example, you can choose to get a banner and a feed, only show in feed, or turn notifications off.
    • Mentions: Choose to be notified when you’re mentioned in a channel, including pop-up banners if you are working in Outlook.

    Other settings that can be accessed include:

    • File settings: Set files to always open Word, PowerPoint, and Excel files in Teams.
    • General Tab: You can change the theme, chat density and language and enable spell check, and schedule out of office.
    Office 2021 Basics: Outlook & Teams

    The Original Text

    welcome everyone I’m Trish Connor Cato and this is the office Basics video course the first part of the module covers Outlook the email calendaring program from Microsoft as with all applications will be introduced to the interface and learn how to start a new message and add message recipients we will ensure that spelling and grammar check happens automatically to avoid sending out messages with typos or poor grammar we’ll learn how to format message content and attach files and items to messages then we’ll move on to tracking messages and how to use the recall and resend message feature of Outlook having organization in your outlook mailbox is critical as such we will learn how to how to Mark messages and how to organize messages using folders we’ll switch over to the Outlook calendar and learn how to schedule meetings and how to print the calendar the last part of this course dives into teams Microsoft’s chat based collaboration platform we’ll start by gaining an understanding of the purpose of teams then we’ll learn how to navigate in teams and set up a profile we’ll get into the team’s chatting feature by chatting with a colleague having a group chat making a video or phone call during a chat sharing your screen and sharing files via chat then we move into creating a team which is a group of colleagues with a related purpose creating a channel which is a conversation board between teammates so you can have different channels for different topics and ultimately we will create a post we’ll learn how to search for posts files and messages and how to schedule meetings from teams before ending with adjusting our notification settings as mentioned module 2 begins with Outlook and ends with teams so we’re going to get started with Outlook now our learning outcomes here are that you will be more efficient when managing a mailbox and you’ll be able to attach files in an email and we’ll get there by exploring these topics we’ll start by navigating the Outlook interface like we did with Excel and PowerPoint will create a new message and add recipients you’ll learn how to set the system to automatically check your spelling and grammar when you go to send a message so you never forget and you’ll learn how to format the message content we’ll attach files and items to emails you’ll learn how to track messages recall and resend messages and Mark messages then we’ll get into organizing messages using folders scheduling meetings on the Outlook calendar and how to print the calendar so I’ve already launched Outlook I launched it from my taskbar and again you can go to your office your Windows button or your search button to search for it and launch the application so let’s discuss the interface here in Outlook so at the top you have a search box and underneath that you have your Ribbon right Outlook ribbon you have your Home tab send and receive tab folder tab view tab you may or may not have your developer tab up there you have a help Tab and you may or may not have acrobat and you don’t need developer or acrobat for what we’re doing in here I’m back on the Home tab underneath the ribbon here I have a little bit of a quick access toolbar and normally the quick access toolbar shows above the ribbon right but this one here if I go to the down arrow next to it I can tell it to show above the ribbon so now it’s above the ribbon and that of course can be customized like any other office program on the left side of your screen you have your folder Pane and I can minimize it by doing that left Arrow at the top of it and expand it again by doing the right arrow and then if I want it to stay open I can pin the folder pane by using the push pin there so it’s back to the way it was when we came in here so these are the folders that you have in your folder pane now on mine I have a lot of folders underneath my inbox and you’ll learn how to do that but your basic folders are here I have multiple emails coming into I actually have three different email addresses that come into this Outlook so I have personal and then I have this training one as well as my main one and so at the very bottom of the folder pane you have the mail icon where in the inbox you can get to your calendar from there you can get to your contacts you can get to your to-do list from there as well at the bottom and then in the middle section you have your mail this is where your mail comes up and you’re seeing a little bit of a preview of all of the messages and then over on the right you have a preview pane so if I click on any of the messages in my inbox then I can actually see the message in the preview pane I don’t actually have to double click to open the message if I don’t want to so you have a little bit of a status bar at the very bottom so it tells me I have 121 items right now in this particular inbox and then over to the right it lets me know all my folders are up to date I’m connected I have a couple of view buttons normal view which we’re in and reading view which will expand the screen a little bit more or it should and then you do have a zoom slider over there so that is your navigation you know getting used to navigating an Outlook I mean you’re going to use the ribbon you’re going to use the folder pane to switch to different things so now we’re ready to create an email message so the first button on the Home tab is new mail or when you’re sitting in your inbox you can do control and the letter n as in New to bring up a new mail window and by the way in Outlook if I was in the calendar and I did control and it would bring me a new appointment window so depending on where you are you’ll get a different result so now I’m in this Untitled message right and notice the ribbon has changed when you’re in a message it starts with the message tab you have insert tab options format text review and help so to address your message you can simply type an email address if the email is already in your contacts it will pop up so I’m going to type an email address here that is not in my contacts and it’s not even a real email address it’ll give me a suggestion but that doesn’t mean that it’s a real email address it just means that it’s accepting it and it’s formatted that way so you can use an email even if the person is not in your contact list I’m going to change that one I want to address it to my training email which is in my contacts right and so that one shows up with the little yellow icon on it because it’s in my contacts and it’s letting me know that that person is you know free for the next eight hours kind of thing so that’s because they’re in my contact list and I can close that so you should put a subject for your email and this is going to be Outlook communication and then you click in the body and you type your email so I’m going to say hello Trish this is an Outlook communication for the learn it video course of office basics and then I’ll just type my name I know it’s weird sending it to Trish from Trish but it’s a different email address and you have a message now notice when we address the message to training it put a colon after training and that means I can just keep adding more recipients if I wanted to put another email address up there I can just click it there here’s my recent people but I can just click there and I can type another email address or start typing a contact name and pop it in there so they just need to be separated by semicolons if you want to send it to multiple people and so now I am actually going to click Send and notice that spell check happens automatically I’m going to show you the setting to ensure that that happens automatically for you if it’s not happening right now your message is already sent but we want to get it set so that when you click Send spell check happens so learn it is correct so I’m going to just say ignore all and it sent the message now how do I know that it sent the message well I can go to my sent items folder and you can see that sent message there let me collapse all these groups and just expand today so you can see my Outlook communication message has been sent and I went back to my inbox so everything you send goes into your sent items I believe the setting is a default setting now but I want to show you the setting that causes spell check to happen as soon as you click Send on a message so we’re going to go to the file tab on the ribbon and on the bottom left we’re going to go to options and then Outlook options on the left you’re going to click on mail so this setting right here always checks Spelling before sending is what enables that and you want to make sure that is checked otherwise you would have to go within your message you’d have to go to the review tab before sending and check the spelling this will make it happen automatically so always check Spelling before sending and we can cancel out of Outlook options foreign so since I sent that message to my other account I want to show you what it looks like when I receive a new email if I go to my inbox I already clicked on it but if I go to my inbox here you’ll see this email right that I sent from my other self and I can just with it being selected I can look at it and the preview pane over on the right now I’m going to go back to my normal inbox and we’re going to do another new email and I’m going to address it to my other self again and by the way you can send emails to yourself I’m using a different account but you can actually send emails to the account that you’re sending an email from and so I have it addressed and the subject for this one is going to be format message content and I’m gonna type please let me know the progress on the slideshow again the presentation is scheduled for Tuesday and I’d like it in my hands by Monday so I can rehearse thank you all right so when it comes to formatting message content it’s very similar to working in word I’m going to just select the text of my message and right there on the message tab of the ribbon you have your basic text group right you also have a format text tab on the ribbon which has the basic text group it’s now called the font group as well as all kinds of styles and other formatting things you have your paragraph group there as all of that kind of stuff so in the font group I’m going to just make the font italicized right I use the letter I I could have done control I there right and I want to make the font size a little bit larger so I’m going to use the big letter A here to increase the font size just one click so that now it’s 12 point and I’m not going to give it a font color go ahead and make it bold as well so something like that so normal formatting or you can use some Styles and stuff and I’m not going to use the style for this email but just simple basic formatting right and I’m going to go ahead and send and let’s immediately do another new email address it to whoever you’ve been addressing them to even if it’s yourself right and this subject is going to be more formatting and in the message type the word Monday press enter twice and type review slash rehearse presentation enter enter Tuesday presentation day Wednesday feedback collected and analyzed Thursday and I’m just making this up off the top of my head Implement changes Friday present to company something like that and then what you’re going to do is you’re going to select Monday now if you hold down your control key you can go ahead and select Tuesday Wednesday and I’m double clicking on these days you can double click a word to select it my control key down Thursday and Friday and then we’re going to go to the format text tab on the ribbon and in the Styles group hover over heading one and you’ll see how it’s impacting the days of the week in your message hover over heading 2 and it’ll be like yeah that’s a better one so I’m going to give that a heading to style for those titles and you can go ahead and send that message so now we’re going to create a new message and we’re going to attach the Excel file that we used in module one to that message before we do that I want to point out your indicator when you have new messages in your inbox if you look at my inbox over here you’ll see that I have two unread messages if I click on that inbox those are the format message content and more formatting messages that we created and sent if I click on more formatting and I can read the message in the preview Pane and then I click on format message content more formatting becomes marked as read as soon as I move away from it it will mark it as red so now it says I only have one unread item in this inbox and when I click away from format message content that is marked as red so now I don’t have any new messages in that inbox gonna go back to my main one and we’re going to do new email again address it and the subject is going to be Excel Essentials yeah the subject is going to be Excel Essentials the body of the message I’m going to type hi I’ve attached the Excel Essentials file for your review if there are any changes needed I have to have them by Monday thanks and then Trish now there are two places where you can attach a file from on the message tab you have attach file right it also includes attaching an item which we’ll talk about separately if the file is on OneDrive or SharePoint you can get to those locations or you can browse your computer that’s one place where you can attach or you can go to the insert tab of the ribbon and they have the include group there you have attach file and that gives you the web locations in your PC but a separate item there is Outlook item so I’m going to just use that attach file browse this PC and I’m in the directory where I save that Excel Essentials file and I’m going to just double click it so let’s say I attached a wrong file right underneath the subject you can see your attachment and I could do the drop down arrow and choose remove it if I had double clicked the wrong file I’m not going to do that I’m going to leave it there and now I’m going to send now let’s go ahead and do another new email and address it and the subject is going to be Outlook item and I’m going to just type in the body please review and let me know what you think thanks Trish I’m gonna go to the insert tab of the ribbon and this time instead of attach file I’m going to choose Outlook item and so basically it’s showing me stuff from my inbox or I could navigate to different folders right so you can forward an email to somebody but this is another way of getting an email to someone if you don’t want to do the forward so I’m going to just select from last week I had this Microsoft power automate July newsletter is what I’m going to select right that’s what I want so I double clicked it and it inserted it into this message and we’re going to go ahead and send so it shows me I have the two unread items in my other mailbox and when you get an email with an attachment it will show the paper clip right so you’ll see the paper clip that indicates it has an attachment so I’m going to click on the Excel Essentials one and one of the best pieces of advice I can give you when you’re working in Outlook is if you receive an attachment and you need to keep it get rid of it in your outlook so I’m going to go over to the preview pane I’m going to do the down arrow next to excel Essentials and I can save if I had five different files attached to this email I could then save all attachments so you want to get in the habit and I’m going to just say save as right and I’m just going to throw it onto my desktop real quick I don’t want to put it in the same directory where I got it from so I’m going to just put it on my desktop save it there and once I have it saved on my system I can remove the attachment in Outlook large attachments can eat up the space in your inbox so you want to get in the habit if you need to keep an attachment save it to your computer and then remove it from the email so I’m going to go to the drop down arrow and I’m going to choose remove attachment and I’m going to confirm that I’m removing it and that way I still have the email but I don’t have the attachment that attachment takes up space in my inbox and so you you have a limited amount of space right depending on your organization setup and what will happen if you start getting you know to that limit you won’t be able to receive emails ultimately so if you get in this habit that will help you from getting to that limit as quickly as possible so the Outlook item this is the newsletter here and I can save this as well or I can just remove it once I open it and look at it so I’m going to open it I won’t remove this one I’ll open it and it shows me the newsletter right and everything now notice that some of the like icons the pictures are not showing so up here it’ll give you this blue band if there’s an issue so you click there and you choose download pictures and then you’ll see that it looks better and I’m going to go ahead and close that message and so I’m going to save the changes yeah it’s not going to let me but that’s okay so I’ll just say no and that’s because we told it to download the pictures and stuff like that I’m going to click away from that message so it’s marked as red and I’m going to go back to my main inbox go ahead and bring up a new message and address it and the subject is going to be tracking a message and I’m going to type hi would you please let me know if you can meet for lunch on Wednesday at Applebee’s I’ll just put in Applebee’s for this thanks Trish now for this one we want to make sure that the recipient receives and reads the message so we’re going to go to the options tab on the ribbon and in the tracking group we’re going to request a delivery receipt and request a read receipt so the delivery receipt really only means that the email hit the recipient’s inbox so it’s in their inbox the read receipt is supposed to track when the message has been read don’t it doesn’t mean that the recipient read the message so you know when we click on a message and then go to another message it marks the previous message as read well did they really read it that’s the case but anyway you’ll get a notification in either case and we’re going to go ahead and send if your spell check comes up I’m going to just add Applebee’s to the dictionary and so immediately almost immediately I get my delivered response right it hit my email it hit the recipient’s inbox so you get that delivered message okay great I know it’s in their inbox now I’m gonna go to my other inbox and I’m gonna actually reply to this message and I’m gonna say absolutely what time works for you and I’m gonna send it when I go back to my other inbox you’ll see well it’ll update in a moment so I delivered my tracking message and I got my response and I should get my read receipt as well because it’s marked as red now another little thing if you go to descend and receive and you can do send and receive all folders it does it periodically I mean when you send something it initiates that process but if you think something is stuck you can click that send receive all folders and it will sync everything and if there’s anything hanging out there it will come through so I’ll let that send and receive process happen it’s still hourglassing for a minute and I’m not sure why my system is being crazy right now but I should have gotten a read receipt which would say your message has been read by the following recipient because that is marked as read I don’t know why that didn’t happen I hope it happened for you but again the delivery receipt only means it’s in the recipient’s mailbox the read receipt would mean that they actually read the message and again I apologize I can’t get my read receipt to show up now we did that from within the new message window if you want to track messages all your messages you won’t have to go to that options Tab and check the boxes if you set it up as a default and I’m going to show you how to do that now let’s go back to file options and click mail again on the left side and you’re going to scroll down so notice we have different topics here compose messages Outlook pains we’re going to scroll down until we see track messages tracking rather and in track message you can for all messages sent you can request a delivery and a read receipt here and that way it will happen automatically all the time if you want that enabled go ahead and check those two boxes and click ok I’m going to actually uncheck mine and click ok so that way you won’t have to do it on a message by message basis it will always do that for all the messages that you send foreign so Outlook has another feature that we’re going to learn about now and this one is the recall or resend feature maybe you click send on an email accidentally and you weren’t done typing it or you send the email to the wrong person as long as that person doesn’t read the email you will be able to recall it or another situation is you send out an email to a person and then after you click send you realize that you wanted to send that email to multiple people so in that case you can use the resend feature and either change the recipients or the content of the email now we’re going to set up to do this now let’s do another new email message and address it and we’re going to call this one recall email as the subject and I’m gonna type this is a demo for the video course and we will attempt to recall this email and I’m going to click Send so it’s saying you may have forgotten to attach a file sometimes this will pop up sometimes it’s useful sometimes it’s not I didn’t want to attach anything I’m going to choose send anyway now in order to try to recall that message I’m not going to go to my other email and read it I’m going to just make believe I haven’t seen it and I need to go from my inbox to my sent items and then I’m going to open that recall email message and sent items and go to the file tab of the ribbon and this is where you will find the message resend and recall features so I’m going to click on resend or recall and we’re going to select recall this message so it will tell you that some recipients may have already read this message and if they haven’t right you can tell it to just delete unread copies of this message or you could delete unread copies and replace with a new message we’re going to leave it on delete unread copies of this message and we’re going to leave the Box checked at the bottom tell me if the recall succeeds or fails for each recipient so if I sent this to 10 recipients and five of them read it it should be able to recall it from the five who haven’t read it and I’m going to click ok so it lets me know in the scent item that I tried to recall this message and it gives me the date and time I’m going to go ahead and close that message go back to my inbox up here and it lets me know that I got a message recall success so that message has been removed from my other inbox right because I didn’t read it in there and that’s why the recall was successful and I got that recall message now we’ll do it again let’s do another new email address it and we’ll call this recall message two we are going to attempt to recall this message and then send this time I’m going to go to my other inbox and I’m going to mark that messages read by clicking on it and away from it so I’ve made it red it’s marked as red I’m going to go back to my sent items folder and I’m going to open up the recall message to I’m going to go to the file tab resend or recall and I’m going to choose recall again I’m going to leave the same options and click ok I’m going to close that sent item go back to my inbox and you’ll see that I got a message recall failure this time because it was already read now we’re going to do another one let’s do another new email here address it and we’re going to call this resend and I’m going to type I’d like to and then make believe that my phone rings somebody comes in the office I get distracted I need to switch to a different screen and I actually accidentally on purpose click Send okay so in my sent items I’m going to open up that resend message go to the file tab and I’m going to go to resend or recall again and this time I’m going to choose resend this message and so it gives me the option to add more recipients or finish the sentence I’d like to finish typing this message contents and then I can go ahead and send it and I’m going to close the original sent item and so if I go to my other inbox I could have recalled the original one and then did a resend but they’re gonna get both right so the I like to and then this one so recall and resend can be very handy for you it’s just not foolproof meaning that if you send the message and somebody reads it or it’s marked as read you will not be able to recall it so you have the ability to Mark messages important messages that you might need to follow up on or you know for a variety of reasons you might want to mark your messages you’ll notice in my inbox I have several messages in here that have these flags on them and that’s what happens when you mark a message so I’m going to show you how to do this I have a message in my inbox you could do this on any message in your inbox it doesn’t matter I’m actually going to go to my other inbox where I some of the messages we sent are and I’m going to hover over a message and on the right side when I hover over the message when I see the flag I’m actually going to right click on the flag so I can set a flag for today tomorrow this week next week no date custom whatever right and so I’m gonna say this Outlook communication I want to take a look at this again next week so I’m going to just put the next week flag on there right and for another message the more formatting message now if I click just click on the flag right it just puts a flag it didn’t have just follow up right if I right click then I get to say so when I don’t right click it will give me the today flag if I do right click then I can choose next week or a custom option and thing like that right so one of the things I want to introduce here that will make it easier for you to find your flag messages and I’m going to kind of add this to the course we’re going to talk about search folders in a little while and it’ll be a great way for you to be able to get to all of your flagged messages quickly so hold that thought it’s not like you’re going to want to go through your inbox and scroll down to see every flag and then look at the flag to see what’s going on with it right that’s not how this is going to work that’s not very efficient so you’ll learn about search folders in just a little while and then you’ll be able to see how to get these flags in a cohesive manner so marking messages is one way of organization which you’ll see when we learn about search folders but another organization technique the most typical one is organizing using folders so in my main mailbox under my inbox I have that expand arrow in front of it I have a bunch of different folders different topics some of them are clients some of them are just like my LinkedIn stuff my Microsoft stuff that comes in and that way I can organize my messages now I’m going to show you how to set up folders underneath your inbox so you can literally right click on inbox and choose new folder and then you just type the name of the folder and we’re going to call this office basics and it puts it in your folders lists mine because I had other folders there it’s an alphabetical order and when I click on that folder it’s empty I’m going to go back to my inbox right and I am going to just move some these message recalls and the delivered one I’m gonna move those to that folder right so I can select the first one and just drag and drop it on top of office basics I can select I’m gonna actually do the rest of these three for today so I’m gonna select the first one hold down shift and click on the last one for today and I’m gonna drag those to the office Basics folder so now those are not in my regular inbox anymore they’re in a subfolder of the inbox for organization purposes now this is the tricky part right I have all of these different folders and so if I get and I have some rules set up so if I get email from this particular client the Netherlands it goes directly into that folder and then that folder will have the number one or two however many unread emails are in there if you’re going to use the folder structure that’s not going to be as efficient as it can be because you don’t want to have to go to each of your folders to read your mail items and this is where search folders come in so what I’m going to do is I just collapsed my inbox real quick and you’ll notice in your folder pane you have search folders I’m going to click on search folders and I’m going to choose new search folder so the one that I always always recommend to people well there’s a couple that I always recommend but unread mail so I’m gonna just that’s already selected I’m going to click ok so now I have an unread mail folder right click on search folders and choose new search folder and then I’m going to select mail flagged for follow-up and click ok and then there’s one more that I recommend right click on search folders new search folder and I’m going to say mail with attachments under organizing mail and click ok so this is how this works let me get out of this with attachments I’ll just go back to my regular inbox first right so first of all I have five things marked for follow-up here if you wanna in your inbox in this inbox in your inbox if you want to Mark a few things for follow-up then all of them can be accessed from this four follow-up folder so I don’t have to look through my inbox to see everything with a flag right it’s all in one folder and then my unread mail so I’m gonna go to my other inbox and I’m gonna send myself a new email I’m just going to call it unread mail search folder and send so one of the things that happens is that email came into my inbox and it’s showing me I have one unread message in my inbox but I have one unread message an unread mail unread mail is not just the inbox it’s any of the other folders that you created so if I get something from the Netherlands and it goes into that folder and it’s unread or this Lan project that I’m managing if that’s unread all I have to do is go to my unread mail to see all my unread messages and I can handle them from within that unread mail folder right so if I open it and I close it or even if I had replied to it notice now I have no unread mail it’s marked as red so when I click away from that folder and go back to it there’s nothing in there so these are efficiency tools your search folders doesn’t matter what subfolder the stuff is coming into or resides in your search folder is for everything in your mailbox so any items that are flagged for follow-up will show up in that for follow-up search folder all your unread mail will show up in your unread mail folder and the reason why I recommend with attachments folder is because we talked about your mailbox capacity at some point and I said as you receive emails with attachments if you need those attachments you should save them to your system and then detach them from your email well if you start getting that you’re reaching your quota message in your email you would want to find the emails that have attachments and they would all be in your with attachments folder so you can then detach and save and do what you need to do to gain more space in your mailbox and so now we’re going to switch our Focus to the Outlook calendar now one of the biggest complaints I hear from people about Outlook is once I open the calendar I can’t see my email well you actually can so let’s do it like this we’ll do it two ways if you go down to the bottom of your folder painting you have those icons the second one is calendar click on it and it takes you into your calendar and now you just have your calendar open right let me get rid of something in here but you can’t see your email at the bottom of that pane go back to the mail icon and now you’re back in your inbox so these are like different views right the inbox the calendar but you can actually have both open at the same time and this is how you do it this time right click on that calendar icon at the bottom and choose open and new window so now I can have my calendar open and I can have my inbox open and if you have multiple screens you can have one-on-one screen one on the other so that’s how I normally work in here so we’re in the calendar and I’m going to show you how to set up a meeting in the calendar so I’m going to say today is Thursday the 21st I don’t know what date you’re watching this but I’m going to just go to the next day right and so Friday in the 11 A.M slot is where I’m gonna click here on my calendar and so Friday at the 11 A.M slot I am going to go up to the ribbon and choose new meeting so the title is going to be reviewing presentation and I am going to invite my other email so the email I’ve been in emailing all the time right so to be me and that person and I’m going to set it for an hour so I did the drop down and changed it to one hour there type in something like let’s finally get some resolution on the this presentation so I have some text in there now I can also attach a file I’m going to go to the insert Tab and choose attach file I’m going to browse my PC and I’m going to grab that PowerPoint essential slide presentation that we made in module one and attach it so then I’m going to do send so I don’t have a location I’m going to say don’t send sometimes you set up locations right like I have some location set up in here I’m going to just type in my office as a location and then I’m gonna send okay so the meeting immediately shows up on my calendar the name of the meeting where it’s going to be held and it has the paper clip letting you know that it has an attachment so I switched back to my inbox window right and I went to my other account and in the inbox sure enough here’s the meeting invitation so when I click on it here right it shows me that the meeting is going to be on this date at this time and I can accept I can tentatively accept or I can decline this meeting is not on this calendar until I accept it so let me just do this a little bit clearer I’m going to switch back to my calendar right and this is the calendar for my primary email address if I go to my calendar for my other email address right this is kind of on there tentatively because I’ve been invited but if I hover over it it tells me it has not been accepted so it’s kind of like a placeholder but until I accept it I won’t really really be on my calendar so I’m going to go back over to my email window and in that message I’m going to go ahead and accept and I’m going to just I can send a note with my acceptance or just send the response now and so that meeting email disappears from my inbox once I accept it or if I had declined it whatever if I declined it it wouldn’t show on my calendar at all so now I’m going to go back over to the calendar and you can see that it’s this is the person who invited who set up the meeting this is the person who is attending so it’s on that calendar their calendar as well if they declined it it would not be on their calendar and it would disappear from the inbox as well so that’s kind of how you schedule a meeting I’m going to close this other calendar now what’s the difference between a meeting and an appointment and an Outlook well a meeting involves more than one person and you invite people to a meeting with an appointment it’s just you on your calendar so Friday at 2PM I’m going to just type directly on the calendar and I’m going to say off early today exclamation point so something like that just a note for myself that I’m off early at two o’clock I’m out is basically what it’s saying didn’t ask me to invite anybody right if I double click on a time slot on the calendar it opens up the appointment and this is just an appointment it doesn’t have a meeting now I can make it into a meeting right by clicking invite attendees and then it becomes a meeting like you saw before and I’m gonna just get rid of that and sometimes you may want a paper print out of your calendar and you can do that as well so I’m gonna just go Ctrl P that’s the print shortcut key and I’m in the calendar so it takes me to print preview right and notice on the left it’s showing it has the weekly agenda style is the default style so I’m seeing a weekly agenda style you can look at Daily Style and see what that looks like weekly calendar Style you have monthly Style and I used to be in a habit of printing my calendars I used to print monthly calendars because I was doing a hundred percent business travel and I wanted to see all that stuff on a monthly calendar so I’m going to leave it on monthly calendar and then you would simply print now some other things before you print you can go to print options right and it’s carrying over the style that you have monthly calendar right monthly Style and I can print a range so I might want from July to September so I’m going to change my start date to July 1st and I’m going to change the end date to September 30th and then if I click preview down at the bottom you’ll see that it has one of three pages there’s July if I go to the next page there’s August and then there’s September and that’s what I would get if I were to print we can do the back arrow at the top to get back into your Outlook calendar and you can actually close that calendar window because you had your inbox open in another window now I want to show you one other thing an integration between your email and your calendar so let’s do this let’s do one more new email message and actually I’m in the wrong account but I can change it here from okay no I’m going to send it to my other account and the subject is going to be let’s do working dinner on and I’ll just pick a date I’ll say uh July 26th and I’ll do a question mark let’s try to meet on the 26th for a working meeting for a working dinner at and I’ll put hmm we’ll put Olive Garden for this one I don’t know I’m my restaurant game is is not very good I mostly cook so let’s try to meet on the 26th for a working dinner at Olive Garden and I’m gonna just go ahead and send it now this is really cool I’m going to right click on my calendar icon at the bottom of the folders Pane and open it in a new window again and then I’m going to arrange these windows side by side effects on this side okay okay so I just received an email in my other account right my inbox there working dinner on July 26th so I would apply to that email and say yay or nay or something like that right but I know I’m gonna go so and I have my calendar open on one side of my screen in my calendar I’m going to navigate to the following week by using this right arrow and I can see the 26th and what I’m going to do is I’m going to click and hold on this email and I’m going to drag it to the calendar on the 26th at around 6 pm and drop it so it creates an appointment with the name of the email subject line and the contents of the email in it which is really cool right and then for location there I’ll just type Olive Garden and instead of replying to the email I’m actually going to turn this into a meeting and just invite the person who wants to do this so I’m going to go up and I’m going to do invite attendees and I’m going to put in my other person and then send it so it shows up on my calendar right and I should have made it like longer I’m going to double click it on my calendar and I’m going to change the end time to like 8 o’clock and then I’m going to send an update so because I already sent it and then I changed it it’s going to get an update so here is I’ll go back to my other inbox all right oh this is where they accepted reviewing the presentation so they should get an email inviting them to that dinner which they can will be added to their calendar eventually it’ll come through eventually so that’s kind of how that works you can drag an email onto your calendar and have all the details right there instead of having to retype them and I think that’s just a cool thing to know so that completed the first part of module two Outlook 2021 and just by way of review at this point you should be more efficient when managing your mailbox you know how to do folders search folders how to flag messages all of that stuff and you can attach files in an email those were the two main learning outcomes you got a lot more than that out of this segment the final Topic in this office Basics video course is collaborating with teams the learning outcomes are using call video conference and screen sharing features as well as setting up collaborative teams and topic channels and we’ll get there by covering these topics we’ll Begin by understanding the purpose of teams and then how to navigate in teams and setting up your profile then we’ll move on to chatting with a colleague group chats making a video phone call during a chat sharing your screen and sharing files via chat you’ll also learn how to create a team create channels create a post searching for posts files and messages scheduling a meeting from teams and will review notification settings let’s start by gaining an understanding of the purpose of teams so Microsoft teams is a persistent chat-based collaboration platform complete with document sharing online meetings and many more extremely useful features for business Communications let’s talk about teams and channels you can have multiple teams think of them as work groups so you and related colleagues will be members of particular teams and teams are also made up of channels which are conversation boards between teammates so think of channels as like different topics maybe you have a team of colleagues and you’re working on two separate projects that would have two separate channels you can have conversations within channels and teams and all team members can view and add to different conversations in the general Channel and can use the at function to invite other members to different conversations the basic chat function is commonly found within most collaboration apps and can take place between teams groups and individuals you have online video calling and screen sharing capabilities so a lot of my remote trainings are via Microsoft teams and I’m able to share my screen and the students are able to see it and follow along with what I’m doing and then you have the online meetings feature which can enhance your Communications can be used for company-wide meetings and even trainings with online meetings online meetings can host up to 10 000 users they can include anyone that’s inside or outside of your business and online meetings also includes a scheduling Aid a note-taking app file uploading and in meeting chat messaging and there’s one thing that’s not on this slide that can also be included in teams and that is audio conferencing now I don’t have audio conferencing set up for my company and team I don’t need it but and you would have to be the admin to set that up but it’s a feature that you won’t find in many collaboration platforms with audio conferencing anyone can join an online meeting via phone with a dial-in number that spans hundreds of cities even users that are on the go can participate with no internet and it requires additional licensing and setup like I said by an administrator so that is the general purpose of teams let’s get working in it so I’ve launched teams from my taskbar I have the desktop application of teams on my computer versus the online teams and when I go into teams let’s do a tour of the environment I’m going to start on the left side of the screen and you have this navigation panel and I can click on activity and so it shows my feed at that point and I’ll see mentions replies and other notifications there if I do the drop down where it says feed I can go to my activity and I’ll see my sent messages there now after activity you have chat and this is where you’ll see all of your chats right and then I have teams and I actually have two teams in my teams the team for my company and then I have a project that I’m working on in here as a team then you have your calendar your team’s calendar and notice if you did the Outlook portion of this course on the calendar I put a couple of appointments when we were doing Outlook and they show on my team’s calendar I can schedule meetings for teams in Outlook or I can schedule them from the team’s calendar and I’ll show you how to do it both ways and I’ll then when we get to that part I’ll show you which way I prefer and then you have calls so if you have that audio conferencing setup you can receive phone calls and your call history will show here if it’s set up you can get voicemail messages into that number people can call using that number for meetings and stuff like that so if you’re going to have that set up you’ll have your calls you have your phone calls and then you would have your contacts on the other tab then you have files so it shows recent files that you used right it could be files from cloud storage it could be files that are on your computer these are going back I’m going to come in and clean some of these up right you can get to your downloads from here so you’re looking at recent then I have Microsoft teams as another category here so these are files that were used in teams then I have downloads if any if I’ve had any downloads in here and then I can get to my OneDrive cloud storage from in here as well underneath files you have an ellipsis for more added apps so you have a bunch of apps that can integrate really well with teams you have Excel you have a Wiki app OneNote tasks power bi all kinds of different apps word that you can use and there’s even more apps down here so this is how you get to all of the apps that you can gain access to you can even have YouTube arcgis Maps if you’re doing that you have various polls that you can use so it’s very app integration friendly and now so we were on the Ellipsis and then we went into more apps so now we’re on apps down here and then you have a help button at the bottom where you can get topics training what’s new suggest a feature as well as give feedback so at the top of your screen you have a search so you can if you click in the search box at the very top of your screen you can look for messages files and more or you can type the Slash there and you’ll get more commands right so if I type the Slash and I go to chat I can send a quick message to a person or if I type files or go to files I can see my recent files so it has that slash integration as well over to the right of the search box you’ll see a settings Ellipsis that says settings and more so we’ll review settings a little bit later but I have Google Chromecast right so I’m on my computer screen but I could literally cast this to one of my TV screens if I want to we’ll come back and review these a little bit later and after you look at that Ellipsis to the right of it you’ll see your initials and if you click on that that’s your profile you can get into managing your account and stuff like that from there and then you have your traditional window operations button minimize maximize restore so on and so forth so one of the first things you may want to do when you start working in teams is setting up your profile so I’m going to go up and click on my initials in the upper right hand corner and I’m going to click on my initials again now if you have a photo that you want to use as your profile photo on your system that’s what I’m getting ready to do I have a picture on my desktop that I’m going to put as my profile photo so I’m going to click on my initials and I’m going to upload the picture now if I put a picture in here for teams it’s going to be the same picture that shows in my other office apps so I’m going to just select this photo that I chose on my desktop and then I’m going to do save and once it’s saved I’m going to close that and you can see my picture instead of my initials up there now we’re going to go back to our picture or initials if you didn’t put a picture in click on that again and underneath that it says it has your email your name email then it says available do the drop down where it says available so I can set myself right now I’m available but I can say that I’m busy I can say do not disturb be right back if I step away I can be sitting at my desk working but appear as though I’m away and I can also appear as though I’m on offline so that’s your availability and then to the right of that you have set status message go ahead and click on that so you don’t have to use the at to mention someone in your status but you could or you could just type a status message if you want when you have a status message you can have it show when people message you in teams and you can clear your status message after today or never a couple of hours this week or a custom you can also schedule your out of office from in here so I’m going to just put in a status message saying I’m going to do an at mention for my other account and I’m just typing in a message my other person I hope you’re having a wonderful week it has been awesome on my side of this operation I could do that I’m not going to show it when people message me well I’ll do that I’ll check that box and I’ll just do done at the bottom you can always go back and edit your status message and I’m going to just click away from that so now we’re ready to explore the chat feature and before we do so look under your search box at the top of your screen it says your status message is showing in chat and channels when people message or mention you until 11 59 pm and I can change the status from there from that link at the end as well on the left side we’re going to go to chat and at the top this is your new chat button this icon here is a filter right so here’s your new chat button and when you click it you enter a name an email a group or a tag I’m going to put in my other self so that’s who it’s to and then it shows my automated message because I did my status before in here right so that was because this person was mentioned it’s showing up in here but I’m going to go ahead and click and type a new message and I’m going to say do you have time now for a quick chat and I’ll say about James I don’t know who James is but I’m just making it up so do you have time now for a quick chat about James and underneath it you’ll see that you have all of these icons I can format I can set the delivery options I can attach items to a chat looping components you have a bunch of emojis and gifs and stickers that you can add you can schedule a meeting from here you can get to stream from here you can give praise approvals all kinds of stuff Viva learning updates and then there’s more right we just want to send a chat so we’re going to use the send button and it shows up on our screen now I have teams open as my other self on my other computer so my other self just replied I sure do and you can see that reply in this chat right right there and I can maximize my chat window if I just want to focus on that kind of thing so pretty cool just chatting back and forth and you have two people in your chat yourself and the other person so now I chatting with the colleague we’re gonna have they have time for a quick chat about James and I’m gonna type a message back and I’m gonna say I’m going to include and I’ll just make up a name Teresa in this chat as well and I’ll go ahead and send that to my other self right so you’re getting the ones that you send are on the right side of the screen the ones that you’re receiving in the chat are on the left side of the screen so now if I want to include someone else in this chat I can go up here so let’s talk about the icons in the upper right corner of your chat screen I can go from here to a video call or an audio call I can do screen sharing from in here and I can also add people to the chat I’m going to click on ADD people and when I do that and I type the letter T right it brings up my contacts I have another self and it’s external so I’m gonna choose my external self and create so this is me my training self and my external self now it is a group chat with all three people in it and it’s like a new conversation here right so this is how you do a group chat you can be in a regular chat just go and add more people and now you’re in a group chat and so I’m going to type what do you think should be done about James at this point and I’m gonna go ahead and send it and so for my other computer I responded from my training account James has been awesome I think he has taken initiative and should be promoted I’m sure he can manage the team my external one I’m not going to go to my external one and log in and reply but you can have many people in a group chat just chatting back and forth all right and I’ll just do a reply here saying thanks for your feedback I’m on the same page and send that one so one thing I want to point out one of the users that I added to this chat is an external user meaning outside of my organization when I did that that disabled the video and audio call and screen sharing features for this chat so you need to kind of be aware of that based on team settings external users may not have those abilities so it disabled it now the other thing I want to point out here if I look at my external user here’s Trish right it has the offline symbol to the left of it so that user is offline training is available my other user is available here but the green check mark right and I could actually name this group chat so I’m going to click that little pencil icon and I’m going to call it teams video course that’s just what I’m gonna name it teams video course so you can see that name update there now the other thing I’m going to do because I maximize this window I’m going to just restore the window and I’m going to close the chat now I can open this chat again it’s sitting right here it’s my top chat right it’s top of the list I can open this chat again if I want to pop it out into a new window I can use that arrow and it does it and then I’m going to close that window so now I’m going to go to the second chat on my list so your most recent chat will be at the top of the chat list the second one is the first one we did before we did the group chat and this one since both of the people in this chat are in my organization I have access to the video audio call and screen sharing features now I’m not going to be able to do an audio call again my organization does not have a phone number set up for that but we’re gonna do a video call so we’re chatting and I’m gonna just type a message and I’m gonna say I’m going to transfer us to video and I’ll go ahead and send that and then I’m going to do it I’m going to click on the video icon [Music] Okay so we’re gonna get some kind of feedback here I had to mute my other computer to make the feedback go away so what you were hearing before I muted it is I was calling my colleague and they answered the call that was the ringing sound that you were hearing you were just hearing it from my microphone as well as from my other computer so I muted the other computer now on my screen I have my camera on and I can see the little mini me right and while I’m here I could do something like share my screen so I’m gonna go ahead and click on the share button and I can see my screens in different windows that I have open right so I’m gonna go to my screen and now you’re seeing like the desktop screen right you’re just seeing some folders on my screen and I’m gonna stop sharing that I’m going to go back to share and because I have teams I’m going to have to move my teams first pardon me one second here yeah I had to move some windows around so now I’m going to click on share again and I can see the screen where I have that Excel file open from the Excel portion of this course and now I am able to share that screen and I’m looking at my other computer and that’s what it’s showing on that screen as well because I’m sharing it when you’re sharing a screen it puts a red border around the screen so you’re aware that you’re sharing and you get this presenting toolbar going across the top right so I can give control if I allow it in my organization I can give control to a user somebody else I can do annotations and I can stop presenting and so that’s kind of how the share feature works you can share different screens now I’m going to bring my teams back up and bring it back over to the screen so now you’re seeing me share my team screen right and I’m going to click on the share button to say stop sharing so now in the recording that I’m doing for the video course you’re still seeing my team screen but I’m not sharing it now it’s just in the video and so I also can bring up the chat by using chat up here and it brings up the chat and so we’re seeing the chat that we were in from which I generated the video call right so I’m seeing that chat and I can continue to chat here and I’m gonna type how’s the video quality on your end and press enter that’s kind of how that works right and I just responded from my other account great and then you can mute your mic when you’re in teams you can turn your camera off if you don’t want to be on screen and then it will just show your profile pic right and that type of thing if you want to make sure that you look good before you turn your camera on if you hover over the button you’ll see a preview a private preview of what you look like and you can put background effects and stuff on it if you’d like so when you’re done with your video call you can click leave to get out of it and that’s what I am going to do I’m going to leave the call and then I can minimize Excel and so even though I don’t have the capability of doing phone calls from here only video calls if I go over on the left to my calls I’ll see that outgoing call even though it was a video call it will still show here in the log on the phone and then I’m going to go back to chat on the left you can also share a file via chat so I’m still I’m now on what’s now the top chat in the list the one where we did the call from and underneath where it says type a new message I’m going to click on the paper clip and I’m going to choose upload from my computer I could go to OneDrive but I’ll upload from my computer and on my desktop I have that Excel file so I’m going to just grab that and then I’m going to send so you can actually share files via chat as well and you get the notification down here that you shared Excel so on and so forth and I just shared a file from my other account with this account so I just uploaded another file there so you can see how it comes in so you can share files via chat as well so now we’re gonna go ahead and create a team I don’t believe there’s a limit to the number of teams you can have in teams so on the left side I’m going to go to teams and I already have my two teams down at the bottom you’ll see join or create a team and I’m going to click there so I’m going to choose create team and I’m going to just do it from scratch instead of using a template I can make it private so people will need permission to join public anyone in my organization can join or org-wide everyone in my organization automatically joins right so I’m gonna leave it on private well let’s do public anyone in your organization can join and right now we’re going to give it a team name of learn it video course and a description is this is how you create a team in teams and then you’re going to click the create button so let you know you created it you got good job and all of that and now you can add members right so I could type a name a distribution list a security group I can also add people to this team outside of my organization as guests so I’m gonna go ahead and add an in-person in organization person and an outside organization person and then I’m going to click add on the right and then I’m going to close and of course I’m a member of the team because I created the team so when you get a team when you create a team it gives you the general page right which shows some posts you can add more people you can create more channels you can open the frequently asked questions if you look up at the top there’s files tab so you can actually upload files to the team so everybody in the team has access to those files I’m going to go ahead and upload files and I’m going to upload the Excel Essentials and the PowerPoint essentials from earlier in module one into this team so it lets me know this is just like OneDrive it’s uploading two items right lets me know that I’m doing that it kind of looks like OneDrive it also looks like SharePoint right so all of the office integration is here it really does and so everybody that has access to this team will be able to see those files now a Wiki page is kind of like used for documenting stuff so you can create multiple Wiki pages and you can add images to them I did a training several years ago and it was for a sheriff’s department and they use their Wiki to document the proper procedures for arresting somebody and they had pictures and videos and stuff like that as a resource for their internal team we are going to go back to post and we’re going to create so we have that General is really a channel right that’s a channel it’s a open Forum discussion board for team members we can create more channels so click on create more channels and we’ll just name it for video and the Privacy everyone on the team has access is to standard privacy setting right or you could say only specific teammates have access and you’d have to give them access to it we’re going to leave it on standard and we’re going to say automatically show this Channel and everyone’s channel list so they don’t have to go searching for it and then we’re going to add so different channels for different conversation topics for your team on a general Channel I’m gonna go to the bottom and select new conversation and I’m going to just type our channels are completed and you can press enter by the way to post you don’t have to click the button you can post so that shows up right on the general Channel under post and I can go to the four video channel and do a new conversation and I’m gonna type the office basics video course has lots of great information and techniques and enter and you can see that my other self replied to my post here and when I hover over their reply I get these little I can give thumbs up all these little emojis just give a thumbs up to it and that shows on their end as well and now we’re going to use the search feature in teams let’s go up to the search box and click and type Excel and as you’re typing Excel you’ll see the top hits the files the apps all that kind of stuff and if we wanted to find where that file was I can click directly on the file and what it’s going to do is it’s going to open it in kind of like an Excel interface right here so I can see the details of that file that’s kind of how that works and I can use the back button up here right to go back now let’s go up to search and type James and press enter and it brings up the messages where the word James is or the name James is it tells you there’s no files and no people by that name but it found three messages for that search result so you can see that search is pretty powerful on the right side of the search box Duty X and then just a reminder type your slash there because you have that at everything that you can use by using the slash so you can slash and then go to keys and you can look at all the keyboard shortcuts that can be used in teams for example and you’re going to go ahead and close that and I’m just going to go back over to teams on the left or I could have actually going to calendar because that’s where we’re going to go next to get rid of the search results so let’s go ahead and click on calendar on the left and let’s navigate to Next the following week and you can see that working dinner on July 26 Olive Garden thing that I put on there from Outlook let’s go to Monday the 25th and 10 a.m slot and click on it so it comes up with new meeting right and that you’re on the details Tab and there’s a scheduling assistant tab once you have your require ease in here your required attendees you can see their schedule if they’re in your organization so I’m going to go back to details first and I’m going to say the name of this meeting is follow up learn it office basics course I’m going to go down to add required attendees and put in my Other Self that’s within my organization and we’ll make it a 30-minute meeting that’s the default right and so it’s going to be from 10 to 10 30. it gives you some suggested 30 minute blocks and this is based on schedules for myself and this other person it’s not a recurring meeting it doesn’t repeat I can add a channel to the meeting so I’m going to add the learn it video course for video channel to the meeting location it’s going to be an online meeting so that’s fine A team’s meeting and down at the bottom I have a text box details for the next meeting and I’ll type in review what was learned in Excel PowerPoint Outlook and teams and then I’m going to go ahead and well we could take a look at the scheduling assistant at the top right so this is I’m viewing my work hours so it’s only going to show working hours it’s showing that our current status for both attendees is available it doesn’t look like there’s any conflicts for that time frame so I’m good I’m gonna go back to details now you can see response options here request responses allow forwarding if you send a team’s meeting request to someone and they fall with it to someone else you will get an email letting you know that it was forwarded and I’m not requiring any registration so I’m going to just send it so it will show up on my team’s calendar once it’s finished loading and once it’s on my calendar on a day of the meeting I can come in here and click on it and just join the meeting that’s how that kind of works now I’m going to switch over to my Outlook calendar and show you something because you’ve already seen that the two are integrated with each other so let me just bring up my Outlook calendar and show you this and so in Outlook it’s on my calendar in there as well and in Outlook I can double click it and I can click here to join the meeting right so that’s kind of how that works now I can also schedule meetings from Outlook and to be honest with you I normally schedule all of my meetings including teams meetings from Outlook and I’ll show you the reason why so I’m going to just do this one I’m going to set it for one o’clock on Monday the 25th and on the Outlook calendar ribbon I’m going to choose teams meeting so both of these is teams meeting group meet now instantly will give you an instant team meeting that you can invite people to if I want to schedule it new teams meeting so this is a little bit different in doing it in teams right so I’ll give this a I’ll just call it review apps and I’ll invite my other self as required you can invite optional people right and we’ll leave it at a half hour now what I like about doing it in Outlook like I can put text down here I can type stuff in but I can also attach documents if I wanted to which I can’t do in teams at this point so I can go up to insert and I can attach a file to the invitation right and I’ll just attach this PowerPoint one and I don’t have the capability of attaching a file to a team’s invite in teams so I’m going to go ahead and send this it shows up on my calendar Microsoft teams and it says Microsoft teams meeting when I schedule it from within Outlook right and if I go back it’s still sending it the invitation out but if I go back to teams here go away from my calendar come back to my calendar navigate to next week and it shows on my team’s calendar as well and last but not least we’re going to go over notification settings in teams so I’m going to go up to the settings and more ellipses to the left of my profile picture and I’m going to go into settings okay so you have all different types of settings so the default theme in teams is the what we’ve been looking at the white background with the blue borders and everything you can have a dark theme high contrast theme you can change your chat density back here and this is just on the general tab so I’m going to do a little bit more than just notification settings here if you want teams to start automatically when you go into Windows you can auto start the application I’ve registered teams as my chat app for office and you would have to restart office applications for that right you can have a new chat open in a new window or in the main window I like doing it in a new window you could set your languages and stuff like that and I also have spell check enabled and once you enable that you would have to restart teams for it to take effect I can schedule my out of office stuff from here and I’m getting suggested replies showing in my chat which could be helpful you have all of these other categories on the left let’s go to Notifications so if I’ve missed any activity emails right it checks once per hour here right I can change that or turn it off I have my notification style which is teams built in I show message preview and I can play that sound for incoming calls and notifications so you heard that sound when I was doing the call the video call from my other computer you heard the ringing sound so then you have your teams and channels you will get desktop and activity notifications for all activity mentions and replies or custom so if I click on custom you can see what I’m getting notifications for here I’ll get a banner and a feed the banner shows up in the lower right corner of your screen it’s like a pop-up right I don’t want to be notified there’s a new Post in every any in this Channel or any channel right so I have that off and then I’ll get a banner and a feed as opposed to only showing feed or off for any time i’m mentioned in this channel you want to be notified so you’ll get a pop-up if you’re working in Outlook you’ll see the banner pop up and stuff like that so you get to control your notification settings we can go back to settings and I would encourage you to go through some of your other settings you know like the file settings always open word PowerPoint and Excel files in teams when we open that Excel file it opened it in teams when we selected that Excel file that we put in here so that’s why that’s happening go ahead and do the X on your settings and that concludes this module so just to recap what we covered in the teams portion of this we weren’t able to use the call feature because I don’t have audio conferencing set up but you saw where the phone icon is if you do have it set up you can place the call that way we used video conferencing and screen sharing features we also set up collaborative teams and topic channels I’d really like to thank everyone for viewing this learn it video course on office Basics again my name is Trish Connor Cato and it’s been my pleasure recording this video for you to take a few moments to recap what was covered in this course we started out with Outlook and we were introduced to the interface we learned how to start a new message and add message recipients we ensured that spelling and grammar check would happen automatically as soon as we click Send on a message we learned how to format message content and attach files and items to messages then we moved on to tracking messages and you learned about the recall and resend message features of Outlook you also learned how to flag messages and also how to organize messages using folders and you saw all of the folders I have under my inbox folder for organization purposes I also introduced you to a few search folders which gives you more efficient use of your mailbox then we went over to the Outlook calendar you learned how you could have the calendar and your inbox windows open at the same time and you learned how to schedule meetings from your calendar and how to print the calendar and then we got into teams we started out by getting an understanding of the purpose of teams and then we learned how to navigate it in it I we set up our profile or we added a picture we checked our status message and our availability and then we started using the chatting feature by chatting with a colleague then we added on and had a group chat and we were able to make a video call during the chat and share the screen we also shared files via chat then we created a team and we created an additional Channel other than the general channel that comes with a team and we created some posts in those channels we moved on to searching for post files and messages and you learned about that backslash that you can use to search for a bunch of different things and we learned how to schedule meetings from the team’s calendar as well as from our Outlook calendar and with Outlook again you can attach files to the teams meeting invite and then we reviewed teams settings again thank you for your attention and I hope that you will view more videos out here for learn it thanks for watching don’t forget we also offer live classes and office applications professional development and private training visit learnit.com for more details please remember to like And subscribe and let us know your thoughts in the comments thank you for choosing learn it [Music]

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Key Achievements by 40 That Signal Success Beyond Conventional Metrics

    Key Achievements by 40 That Signal Success Beyond Conventional Metrics

    Reaching 40 with a sense of accomplishment often transcends traditional markers like job titles or material wealth. True success lies in cultivating intangible qualities and experiences that foster personal growth, resilience, and meaningful connections. Below are fourteen milestones that reflect a life well-lived, each explored in two detailed paragraphs.

    01
    Car Charger Adapter, 5 Port QC3.0 Fast Charging Car Cigarette Lighter USB Charger, Compatible with iPhone, Android, Samsung, iPad Pro, and More (Black)

    1. Mastery of a Non-Professional Skill
    Developing expertise in a skill unrelated to one’s career—such as gardening, playing a musical instrument, or mastering ceramics—signifies a commitment to lifelong learning and self-expression. These pursuits offer a respite from daily routines, allowing individuals to channel creativity and find joy outside professional obligations. For instance, someone who learns furniture restoration not only gains a hands-on craft but also discovers patience and precision, traits that enhance problem-solving in other areas of life.

    Beyond personal fulfillment, such skills often ripple into community impact. A home chef might host cooking classes for neighbors, fostering camaraderie, while a fluent speaker of a second language could bridge cultural gaps in their community. These endeavors underscore the value of investing in oneself for both individual enrichment and collective benefit, proving that growth extends far beyond the workplace.

    2. Prioritizing Knowledge Sharing Over Material Accumulation
    Those who focus on imparting wisdom—through mentoring, creating educational content, or leading workshops—build legacies that outlast physical possessions. A software engineer who tutors underprivileged students in coding, for example, empowers future innovators while refining their own communication skills. This exchange of knowledge strengthens communities and creates networks of mutual support.

    The act of sharing expertise also cultivates humility and purpose. By teaching others, individuals confront gaps in their own understanding, sparking curiosity and continuous learning. A retired teacher writing a memoir about classroom experiences, for instance, preserves decades of insight for future generations. Such contributions highlight that true wealth lies not in what one owns, but in the minds one inspires.

    3. Embracing a Culturally Expansive Worldview
    Engaging deeply with diverse cultures—whether through travel, language study, or friendships with people from different backgrounds—nurtures empathy and adaptability. Someone who volunteers abroad or participates in cultural exchanges gains firsthand insight into global challenges, from economic disparities to environmental issues. These experiences dismantle stereotypes and encourage collaborative problem-solving.

    A global perspective also enriches personal and professional relationships. Understanding cultural nuances can improve teamwork in multinational workplaces or foster inclusivity in local communities. For example, a business leader who studies international markets may develop products that resonate across borders. This openness to diversity becomes a compass for navigating an interconnected world with grace and respect.

    4. Living by a Personal Philosophy
    Crafting a unique set of guiding principles by 40 reflects introspection and maturity. Such a philosophy might emerge from overcoming adversity, such as navigating a health crisis, which teaches the value of resilience. Others might draw inspiration from literature, spirituality, or ethical frameworks, shaping decisions aligned with integrity rather than societal expectations.

    This self-defined ethos becomes a foundation for authenticity. A person who prioritizes environmental sustainability, for instance, might adopt a minimalist lifestyle or advocate for policy changes. Living by one’s values fosters inner peace and earns the trust of others, as actions consistently mirror beliefs. This clarity of purpose transforms challenges into opportunities for alignment and growth.

    5. Redefining Failure as a Catalyst for Growth
    Viewing setbacks as stepping stones rather than endpoints is a hallmark of emotional resilience. An entrepreneur whose first venture fails, for example, gains insights into market gaps and personal leadership gaps, paving the way for future success. This mindset shift reduces fear of risk-taking, enabling bold choices in careers or relationships.

    Embracing failure also fosters humility and adaptability. A writer receiving repeated rejections might refine their voice or explore new genres, ultimately achieving breakthroughs. By normalizing imperfection, individuals inspire others to pursue goals without paralyzing self-doubt, creating cultures of innovation and perseverance.

    6. Cultivating a Geographically Diverse Network
    Building relationships across continents—through expatriate experiences, virtual collaborations, or cultural clubs—creates a safety net of varied perspectives. A professional with friends in multiple countries gains access to unique opportunities, from job referrals to cross-cultural insights, while offering reciprocal support.

    Such networks also combat insular thinking. A designer collaborating with artisans in another country, for instance, blends traditional techniques with modern aesthetics, creating innovative products. These connections remind individuals of shared humanity, fostering global citizenship and reducing prejudice.

    7. Attaining Financial Autonomy
    Financial stability by 40 involves strategic planning, such as investing in retirement accounts or diversifying income streams. This security allows choices like pursuing passion projects or taking sabbaticals, as seen in individuals who transition from corporate roles to social entrepreneurship without monetary stress.

    Beyond personal freedom, financial literacy inspires others. A couple who mentors young adults in budgeting empowers the next generation to avoid debt and build wealth. This autonomy transforms money from a source of anxiety into a tool for creating opportunities and generational impact.

    8. Committing to Holistic Self-Care
    A consistent self-care routine—integrating physical activity, mental health practices, and nutritional balance—demonstrates self-respect. A parent who prioritizes morning yoga amidst a hectic schedule models the importance of health, improving their energy and patience for family demands.

    Such habits also normalize vulnerability. Openly discussing therapy or meditation reduces stigma, encouraging others to seek help. By treating self-care as non-negotiable, individuals sustain their capacity to contribute meaningfully to work and relationships.

    9. Thriving Through Life’s Transitions
    Navigating major changes—divorce, career pivots, or relocation—with grace reveals emotional agility. A professional moving from finance to nonprofit work, for instance, leverages transferable skills while embracing new challenges, demonstrating adaptability.

    These experiences build confidence. Surviving a layoff or health scare teaches problem-solving and gratitude, equipping individuals to face future uncertainties with calmness. Each transition becomes a testament to resilience, inspiring others to embrace change as a path to reinvention.

    10. Finding Humor in Adversity
    Laughing during tough times, like diffusing family tension with a lighthearted joke, fosters connection and perspective. This skill, rooted in self-acceptance, helps individuals avoid bitterness and maintain optimism during crises.

    Humor also strengthens leadership. A manager who acknowledges their own mistakes with wit creates a culture where employees feel safe to innovate. This approach transforms potential conflicts into moments of unity and learning.

    11. Transforming Passions into Tangible Projects
    Turning hobbies into impactful ventures—launching a community garden or publishing a poetry collection—merges joy with purpose. A nurse writing a blog about patient stories, for instance, raises awareness about healthcare challenges while processing their own experiences.

    These projects often spark movements. A local art initiative might evolve into a regional festival, boosting tourism and fostering creativity. By dedicating time to passions, individuals prove that fulfillment arises from aligning actions with values.

    12. Elevating Emotional Intelligence
    High emotional intelligence—empathizing during conflicts or regulating stress—strengthens relationships. A leader who acknowledges team frustrations during a merger, for example, builds trust and loyalty through transparency and active listening.

    This skill also aids personal well-being. Recognizing burnout signs and seeking rest prevents crises, modeling healthy boundaries. Emotionally intelligent individuals create environments where others feel seen and valued.

    13. Solidifying an Authentic Identity
    Resisting societal pressures to conform—like pursuing unconventional careers or lifestyles—affirms self-worth. An artist rejecting commercial trends to stay true to their vision inspires others to embrace uniqueness.

    This authenticity attracts like-minded communities. A professional openly discussing their neurodiversity, for instance, fosters workplace inclusivity. Living authentically encourages others to shed pretenses and celebrate individuality.

    14. Embracing Lifelong Learning
    A growth mindset fuels curiosity, whether through enrolling in courses or exploring new technologies. A mid-career professional learning AI tools stays relevant, proving adaptability in a changing job market.

    This attitude also combats stagnation. A retiree taking up painting discovers hidden talents, illustrating that growth has no age limit. By valuing progress over perfection, individuals remain vibrant and engaged throughout life.

    In conclusion, these milestones reflect a holistic view of success—one that prioritizes resilience, empathy, and self-awareness. By 40, those who embody these principles not only thrive personally but also uplift others, leaving legacies that transcend conventional achievements.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Al-Riyadh Newspaper 2nd October, 2025

    Al-Riyadh Newspaper 2nd October, 2025

    The sources provide a broad overview of Saudi Arabia’s national initiatives and global engagements, aligning closely with its Vision 2030 objectives. Several texts detail the Kingdom’s commitment to cultural and creative sectors, exemplified by the launch of a new arts university and significant cultural investment funds, alongside hosting international events like the UNESCO Mondiacult conference. Furthermore, the documents highlight economic diversification and strategic partnerships, including the alignment of the Saudi-Chinese relationship with Vision 2030, and advancements in logistics and technology, such as operating the region’s first remote air traffic control tower. Lastly, the sources touch upon ongoing global and regional issues, including humanitarian crises in Gaza, international security forums, and domestic health campaigns.

    Saudi Arabia Vision 2030: Progress and Pillars

    Vision 2030 is the ambitious strategic framework driving significant national development and transformation across the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, with a reported achievement rate of nearly 95% of its goals ahead of the specified timeframe.

    The Vision was conceived by Prince Mohammed bin Salman and enjoys immense support from the leadership. It is described as a new vision that focuses on the well-being (رفاهيته) of the citizen, national development, and the nation’s independence. The ultimate goal is to transform the Kingdom into a global center for decision-making.

    Key Strategic Pillars and Objectives

    1. Economic Diversification and Fiscal Sustainability

    A core objective of Vision 2030 is diversifying the economy away from oil. The government is committed to continuing financial and economic reforms that contribute to achieving Vision 2030 goals.

    • Non-Oil Sector Growth: The budget spending plans for the coming fiscal year (2026) are aimed at supporting economic growth, focusing on high-return projects, with the non-oil sector acting as the primary driver of growth.
    • Localization of Industries: The cooperation between Saudi Aramco, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), and Honeywell to convert crude oil directly into chemicals is highlighted as supporting Vision 2030’s goals to diversify the economy and localize vital industries.
    • Investments: Since its launch, investments in cultural infrastructure alone, in partnership with the public and private sectors, have exceeded 81 billion riyals.

    2. Cultural and Human Capital Development

    Vision 2030 aims to revolutionize culture (قلْب الثقافة). It positions culture not merely as an elite or recreational activity but as a crucial lever for economic and social development.

    • Quality of Life and Reading: The Vision seeks to make reading an essential component of the cultural renaissance, integrating the book as a fundamental element of enhancing the quality of life (جودة الحياة).
    • Cultural Infrastructure: Strategic initiatives include the launch of the Riyadh University for Arts, intended to be a leading center for cultural education, offering academic programs up to the PhD level. This step supports the development of the creative economy.
    • Cultural Heritage: Promoting cultural heritage, such as placing the Jeddah Historic District page on Google Arts & Culture, aligns with Vision 2030’s aim to protect heritage and activate it as an influential component of national development.

    3. Digital Transformation and Empowerment

    The Vision is characterized by a significant digital transformation.

    • AI and Technology: The Vision leads a major digital transformation, recognizing that skills like Prompt Engineering (AI) will become a pivotal element in content development and innovation across various sectors. The Kingdom seeks to be a source of innovation and knowledge rather than just a user of imported technologies.
    • Societal Empowerment: Efforts by the Ministry of Human Resources to digitally empower all social groups, including elderly citizens (كبار السن), ensure their inclusion in the national development journey, aligning with the Vision’s goal of building a vibrant society and achieving sustainable development.

    4. Tourism and Logistics

    Vision 2030 places the tourism and hospitality sector at the forefront of key sectors used to diversify income sources.

    • Tourism Goals: The goals include attracting 150 million visitors annually by 2030, increasing the tourism sector’s contribution to the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) to 10%, and generating approximately 1.6 million jobs. Festivals and entertainment events serve as positive drivers for achieving these tourism objectives.
    • Urban Development: Efforts to humanize cities, such as the “Union of Neighborhoods” initiative, are consistent with Vision 2030. Furthermore, plans for Al-Madinah Al-Munawwarah aim to enhance its status as a leading global destination, in line with the Vision’s objectives. The city of Dammam has also achieved the second rank nationally and third rank in the Arab world in the Numbeo Quality of Life Index for 2025, reflecting the development of services and infrastructure supporting Vision 2030 goals.
    • Logistics Hub: The Vision also aims to consolidate the Kingdom’s standing as a global logistics hub (مركز لوجستي عاملي).

    5. Women’s Empowerment

    Empowering women is integrated into the Vision’s objectives. This is demonstrated by programs like the “Sisters of Men” award, which highlights the role of Saudi women in national development. Achievements in the labor market in Al-Qassim have shown that the percentage of women participating in the labor market surpassed the Vision 2030 target.

    Saudi Vision 2030 Cultural Investment and Strategy

    Cultural investment is a fundamental component of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia’s strategic transformation under Vision 2030, marking a pivotal shift where culture is no longer a marginal or elite activity but a central lever for economic and social development.

    Since the launch of Vision 2030, investments in cultural infrastructure, in partnership with both the public and private sectors, have already exceeded 81 billion riyals.

    The Cultural Investment Conference

    The scale and strategic importance of cultural investment were recently highlighted by the Cultural Investment Conference, which the sources describe as an unprecedented cultural and economic event.

    Key Outcomes and Financial Commitments:

    • Total Agreements: The conference resulted in the signing of 89 strategic agreements and deals.
    • Investment Value: The total value of the investment funds and agreements launched during the conference exceeded 2.5 billion riyals.
    • New Investment Funds: Several specialized funds were announced to stimulate the creative economy:
    • A new film investment fund with a volume of 375 million riyals.
    • A fashion fund valued at 300 million riyals.
    • A Cultural Assets Fund amounting to 850 million riyals. This asset fund includes a direct contribution of 200 million riyals from the Cultural Fund and is designed to cover sectors such as arts, digital content, media, and fashion.

    This major financial influx reflects culture’s strong entry into the economic equation, recognizing the sector as a promising and attractive destination for capital.

    Investing in Human Capital and Education

    A core principle of Saudi Arabia’s approach to cultural investment is that it does not stop at tangible projects and infrastructure, but must include human capital.

    • Riyadh University for Arts: The Minister of Culture announced the establishment of the Riyadh University for Arts. This institution is intended to be a leading academic center for cultural education.
    • The university aims to be among the top 50 international universities specialized in arts and culture.
    • It will offer comprehensive academic programs, including short courses, diplomas, bachelor’s, master’s, and PhD programs, to equip students with the skills needed for the creative and innovative sectors.
    • The establishment of this university is expected to provide an educational base for the national talent pool, supporting the development of the creative economy and aligning with global transformations in creative industries.
    • Job Creation: The emphasis on human capital is driven by significant labor market projections. The cultural sector is rapidly growing, and the demand for qualified cultural competencies is expected to increase annually by 7%. This growth is anticipated to create over 300,000 new jobs in the coming decade. The university itself aims to graduate between 25,000 and 30,000 students by 2040.

    Cultural Policy, Soft Power, and Global Positioning

    Cultural investment also serves broader national and international goals:

    • Economic Diversification: Culture is viewed as a crucial lever (رافعة) for economic and social development and a fuel for the future. The expansion of the creative economy is a key strategy for diversifying the economy and transforming innovative ideas into marketable products and services.
    • Soft Power and Diplomacy: Culture has been explicitly positioned as a tool for Saudi soft power (القوة الناعمة). The cultural and economic impact of these investments is understood to be inseparable from political and diplomatic dimensions.
    • Global Events: The Kingdom’s commitment to cultural development is further underscored by its role as a host for major international events, such as the upcoming UNESCO World Conference on Cultural Policies for Sustainable Development (Mondiacult), which is scheduled to convene in Saudi Arabia in 2029.
    • Digital Heritage Preservation: Cultural investments include leveraging digital technology for heritage preservation, such as the launch of the Jeddah Historic District page on the Google Arts & Culture platform. This initiative aims to utilize modern digital techniques to showcase the cultural and historical value of the region to a global audience.
    • Cultural Infrastructure and Identity: Initiatives like the International Riyadh Book Fair confirm that cultural projects are not merely gatherings for books but seasons of awareness and cultural carnivals. Furthermore, advancing culture, literature, publishing, and translation is viewed as fundamental to building collective consciousness and safeguarding intellectual resources against ignorance and cognitive fragility.

    Saudi-Chinese Strategic Partnership: Vision 2030 and Belt-Road Alignment

    Saudi-Chinese relations are characterized by a strategic partnership that has developed rapidly and achieved advanced results, driven by the personal care and guidance of the leadership in both countries. These ties are not merely transactional but reflect a deep shared political awareness, values, and a unified destiny.

    Key Pillars of the Relationship

    1. Strategic Alignment and Economic Cooperation

    A core focus of the bilateral relationship is economic integration, particularly the successful alignment between China’s “Belt and Road” initiative and Saudi Arabia’s Vision 2030.

    • Trade Volume: Cooperation has intensified across all levels, solidifying political trust. The total volume of bilateral trade has impressively exceeded $100 billion for three consecutive years.
    • Sectoral Focus: Economic cooperation spans crucial sectors, including energy, infrastructure, petrochemicals, the digital economy, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and green development.
    • Investment: Saudi investors find wide opportunities in China’s industrial, technological, and innovation sectors. Conversely, Chinese interest in the Kingdom is growing, highlighted by the announcement that the Ori Group, a Chinese entity, plans to invest over 2 billion riyals to open a regional headquarters in Riyadh. This office will focus on the film industry, tourism, fashion, education, and cultural events.
    • Strategic View: Saudi Arabia views China as a reliable partner capable of contributing to its economic transformation and diversification of income sources under Vision 2030.

    2. Defense and Security Integration

    The relationship has reached a new strategic level through security cooperation, which observers note is essential for stabilizing the region.

    • Joint Strategic Defense Agreement: A major shift occurred with the signing of the “Joint Strategic Defense Agreement” in Riyadh in September 2025.
    • Unity of Destiny: The agreement explicitly stipulates that “any armed external aggression against either Riyadh or Islamabad is considered an aggression against both”. This moves the relationship beyond mere security coordination to a “unity of destiny”.
    • Regional Stability: This agreement reinforces Saudi Arabia’s position as a linchpin in regional security, affirming that the security of the Gulf is linked to the security of South Asia. It also aims to enhance capacities in defense industries, cybersecurity, and advanced technologies, supporting Vision 2030’s goals for diversifying the economy and localizing vital industries.

    3. Cultural and Human Exchanges

    Cultural ties and popular exchanges are actively increasing.

    • Cultural Year: The year 2025 marks the “Saudi-Chinese Cultural Year”.
    • Cultural Programs: More than 40 cultural events in the fields of arts, cinema, and education are being organized jointly.
    • Language and Tourism: There is a visible increase in cultural rapprochement, particularly through the teaching of the Chinese language in Saudi universities and schools, as well as increased student and tourist visits.
    • Visa Policy: The Saudi government has implemented a policy providing unilateral visa exemption for Chinese nationals holding ordinary passports, which was broadly welcomed.

    4. Diplomatic and Future Outlook

    The relationship is guided by mutual aspirations for a prominent global role and shared commitment to international stability.

    • High-Level Greetings: The leadership of the two countries, including King Salman and Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, exchanged congratulations with President Xi Jinping on China’s National Day, praising the distinguished relations and the commitment to their growth in all fields.
    • Upcoming Summits: China is preparing to host the Second China-Arab Summit and the Second China-GCC Summit next year (2026), following the success of the first summits held in Riyadh in December 2022. These meetings are anticipated to drive relations toward comprehensive and deeper development in the new era.
    • Global Governance: China has presented its Global Initiatives (Global Development, Global Security, Global Civilization, and Global Governance), which are seen as contributing stability and certainty to a turbulent world. The Chinese side is committed to working with Saudi Arabia to implement these initiatives to build a shared future community for humanity.
    • Chinese Ambitions: China continues to advance steadily towards modernization and high-quality development, with projections showing its contribution to global economic growth stabilizing around 30%, acting as one of the largest stable and reliable engines for the world.

    Saudi Strategic Security: Alliances, Cyber, and Gaza

    Regional security is a critical and multifaceted concern addressed across the diplomatic, military, digital, and humanitarian fronts within the context of the sources, often intersecting with Saudi Arabia’s domestic strategic goals, such as Vision 2030.

    I. Strategic Alliances and Defense Cooperation

    Saudi Arabia’s approach to regional security has reached a new strategic level through security cooperation, particularly with China and Pakistan.

    The Joint Strategic Defense Agreement: The cornerstone of this new strategic posture is the “Joint Strategic Defense Agreement,” signed in Riyadh in September 2025.

    • Unity of Destiny: The agreement explicitly states that “any armed external aggression against either Riyadh or Islamabad is considered an aggression against both,” a clause moving the relationship beyond mere coordination to a “unity of destiny”.
    • Regional Hub: This agreement reinforces Saudi Arabia’s position as a linchpin in regional security. Observers note that this partnership affirms the security of the Gulf is linked to the security of South Asia.
    • Capacity Building: The defense partnership aims to enhance capabilities in defense industries, cybersecurity, and advanced technologies, supporting Vision 2030’s goals for diversifying the economy and localizing vital industries.
    • Diplomatic Message: The defense agreement with Pakistan sends a strong message that the Kingdom seeks to build alliances based on mutual respect and serves the interests of the region’s peoples, while adhering to the principles of international law and the UN Charter.

    II. Multilateral Dialogue and Global Positioning

    The Kingdom emphasizes its role as a pivotal force for stability and a host for major international security discussions.

    • Munich Security Conference: Saudi Arabia hosted the opening meeting of the leaders of the Munich Security Conference in AlUla, attended by nearly 100 high-level external and security policy officials.
    • Dialogue Commitment: The Kingdom’s hosting of the conference affirms its commitment to the principle of international dialogue and strengthening cooperation on regional and international issues. This event gathered senior officials from different countries to discuss current security challenges and explore solutions for regional and international issues, including Gaza, global food security, and climate and energy security.

    III. Cyber Security as a Pillar of National and Regional Stability

    In the contemporary environment, cyber security is treated not as a mere technical issue but as a crucial pillar of national security and a basis for maintaining social peace.

    • Threat Definition: Cyberattacks are no longer limited to hacking devices or networks; they now threaten the economy, culture, and social stability, and can even be used as a tool for terrorism and spreading extremism.
    • Vision 2030 Integration: Saudi Arabia has established the National Cybersecurity Authority and launched the Prince Mohammed bin Salman College for Cybersecurity and Artificial Intelligence to qualify national competencies.
    • Global Diplomacy: Cyber security is now a major topic on the table of global diplomacy, integrated into UN security issues and initiatives promoting responsible behavior standards for states in cyberspace. The global initiatives presented by China (Global Development, Global Security, Global Civilization, and Global Governance) are also viewed as contributing stability and certainty to a turbulent world.

    IV. Regional Flashpoints and Humanitarian Security (Gaza)

    The conflict in Gaza highlights severe regional instability and deep humanitarian crises, prompting urgent diplomatic and aid efforts.

    • Intensified Conflict: The sources detail a new “bloody night” in Gaza due to intensive Israeli shelling targeting civilian homes, residential neighborhoods, and civil institutions, leading to dozens of casualties, including children and women.
    • Humanitarian Crisis: The situation is marked by the devastating consequences of the ongoing conflict, including:
    • Internal Displacement: An estimated 1,000,000 displaced persons are concentrated in Khan Younis in a densely populated area, raising fears of a major health and environmental catastrophe.
    • Starvation: Fatalities due to famine and severe malnutrition are increasing, with the total number of deaths from malnutrition and starvation rising to 455, including 151 children.
    • Movement Restrictions: The Israeli military announced the closure of “Al-Rashid Street,” a vital coastal road connecting north and south Gaza. This move isolates the north from the rest of the strip, heightening the suffering and humanitarian plight of the residents.
    • Diplomatic Solution: Saudi Arabia, in partnership with France, presented the “New York Declaration” in July 2025, which calls for a serious push toward resolving the Palestinian issue through peaceful means, centered on the two-state solution. The diplomatic weight of this position is noted by the subsequent recognition of the Palestinian state by four out of five permanent members of the UN Security Council, plus 147 member states.
    • Global Solidarity Fleet: An effort to break the siege involved the arrival of the largest naval fleet of global solidarity, consisting of nearly fifty ships carrying over 500 activists from more than 45 countries, underscoring the international complexity of the regional security challenge.

    Saudi Aviation Technology: AI, Virtual Towers, and Drones

    Aviation technology is a cornerstone of Saudi Arabia’s digital transformation and logistical aspirations under Vision 2030, characterized by the adoption of advanced digital solutions, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and specialized equipment for both commercial and safety applications.

    1. Remote Virtual Control Towers

    The Kingdom has achieved a qualitative leap in air traffic management by successfully operating the first remote virtual control tower in the region at AlUla International Airport.

    • Mechanism and Location: The remote tower system manages AlUla International Airport’s air and ground traffic from a control center located at King Abdulaziz International Airport in Jeddah.
    • Advanced Technology: This virtual tower relies on advanced digital systems and technologies, including high-resolution 360-degree cameras and advanced sensing devices. It also utilizes AI for data analysis and comprehensive monitoring of air traffic.
    • Strategic Impact: The operation of this technology is a crucial step toward realizing a digital and innovative future for the aviation sector. It supports Vision 2030 goals by enhancing AlUla’s status as a global logistics hub in the northwest of the Kingdom and boosting the tourism sector.
    • Operational Benefits: The project, implemented by the Saudi Air Navigation Services Company (SANS), confirms Saudi Arabia’s commitment to developing air navigation services. The virtual tower aims to increase operational efficiency and service effectiveness, while also reducing construction and logistical costs.

    2. Drones and AI in Public Safety

    Aviation technology is also deployed in public safety and emergency response by the Saudi Civil Defense, as demonstrated by the innovations showcased at the Intersec 2025 exhibition.

    • The “Saqr” (Falcon) Drone: This drone is considered one of the most prominent innovations for enhancing the speed of response to accidents.
    • It is designed for rapid deployment, especially in difficult-to-reach or high locations.
    • It has a reservoir capacity of up to 100 liters of water or foam for firefighting, with the ability to fly up to 200 meters high.
    • The “Saqr” drone has already proven successful, having been launched for the first time during the past Hajj season as part of a support system for rapid response and protection of lives and property.
    • Smart Platform: The Civil Defense also uses the “Smart Platform,” which employs the latest AI techniques to enhance safety and security. This platform allows for predictive analysis and real-time monitoring of potential incidents, such as fires, smoke emissions, and abnormal crowd congestion in the holy sites.

    3. Localization and Industrial Development

    The broader technological and industrial transformation objectives outlined in Vision 2030 support the localization of vital industries, which has implications for the aviation sector:

    • Petrochemical Technology: A major collaboration between Saudi Aramco, King Abdullah University of Science and Technology (KAUST), and Honeywell is focused on developing next-generation technology to convert crude oil directly into chemicals. This initiative supports economic diversification and the localization of vital industries. The goal is to maximize the value of every barrel of crude oil and improve the efficiency of energy consumption.
    • Defense Industry: Maintenance and operation concerning aviation technology are prioritized in the military sector, as evidenced by tenders announced by the Royal Saudi Naval Forces.

    Overall, these developments reflect the Kingdom’s commitment to leveraging advanced digital and AI solutions to transform the aviation industry, enhance logistics, and bolster national security.

  • Mind the Manners 12 British Etiquette Tips Perfect for Americans

    Mind the Manners 12 British Etiquette Tips Perfect for Americans

    When it comes to social grace, the British excel in a way that can feel like an art form. While Americans pride themselves on friendliness and openness, understanding British etiquette offers a new level of sophistication that can help avoid missteps. Adopting these customs isn’t just about following rules but cultivating respect and politeness in daily interactions—a valuable skill in both personal and professional spheres.

    Britain’s long-standing etiquette isn’t simply an antiquated relic of the past. It’s a reflection of the country’s cultural identity, upheld by tradition and even subtly reinforced by figures like the royal family. Laura Windsor, author of Modern British Manners, explains that British etiquette is rooted in mindfulness—being aware of how your actions impact others. This heightened sensitivity makes social exchanges smoother and more enjoyable for all parties involved.

    For Americans looking to refine their social habits, integrating British manners can be a game-changer. These customs, though they may initially feel foreign, can foster deeper connections and elevate one’s brand. As etiquette expert Sharon Schweitzer notes, mastering these subtle behaviors offers a way to navigate social situations with poise and professionalism. Below, we explore essential British etiquette tips that are easy to adopt and will leave a lasting impression.

    Summary

    The provided text is an article that offers 12 British etiquette tips for Americans, aiming to help them navigate social and dining situations more effectively. The article emphasizes the importance of punctuality, polite language, light conversation, proper table manners, and respectful social interactions. It includes cultural insights into British dining etiquette, hosting customs, and conversational norms, highlighting the value of mindfulness and consideration for others. The author provides specific advice on practices like using cutlery, avoiding personal questions, respecting personal space, and appropriate public attire. The article emphasizes that these tips are not merely rules to follow, but reflect a deeper philosophy of respect and social harmony.

    Briefing Doc: British Etiquette Tips for Americans

    This briefing doc reviews key themes and important information from the blog post “Mind the Manners 12 British Etiquette Tips Perfect for Americans” by Amjad Izhar. The post explores essential British etiquette practices, highlighting their cultural significance and offering practical advice for Americans seeking to navigate social situations in the U.K. with grace and respect.

    Core Themes

    • Mindfulness and Respect: British etiquette is deeply rooted in consideration for others. Actions are evaluated based on their potential impact on those around you. This emphasis on awareness permeates all aspects of social interaction, from punctuality to conversation topics.
    • Subtlety and Restraint: British manners often rely on understated communication. Avoiding extremes in behavior, speech, and appearance is key. Loudness, excessive displays of emotion, and overly personal inquiries are generally discouraged.
    • Formality and Tradition: While modern British society is evolving, traditional etiquette practices remain influential. Understanding these conventions provides valuable insight into British culture and helps avoid social faux pas.

    Key Etiquette Points

    1. Punctuality is Paramount: Arriving on time is non-negotiable, demonstrating respect for the host’s efforts and time. As Laura Windsor, author of “Modern British Manners”, emphasizes, “even a 10 to 15-minute delay should be avoided unless necessary.”
    2. Courtesy is Key: “Please,” “thank you,” and “sorry” are frequently used to express politeness and smooth social interactions.
    3. Light Conversation: Small talk should revolve around neutral topics like the weather. Avoid personal questions about finances or relationships.
    4. Dining Differences: Keep your fork in your dominant hand throughout the meal and avoid cutting multiple bites at once. Place cutlery together at the 6:30 position to signal you’re finished.
    5. Hosting with Grace: Offer a drink upon a guest’s arrival as a sign of welcome. Avoid bringing fresh flowers to dinner parties, as they can burden the host.
    6. Articulate Speech: Minimize the use of filler words like “like” to convey confidence and clarity in communication.
    7. Personal Space: Respect personal boundaries by maintaining a comfortable distance during conversations and greetings. Handshakes are preferred over hugs.
    8. Queuing Etiquette: Always join the back of the line and wait patiently for your turn. “Jumping the line,” as the blog states, “is seen as a significant breach of etiquette.”
    9. Appropriate Attire: Avoid wearing pajamas in public. Maintain a presentable appearance to show respect for yourself and the community.

    Conclusion

    Mastering British etiquette involves more than just memorizing rules. It requires understanding the cultural values that underpin these practices. By embracing mindfulness, restraint, and consideration for others, Americans can successfully navigate social situations in the U.K., leaving a positive and lasting impression. As the blog concludes, “Adopting British etiquette offers Americans more than just a glimpse into a different cultural tradition—it provides valuable tools for fostering meaningful and respectful interactions.”

    1 – Always Arrive on Time

    Punctuality is not just a courtesy in the U.K.—it’s a non-negotiable social expectation. While being fashionably late might be tolerated in some cultures, the British see tardiness as disrespectful to the host’s efforts. Laura Windsor emphasizes that even a 10 to 15-minute delay should be avoided unless necessary. Showing up late signals disregard for the time and energy your host has invested in planning. If unforeseen delays arise, a quick call to inform the host is the polite course of action.

    Arriving too early is equally inconsiderate. It disrupts last-minute preparations and puts unnecessary pressure on your hosts. Observing punctuality shows thoughtfulness, demonstrating that you value both the event and the people hosting it. As the writer Tom Hodgkinson notes in How to Be Idle, timing is everything—understanding the rhythms of social interactions allows you to seamlessly blend into British culture.

    Keywords: punctuality, arriving on time, British expectations, respect for time

    Hashtags: #BritishEtiquette #PunctualityMatters #RespectingTime

    2 – Say “Please,” “Thank You,” and “Sorry”

    Politeness in Britain is reflected in the constant use of courteous phrases. Saying “please” and “thank you” isn’t just expected—it’s habitual. British speakers also favor the use of “may I” over “can I” to signal respect for the other person’s authority. This subtle shift in language conveys humility and deference, qualities highly valued in British culture. Expressing gratitude even for small services—like a bus driver opening the door—conveys respect, fostering goodwill.

    Apologizing is another essential element of British interactions, even when a fault isn’t involved. Saying “sorry” functions as a conversational softener, smoothing over minor inconveniences. Cultural experts like Lynne Truss, author of Talk to the Hand, argue that these rituals act as social lubricants, reducing friction in public spaces. By adopting this habit, Americans can avoid coming across as overly blunt and instead project empathy and warmth.

    Keywords: politeness, courteous language, British phrases, saying sorry

    Hashtags: #BritishManners #PolitenessPays #EtiquetteEssentials

    3 – Keep Conversations Light, and Don’t Get Too Personal

    Small talk is an essential part of British social life, but the art lies in keeping it light and impersonal. Asking about someone’s private life—such as their marital status or salary—can come across as intrusive. Instead, Brits prefer to engage in conversations that revolve around neutral topics like the weather or recent events. As Windsor points out, how a question is phrased matters: instead of asking “Where are you from?” say, “Where is home for you?”—giving the person the choice of how much to reveal.

    Following these conversational cues can help Americans navigate British social gatherings more smoothly. Controversial topics like politics and religion are best avoided, as they can easily make the atmosphere tense. The ability to engage in light conversation is a mark of social intelligence, as scholar Kate Fox discusses in her book Watching the English. Mastering this skill not only helps build rapport but also shows sensitivity to cultural norms.

    Keywords: small talk, light conversation, cultural norms, avoiding personal questions

    Hashtags: #SocialGrace #SmallTalkMatters #CulturalAwareness

    4 – When Dining, Keep Your Fork in the Same Hand

    British dining etiquette places great emphasis on maintaining efficiency and elegance at the table. One key difference between American and British manners is how utensils are managed. In Britain, diners retain their knife and fork in each hand throughout the meal, avoiding the American habit of switching hands—often referred to as the “zigzag” style. As Sharon Schweitzer notes, keeping the fork in the same hand is not just efficient but also minimizes unnecessary movement, creating a seamless dining experience.

    In addition to efficiency, this method reduces the noise of clattering cutlery, helping to maintain a peaceful dining environment. Laura Windsor explains that every action at the table should be as unobtrusive as possible. Even how the fork is held reflects this understated elegance—Brits always keep the tines facing down, never scooping food as one might do in the U.S. Following this custom demonstrates respect for both the setting and the people sharing the meal.

    Keywords: British dining etiquette, utensil handling, zigzag style, minimizing distractions

    Hashtags: #TableManners #BritishDining #EfficientEating

    5 – Only Cut—and Eat—One Bite at a Time

    British dining customs place a high value on decorum and moderation, extending even to how food is cut and consumed. Unlike the American habit of pre-cutting several bites at once, British etiquette dictates cutting only one bite at a time. This rule serves both functional and social purposes: it promotes a slower pace of eating and encourages meaningful conversation. According to Laura Windsor, meals are viewed as opportunities for connection rather than occasions for rushing through food.

    Eating small, measured bites also offers practical benefits. Apart from enhancing digestion, this custom reduces the risk of choking, especially for children. Dining thoughtfully, Windsor points out, is part of looking elegant—something that is deeply ingrained in British culture. In her book Watching the English, Kate Fox notes that British dining etiquette encourages a certain restraint that reflects the broader societal value of composure.

    Keywords: dining decorum, cutting food etiquette, slow eating, conversational meals

    Hashtags: #ElegantDining #MannersMatter #MindfulEating

    6 – Lay Down Your Silverware Nicely

    How you place your cutlery at the end of a meal sends a subtle yet clear signal to your host or server. In Britain, the proper way to indicate you have finished is to place the knife and fork parallel at the 6:30 position on the plate, with the knife on the right and the fork on the left. This contrasts with the American custom of setting cutlery diagonally in the 10:20 position. While neither method is incorrect, following the host country’s convention shows cultural sensitivity and awareness.

    Beyond practicality, setting down cutlery neatly reflects the British preference for order and clarity. It ensures the dining process flows smoothly, minimizing confusion for hosts and servers. Windsor highlights that dining etiquette isn’t about rigid rules but about creating harmony at the table. Adopting these subtle practices demonstrates respect and appreciation for your host’s efforts—essential elements of good manners.

    Keywords: cutlery etiquette, British table settings, cultural dining differences, host respect

    Hashtags: #CutleryManners #HostEtiquette #DiningCustoms

    7 – When Hosting, Offer Guests a Beverage Right Away

    The British tradition of offering guests a drink the moment they arrive reflects a deeply ingrained sense of hospitality. Whether it’s tea, water, or something stronger, this gesture immediately makes visitors feel welcomed and comfortable. In British culture, hosting is about creating an environment where guests feel cared for from the outset. Laura Windsor explains that in formal settings, gentlemen often pour drinks for ladies, signaling that the meal or gathering is about to begin. This small but meaningful act demonstrates attentiveness, setting a polite tone for the rest of the event.

    In comparison, Americans might offer beverages too, but there’s often a delay, leaving guests to fend for themselves. The British way removes any hesitation or awkwardness by proactively meeting a guest’s needs. Adopting this habit ensures that visitors feel both seen and appreciated. As Judith Martin, the author of Miss Manners’ Guide to Excruciatingly Correct Behavior, reminds us, “Good manners are a way of showing respect.” Offering a drink upon arrival exemplifies this principle perfectly.

    Keywords: hosting etiquette, British hospitality, offering drinks, guest comfort

    Hashtags: #BritishHospitality #HostingTips #GoodManners

    8 – Don’t Bring Flowers to a Dinner Party

    In Britain, it’s customary to bring a gift when attending a dinner party, but fresh flowers are not always the best choice. While Americans might consider flowers a thoughtful gesture, the British recognize that they can create unnecessary hassle for the host. Instead, gifts like chocolates, wine, or personalized items show greater consideration. Laura Windsor notes that if you do want to give flowers, it’s better to send them in advance or bring a potted plant that doesn’t require immediate attention.

    This nuanced approach to gifting reflects the British value of being mindful of the host’s time and responsibilities. When planning a dinner party, every detail is likely prearranged, so interrupting the flow with an unexpected bouquet can be disruptive. Etiquette expert Debrett advises that a host’s primary goal is to make guests feel relaxed, and thoughtful gifts contribute to that atmosphere. Following this rule ensures that your gift enhances the occasion without complicating it.

    Keywords: gifting etiquette, dinner party customs, personalized gifts, avoiding flowers

    Hashtags: #DinnerPartyGifts #HostingEtiquette #ThoughtfulGifts

    9 – Avoid Saying “Like” All the Time

    Using filler words such as “like” too frequently is a conversational habit that undermines the speaker’s credibility. While the occasional use of “like” is acceptable, peppering it into every sentence can diminish the impact of what you are saying. Laura Windsor emphasizes that overusing filler words runs contrary to traditional British etiquette, which values clear, deliberate speech. Even though young Brits have embraced this habit in recent years, it is still frowned upon in formal or professional settings.

    Practicing restraint with language not only makes conversations more engaging but also projects confidence and intelligence. Experts like Deborah Tannen, author of Talking from 9 to 5, highlight how effective communication depends on precision and clarity. Avoiding verbal crutches encourages more thoughtful speech, ensuring that listeners stay focused on the content rather than the delivery. Americans who adopt this habit can elevate their social interactions and leave a more polished impression.

    Keywords: clear communication, avoiding filler words, speaking etiquette, polished speech

    Hashtags: #CommunicationSkills #PolishedSpeech #MindfulSpeaking

    10 – Respect People’s Personal Space

    Personal space is a cherished value in British culture, where physical contact is minimal even among acquaintances. Unlike in America, where hugs are a common greeting, Brits prefer a handshake accompanied by about a meter of space between individuals. Laura Windsor points out that this reserved behavior is not an indication of coldness but rather a social norm rooted in politeness and respect. Personal boundaries are carefully maintained, and people take time to open up, gradually building deeper connections.

    Understanding this practice can help Americans avoid unintentionally awkward situations. Adapting to the British preference for personal space allows relationships to develop naturally and comfortably. As Desmond Morris notes in Manwatching: A Field Guide to Human Behavior, “Body language reflects cultural expectations.” Observing these expectations makes interactions smoother, contributing to stronger, more respectful connections over time.

    Keywords: personal space etiquette, British social norms, handshake etiquette, cultural boundaries

    Hashtags: #RespectBoundaries #PersonalSpace #CulturalEtiquette

    11 – Never Jump the Line

    Queuing is almost a national pastime in Britain, where orderly lines are taken very seriously. Whether waiting for a bus, ordering coffee, or entering a theater, Brits expect everyone to follow the queue. Jumping the line, even unintentionally, is seen as a significant breach of etiquette. Laura Windsor explains that even when weather conditions force people to huddle under shelter, everyone returns to their place once it’s time to board or enter.

    This strict adherence to queuing reflects the British cultural emphasis on fairness and order. As Kate Fox mentions in Watching the English, standing in line is more than just a practical activity—it’s a ritual that reinforces social harmony. For Americans, embracing this custom demonstrates respect for local values. Simple actions, like queuing patiently, show that you are observant and considerate, helping you blend more smoothly into British society.

    Keywords: queuing etiquette, British social customs, fairness in public spaces, cultural harmony

    Hashtags: #QueueEtiquette #SocialOrder #BritishManners

    12 – Don’t Wear Pajamas in Public

    Wearing pajamas outside the house is a cultural faux pas in Britain, where public appearance is closely tied to self-respect. Laura Windsor warns that stepping out in sleepwear, even for a quick errand, signals carelessness, and risks embarrassment. In Britain, appearances matter, not only because you might bump into someone important but also because it reflects your regard for the community. This attitude contrasts with the relaxed norms in some parts of America, where people occasionally venture out in pajamas without much thought.

    Maintaining a neat and presentable appearance aligns with the British emphasis on social decorum. The philosopher Roger Scruton, in Modern Manners: An Etiquette Book for Rude People, highlights how dressing appropriately fosters mutual respect in society. This attention to detail sends a message: how you present yourself influences how others perceive you. In Britain, that first impression could make all the difference.

    Keywords: public appearance etiquette, British dress norms, self-presentation, social decorum

    Hashtags: #DressEtiquette #FirstImpressions #CulturalNorms

    Conclusion

    Understanding British etiquette isn’t just about memorizing rules—it’s about grasping the deeper philosophy of respect, thoughtfulness, and restraint. In a society that values these qualities, seemingly small actions—like arriving on time, saying “sorry,” or steering clear of personal questions—carry significant weight. For Americans, adopting these habits isn’t about losing their individuality but learning to express it within a different framework.

    These subtle yet powerful changes in behavior can lead to more meaningful interactions and smoother social experiences. As Emily Post once remarked, “Manners are a sensitive awareness of the feelings of others. If you have that awareness, you have good manners, no matter what fork you use.” Following British etiquette allows one to engage with others in a way that is both courteous and culturally attuned, making every interaction more rewarding.

    Keywords: social awareness, respect, British etiquette philosophy, meaningful interactions

    Hashtags: #SocialEtiquette #MindfulManners #CulturalAdaptation

    Dining etiquette in Britain is about more than knowing which fork to use; it reflects a mindset rooted in efficiency, elegance, and consideration for others. Following these customs—whether keeping your fork in the same hand, cutting only one bite at a time, or placing your silverware properly—demonstrates an awareness of the social and cultural context. For Americans, adopting these habits offers a chance to practice mindfulness and refine their dining etiquette.

    British table manners also foster a more enjoyable dining experience, creating moments for conversation and reflection. As Henry James once said, “There are few hours in life more agreeable than the hour dedicated to the ceremony known as afternoon tea.” Whether at a formal dinner or an everyday meal, paying attention to these small details elevates the experience for everyone at the table.

    Keywords: mindful dining, British table etiquette, cultural awareness, elegant dining experiences

    Hashtags: #DiningEtiquette #ElegantManners #CrossCulturalDining

    Hosting and conversation etiquette in Britain exemplify the country’s commitment to thoughtfulness and refinement. Offering a beverage right away ensures that guests feel immediately welcomed, while thoughtful gift-giving prevents unnecessary disruptions to the host’s plans. These gestures reflect an understanding that politeness lies in anticipating the needs of others.

    In speech, avoiding filler words like “like” aligns with the British preference for articulate communication. Together, these customs create an atmosphere of respect and mindfulness that enhances social interactions. As John Morgan suggests in Debrett’s New Guide to Etiquette and Modern Manners, “Etiquette is not about rules—it is about making other people feel comfortable.” Mastering these practices allows individuals to engage with others in a way that is both gracious and sophisticated.

    Keywords: hosting etiquette, thoughtful hospitality, articulate speech, gracious interactions

    Hashtags: #EtiquetteMatters #GraciousLiving #SocialRefinement

    British etiquette extends beyond words, emphasizing actions that promote respect and social harmony. Respecting personal space, queuing patiently, and maintaining a proper appearance all demonstrate mindfulness and an understanding of cultural values. These seemingly minor behaviors carry significant weight, signaling that you care about the people around you.

    Learning these customs allows Americans to engage with British society in a way that is both respectful and considerate. As Judith Martin famously said, “Etiquette is not a trivial social grace. It’s knowing the right thing to do at the right time, with the right people.” Practicing these habits not only enhances personal interactions but also helps you make a positive impression, whether you’re meeting new acquaintances or simply waiting in line.

    Keywords: cultural etiquette, mindful actions, respectful behavior, cross-cultural understanding

    Hashtags: #EtiquetteEssentials #SocialAwareness #RespectfulLiving

    Adopting British etiquette offers Americans more than just a glimpse into a different cultural tradition—it provides valuable tools for fostering meaningful and respectful interactions. From punctuality and polite conversation to queuing and proper dining habits, each custom reflects the British commitment to mindfulness, thoughtfulness, and social harmony. These practices are not merely formalities; they serve as a framework for creating smoother relationships and ensuring that every interaction with strangers or friends leaves a positive impression.

    Incorporating these principles into your daily life can elevate your personal and professional interactions. As Debrett notes, “Etiquette is about making others feel comfortable, not awkward.” Whether it’s respecting personal space, mastering the art of small talk, or knowing when to offer a beverage, these habits signal that you are both considerate and socially aware. By embracing these customs, Americans can build bridges across cultures, fostering friendships and business relationships grounded in respect, poise, and good manners.

    Keywords: British etiquette, cross-cultural manners, social harmony, thoughtful interactions, cultural respect

    Hashtags: #EtiquetteMatters #CrossCulturalRespect #SocialGrace #MannersMakeTheDifference

    Let’s discuss British etiquette, as described in the sources provided.

    • British etiquette is characterized by mindfulness, respect, thoughtfulness, restraint, and social harmony. [1-4] These values are reflected in various aspects of British life, from dining and conversation to public behavior and personal interactions. [1-4]

    Specific Examples of British Etiquette

    • Punctuality: Arriving on time is essential and demonstrates respect for the host’s efforts. [5] Lateness is considered disrespectful, while arriving too early is also inconsiderate. [5, 6]
    • Polite Language: The frequent use of “please,” “thank you,” and “sorry” is ingrained in British culture. [7, 8] “May I” is preferred over “can I” to show respect for authority. [7]
    • Light Conversation: Brits engage in small talk but avoid personal topics like marital status or salary. [9] They prefer to discuss neutral subjects like the weather or current events. [9, 10]
    • Dining Etiquette: British dining customs emphasize efficiency and elegance. [11-14] This includes:
    • Keeping the fork in the same hand throughout the meal. [11]
    • Cutting and eating only one bite at a time. [13]
    • Placing cutlery parallel at the 6:30 position on the plate to signal finishing the meal. [15]
    • Hosting: Hospitality is a significant aspect of British culture. [16-18] Hosts offer guests a beverage immediately upon arrival to make them feel welcomed and comfortable. [16-18] Gifts are customary for dinner parties, but fresh flowers are generally avoided. [19, 20]
    • Clear Speech: Overusing filler words like “like” is considered detrimental to effective communication and is generally frowned upon in formal settings. [21, 22]
    • Personal Space: Brits value personal space and maintain a distance of about a meter between individuals. [23] Physical contact is minimal, even among acquaintances. [23]
    • Queuing: Orderly lines are a fundamental part of British culture and are taken very seriously. [24, 25] Jumping the line is a significant breach of etiquette. [24]
    • Public Appearance: Brits believe that public appearance is linked to self-respect and take care to dress appropriately. [26, 27] Wearing pajamas in public is considered unacceptable. [26]

    British Etiquette Beyond Rules

    Understanding British etiquette is not merely about following rules but about grasping the underlying values of respect, thoughtfulness, and consideration for others. By adopting these principles, individuals can engage in more meaningful and harmonious interactions with British society. [2, 4, 28]

    Cultural Norms

    Let’s discuss cultural norms, using the information from the sources and our previous conversation about British etiquette.

    • The sources focus on British etiquette, which provides a specific example of cultural norms. Cultural norms are the shared expectations and rules that guide the behavior of individuals within a society.
    • The sources highlight that British etiquette is not simply a set of arbitrary rules, but a reflection of deeper cultural values:
    • Mindfulness: Being aware of the impact of your actions on others [1].
    • Respect: Demonstrated through punctuality, polite language, and consideration for others’ time and space [2-5].
    • Thoughtfulness: Expressed through gift-giving, anticipating the needs of guests, and queuing fairly [5-7].
    • Restraint: Evident in moderate eating habits, avoiding personal topics in conversation, and maintaining personal space [4, 8, 9].
    • Social Harmony: Promoted through orderly queuing, respectful public behavior, and articulate communication [10-13].

    Understanding Cultural Norms

    • Cultural norms vary significantly across societies. What might be considered polite or respectful in one culture may be inappropriate or even offensive in another.
    • The sources provide numerous examples of how British cultural norms differ from American ones:
    • The importance of punctuality in Britain contrasts with a more relaxed approach to time in some parts of America [2].
    • The British preference for impersonal small talk differs from the American tendency to be more open and personal in conversations [8].
    • British dining etiquette, such as keeping the fork in the same hand, contrasts with American practices [14].
    • The avoidance of fresh flowers as dinner party gifts in Britain differs from the American custom [6].

    Importance of Cultural Awareness

    • Understanding and respecting cultural norms is crucial for successful cross-cultural interactions.
    • When interacting with people from different cultures, it’s essential to be mindful of their customs and avoid actions that might be unintentionally disrespectful.
    • For Americans visiting or interacting with British people, adapting to British etiquette can help them avoid misunderstandings and build stronger relationships [15, 16].

    Key Takeaways

    • Cultural norms are the shared expectations and rules that shape behavior within a society.
    • British etiquette offers a specific example of cultural norms, reflecting the values of mindfulness, respect, thoughtfulness, restraint, and social harmony.
    • Cultural norms vary across societies, and it is essential to be aware of these differences to navigate cross-cultural interactions successfully.
    • Adapting to the cultural norms of the society you are interacting with is a sign of respect and can enhance communication and relationships.

    British Dining Etiquette

    Let’s discuss Dining Etiquette, specifically British dining etiquette, using the information from the provided sources.

    British Dining Etiquette

    • British dining etiquette emphasizes efficiency, elegance, and consideration for others [1, 2].
    • It’s not just about which utensil to use, but about a mindset that considers the social and cultural context of the meal [1].
    • For Americans, adapting to British dining customs is an opportunity to practice mindfulness and refine their dining etiquette [1].

    Specific Examples of British Dining Etiquette

    • Fork Handling: In Britain, diners keep their knife and fork in each hand throughout the meal, rather than switching hands as is common in America. This is considered more efficient and minimizes unnecessary movement [3]. Additionally, the fork is always held with the tines facing down [4].
    • Cutting Food: British etiquette dictates cutting only one bite of food at a time, promoting a slower pace of eating and encouraging conversation [5]. This contrasts with the American habit of pre-cutting multiple bites.
    • Silverware Placement: When finished eating, the knife and fork are placed parallel at the 6:30 position on the plate, with the knife on the right and the fork on the left [6]. This signals to the host or server that the diner has finished.
    • Eating Pace: Eating in small, measured bites is considered polite and elegant [7]. It also aids digestion and reduces the risk of choking.

    Underlying Values

    • These dining customs reflect deeper values present in British culture:
    • Efficiency: Minimizing unnecessary movements and maintaining a smooth flow at the table.
    • Elegance: Demonstrating refined manners and graceful movements.
    • Moderation: Eating in a controlled and measured way.
    • Conversation: Viewing meals as opportunities for social interaction and connection.
    • British dining etiquette aims to create a harmonious and enjoyable experience for everyone at the table [2, 8].

    Benefits of Adapting to British Dining Etiquette

    • For Americans, adopting these practices can demonstrate cultural awareness and respect for British customs [1].
    • It can also lead to a more mindful and enjoyable dining experience, fostering conversation and connection [2].

    Social Customs: Definition and Significance

    Let’s discuss social customs, drawing upon the information from the sources and our previous conversations about British etiquette and cultural norms.

    Social Customs: Definition and Significance

    • Social customs are established and accepted ways of behaving in particular societies or communities. They provide a framework for social interactions and help to maintain order and predictability in society.
    • Social customs can vary widely across different cultures and may encompass a broad range of behaviors, including:
    • Forms of greeting: Handshakes, hugs, bows, etc.
    • Dining etiquette: Table manners, use of utensils, serving and eating customs.
    • Conversation norms: Appropriate topics, levels of formality, turn-taking.
    • Personal space: Acceptable distances between individuals in different social settings.
    • Gift-giving: Types of gifts, occasions for giving, protocols for receiving.
    • Dress codes: Appropriate attire for various occasions and settings.
    • Public behavior: Rules regarding queuing, noise levels, and displays of affection.

    British Social Customs: A Case Study

    • The sources provide a detailed look at British social customs through the lens of etiquette.
    • British etiquette can be seen as a codified set of social customs that reflect the values and norms of British society.
    • The sources highlight several key British social customs:
    • Punctuality: Arriving on time is a sign of respect. [1, 2]
    • Polite language: Frequent use of “please,” “thank you,” and “sorry” is expected. [3, 4]
    • Reserved conversation: Avoiding personal topics and engaging in light, impersonal small talk is customary. [5, 6]
    • Formal dining etiquette: Specific rules govern utensil handling, eating pace, and silverware placement. [7-12]
    • Gracious hosting: Offering beverages upon arrival and choosing gifts thoughtfully are important aspects of hospitality. [13-16]
    • Respect for personal space: Maintaining a comfortable distance between individuals is a norm. [17, 18]
    • Queuing: Orderly lines are essential, and jumping the queue is unacceptable. [19, 20]
    • Appropriate public appearance: Dressing neatly and avoiding sleepwear in public is expected. [21, 22]

    The Role of Values in Shaping Social Customs

    • The sources emphasize that British social customs are rooted in a set of core values, including:
    • Mindfulness: Being aware of the impact of one’s actions on others. [23]
    • Respect: Demonstrated through punctuality, polite language, and consideration for others’ time and space. [1, 3, 17]
    • Thoughtfulness: Expressed through gift-giving, anticipating guests’ needs, and queuing fairly. [15, 16, 19]
    • Restraint: Evident in moderate eating habits, avoiding personal topics in conversation, and maintaining personal space. [10, 17]
    • Social harmony: Promoted through orderly queuing, respectful public behavior, and articulate communication. [20, 22, 24]

    Social Customs and Cultural Identity

    • Social customs play a vital role in shaping and expressing cultural identity.
    • They contribute to a sense of belonging and shared understanding within a community.
    • For individuals, adhering to social customs can signal membership and acceptance within a group.

    Adapting to Social Customs in Different Cultures

    • Awareness and respect for different social customs are essential for successful cross-cultural interactions.
    • When traveling to or interacting with people from other cultures, it’s important to:
    • Research and learn about the local customs.
    • Observe how people behave and follow their lead.
    • Be prepared to adapt your behavior to fit the local norms.
    • Ask questions if you are unsure about proper etiquette.

    Social Customs in a Changing World

    • It is important to note that social customs are not static; they evolve over time. Factors like globalization, technology, and social movements can influence how social customs change and adapt.
    • While some traditional customs may persist, others may be modified or replaced by newer practices.

    Conclusion

    Social customs are essential aspects of human societies, providing structure and meaning to social interactions. They reflect underlying cultural values and contribute to a sense of shared identity. Understanding and respecting social customs, particularly when interacting with people from different cultures, is crucial for building relationships, avoiding misunderstandings, and navigating social situations successfully.

    Hosting Etiquette in British Culture

    Let’s explore Hosting Etiquette, specifically in the context of British culture, using the information provided in the sources.

    Hosting Etiquette in British Culture

    • The sources emphasize that hosting in Britain involves a strong commitment to hospitality and creating a welcoming environment for guests.
    • Specific customs and practices illustrate this commitment to ensuring guests feel comfortable and appreciated.

    Offering Beverages Upon Arrival

    • Offering guests a drink as soon as they arrive is deeply ingrained in British hospitality [1]. This gesture immediately makes guests feel welcomed and comfortable.
    • Whether it’s tea, water, or something stronger, the proactive offer of a beverage removes hesitation and awkwardness, ensuring guests feel seen and appreciated [2].
    • In more formal settings, gentlemen often pour drinks for ladies as a polite gesture to signal the beginning of a meal or gathering [1].

    Thoughtful Gift-Giving

    • Bringing a gift to a dinner party is customary in Britain [3]. However, the sources caution against bringing fresh flowers, as they can create unnecessary hassle for the host [3].
    • Instead, gifts like chocolates, wine, or personalized items demonstrate greater consideration for the host’s time and responsibilities [3, 4].
    • Sending flowers in advance or bringing a potted plant that doesn’t require immediate attention is a more considerate alternative if one wishes to gift flowers [3].

    Anticipating Guests’ Needs

    • Beyond offering drinks and receiving gifts thoughtfully, British hosting etiquette emphasizes anticipating guests’ needs and ensuring their comfort throughout the event.
    • This proactive approach to hospitality aims to create a relaxed and enjoyable atmosphere for everyone.

    Broader Principles of British Etiquette

    • The sources highlight that hosting etiquette, like other aspects of British etiquette, is rooted in principles of mindfulness, respect, and thoughtfulness [5-7].
    • These principles extend beyond hosting to shape interactions in various social settings, demonstrating the importance of considering others and promoting social harmony in British culture.

    Conclusion

    Hosting etiquette in British culture centers on making guests feel welcome and comfortable. The prompt offering of beverages, thoughtful gift-giving practices, and the overall emphasis on anticipating guests’ needs exemplify the value placed on hospitality. These customs reflect a broader cultural commitment to mindfulness, respect, and thoughtfulness in social interactions.

    Punctuality as a Reflection of Respect in British Culture

    The sources portray punctuality as a fundamental aspect of British etiquette, deeply intertwined with the cultural value of respect. Arriving on time is not merely a matter of convenience but a demonstration of consideration for others’ time and effort.

    • Disrespectful Tardiness: The sources emphasize that being late, even by 10-15 minutes, is viewed as disrespectful in British culture. [1] Tardiness signals a disregard for the host’s efforts in planning and preparing for the event. [1] It suggests that the individual’s time is more valuable than the host’s, which contradicts the British emphasis on mutual respect.
    • Punctuality as Mindfulness: The sources connect punctuality to the broader concept of mindfulness, a core principle of British etiquette. [2] Mindfulness involves being aware of how your actions impact others, and arriving on time demonstrates this awareness by acknowledging the value of the host’s time and effort.
    • Punctuality in Other Social Contexts: While the sources focus on punctuality in the context of social gatherings, our previous conversations about British etiquette suggest that this value extends to various aspects of life. Punctuality is likely to be equally important in professional settings, public transportation, and other social interactions.
    • Historical Context: While not explicitly mentioned in the sources, the importance of punctuality in British culture may be rooted in the country’s history of industrialization and emphasis on efficiency. The precise timing required for industrial processes and transportation systems could have influenced social norms, emphasizing the value of time and punctuality. This information is not from the provided sources and you may want to independently verify it.

    In summary, punctuality in British culture is a significant social custom that reflects the core values of respect and mindfulness. It demonstrates consideration for others’ time and effort, contributing to smoother social interactions and reinforcing a sense of social harmony.

    Punctuality is Paramount in British Culture

    Here are three examples of British etiquette that are considered important in formal settings, based on the provided sources:

    Punctuality

    • The sources repeatedly emphasize that punctuality is paramount in British culture, particularly in formal settings. [1, 2] Arriving on time is seen as a sign of respect for the host and other guests, indicating that you value their time and effort. [2, 3]
    • Even a slight delay of 10 to 15 minutes is considered a social faux pas and can be perceived as disrespectful. [2] If you anticipate a delay, it is crucial to inform the host as soon as possible. [2]
    • The sources highlight that arriving too early is equally inconsiderate, as it can disrupt the host’s final preparations. [3] Therefore, aiming to arrive precisely at the designated time is essential.

    Polite Language and Conversation

    • British etiquette places great emphasis on using polite language in all social interactions, especially in formal settings. [4, 5] Regularly using phrases like “please,” “thank you,” and “sorry” is not merely a formality but a way of demonstrating respect and consideration for others. [4, 5]
    • In formal settings, Brits often use “may I” instead of “can I” as a subtle but significant way to show deference and respect for the other person’s authority. [4] This linguistic nuance reflects the importance of hierarchy and politeness in British culture.
    • In addition to polite language, the content and tone of conversations are crucial in formal settings. The sources advise against discussing personal matters like finances or relationships, as these topics can be perceived as intrusive. [6] Instead, focusing on neutral topics like the weather, current events, or cultural interests is considered more appropriate. [6, 7]

    Dining Etiquette

    • Formal dining occasions in Britain involve a specific set of etiquette rules that go beyond basic table manners. [8-10] While some of these rules might seem minor, they reflect the British emphasis on efficiency, elegance, and consideration for others at the table. [8, 9]
    • For instance, the sources emphasize the importance of keeping your fork in the same hand throughout the meal, a practice that contrasts with the American “zigzag” style. [8] This method is considered more efficient and minimizes unnecessary movement, creating a more seamless dining experience. [8, 9]
    • Another important dining etiquette rule is to cut and eat only one bite of food at a time. [10] This practice encourages a slower pace of eating, facilitates conversation, and reflects the British value of moderation. [10, 11]
    • Furthermore, knowing how to correctly place your silverware at the end of a meal signals to the host or server that you have finished. [12] This seemingly small detail ensures a smooth flow of service and demonstrates an awareness of dining customs.

    These examples demonstrate how British etiquette in formal settings goes beyond superficial rules. They reflect a deeply ingrained cultural emphasis on respect, mindfulness, and consideration for others, which shape interactions from dining to conversation to simple punctuality.

    Key Differences Between British and American Dining Etiquette

    The sources highlight several key distinctions between British and American dining etiquette, primarily focusing on the use of cutlery, pacing, and the overall atmosphere of the meal. These differences reveal a deeper cultural contrast: while American dining etiquette often prioritizes practicality and individual comfort, British dining etiquette emphasizes elegance, restraint, and creating a harmonious communal experience.

    Cutlery Usage: “Zigzag” vs. European Style

    One of the most notable differences lies in how cutlery is used. The sources describe the American style as a “zigzag” approach, where diners switch their fork to their dominant hand after cutting each bite. In contrast, British etiquette dictates that the fork remains in the left hand and the knife in the right throughout the meal. This “European style” is seen as more efficient, minimizing unnecessary movement and creating a more seamless dining experience. [1] Additionally, it reduces noise from clattering cutlery, contributing to a quieter and more refined atmosphere. [2]

    Eating Pace: One Bite at a Time

    British dining etiquette emphasizes cutting and consuming only one bite at a time. This practice contrasts with the American habit of pre-cutting multiple bites before eating. This single-bite approach serves multiple purposes: [3]

    • Slower Pace: It encourages a slower and more deliberate pace of eating, promoting digestion and reducing the risk of choking, especially for children. [4]
    • Conversation Focus: The slower pace facilitates conversation, allowing for more meaningful interaction among diners. This aligns with the British view of meals as social occasions for connection rather than simply consuming food. [3]
    • Elegance and Restraint: The single-bite method also reflects the British emphasis on elegance and restraint. Eating in small, measured bites is considered more refined and contributes to a sense of composure at the table. [4]

    Meal as a Social Occasion

    The sources suggest that British dining etiquette emphasizes the meal as a shared social experience, prioritizing conversation and connection. This is reflected in the slower pace of eating, the emphasis on polite conversation, and the general atmosphere of restraint and elegance. This contrasts with American dining culture, which may be more focused on individual preferences and the efficiency of consuming food. [3, 4]

    Additional Considerations

    While not extensively discussed in the sources, our previous conversations and general knowledge of cultural differences suggest other potential distinctions:

    • Table Manners: British dining etiquette likely places a stronger emphasis on traditional table manners, such as keeping elbows off the table, using napkins properly, and avoiding talking with one’s mouth full. This information is not explicitly stated in the sources and you may wish to independently verify it.
    • Formality Levels: The level of formality at a meal can influence dining etiquette in both cultures. However, British etiquette may tend towards greater formality, even in casual settings, compared to American norms. This information is not explicitly stated in the sources and you may wish to independently verify it.

    Conclusion

    The differences in dining etiquette between British and American culture reflect broader societal values and norms. By understanding these distinctions, individuals can navigate dining experiences in both cultures with greater awareness and sensitivity, demonstrating respect for different customs and enhancing cross-cultural understanding.

    Surprising Aspects of British Conversational Etiquette for Americans

    The sources describe several aspects of British conversational etiquette that might seem unusual or unexpected to Americans, often stemming from differing cultural norms and values surrounding politeness, personal space, and directness of communication.

    Apologizing as a Social Lubricant

    One striking difference is the British tendency to apologize frequently, even when no actual fault exists. Saying “sorry” serves as a conversational softener, smoothing over minor inconveniences and acknowledging potential disruptions in public spaces. This practice contrasts with American culture, where apologies are generally reserved for expressing regret or taking responsibility for a mistake. Americans encountering this British custom might initially perceive it as excessive or insincere, but it’s an important cultural nuance that contributes to a more polite and harmonious social atmosphere. [1]

    Avoiding Personal Topics in Small Talk

    Another potential surprise for Americans is the British approach to small talk. While both cultures engage in casual conversation, the topics considered appropriate differ significantly. British etiquette dictates keeping small talk light and impersonal, avoiding questions about personal matters such as marital status, income, or deeply held beliefs. Brits generally prefer to discuss neutral topics like the weather, recent events, or shared cultural interests. This reserved approach contrasts with the American tendency towards more open and personal conversation, even among casual acquaintances. Americans might find this British custom overly formal or distant, but it reflects a cultural emphasis on privacy and respect for personal boundaries. [2, 3]

    Restraint in Expressing Opinions and Emotions

    British conversational etiquette often emphasizes a certain level of restraint in expressing strong opinions or emotions. While Americans tend towards more direct and expressive communication, Brits may be more inclined to moderate their tone and avoid language that could be perceived as confrontational or overly assertive. This subtlety can be misinterpreted as a lack of interest or passion, but it stems from a cultural value placed on maintaining social harmony and avoiding potential conflict. This difference in communication style could lead to misunderstandings, with Americans perceiving British politeness as a lack of genuineness, while Brits might find American directness overly blunt or aggressive. [4-6]

    The Importance of Articulate Speech

    British culture places a high value on articulate and well-structured speech, even in casual conversations. The sources caution against overusing filler words like “like,” “um,” or “you know,” which can detract from the clarity and impact of communication. This emphasis on precise language reflects a broader cultural appreciation for eloquence and a belief that words should be chosen carefully. Americans, who may be more tolerant of filler words in everyday conversation, might perceive this British custom as overly formal or even pretentious. However, it reflects a deeply ingrained cultural value placed on thoughtful and effective communication. [4, 7]

    Nonverbal Communication and Personal Space

    While not strictly conversational, nonverbal communication plays a crucial role in British etiquette and can surprise Americans accustomed to more physical expressiveness. British culture values personal space and limits physical contact even among acquaintances. Hugs and other forms of physical affection are generally reserved for close friends and family. Americans, used to a more tactile culture, might find this British reserve standoffish or cold, but it’s simply a cultural norm that emphasizes respect for individual boundaries. [8-10]

    Queuing as a Conversational Context

    While not a direct aspect of conversational etiquette, the British custom of queuing offers a unique context for interactions that Americans might find surprising. Queuing is a deeply ingrained social practice in Britain, and it’s considered rude to cut in line or disrupt the order. While waiting in a queue, Brits often engage in polite conversation with those around them, even strangers. This can range from brief comments about the weather to more extended discussions about current events or shared interests. Americans, who might be more inclined to remain silent or use their phones while waiting, could find this British approach to queuing unexpectedly social. [10-12]

    Conclusion

    These examples of British conversational etiquette highlight the importance of cultural awareness and sensitivity when interacting with people from different backgrounds. What might seem surprising or even rude in one culture can be a perfectly normal and respectful custom in another. By understanding these differences, individuals can avoid misunderstandings, foster more meaningful connections, and navigate cross-cultural interactions with greater ease and confidence.

    A Deep Dive into British vs. American Dining Etiquette

    The sources primarily focus on cutlery usage and pacing as key distinctions between British and American dining etiquette. These differences highlight a broader cultural contrast: British dining etiquette prioritizes elegance, restraint, and a communal dining experience, while American dining etiquette often favors practicality and individual comfort.

    Cutlery: The “Zigzag” vs. European Style

    One prominent difference is how cutlery is used. The sources describe the American way as a “zigzag” style, where diners switch their fork to their dominant hand after cutting each bite. British etiquette, however, mandates that the fork stays in the left hand and the knife in the right throughout the meal [1]. This “European style” is viewed as more efficient, minimizing unnecessary movement for a more seamless dining experience [1]. It also lessens noise from clattering cutlery, promoting a quieter, more refined atmosphere [2].

    Bite-Sized Differences: One Bite at a Time

    Another point of divergence is the emphasis on cutting and consuming only a single bite at a time in British dining etiquette [3]. This contrasts with the American practice of pre-cutting multiple bites before eating. Cutting one bite at a time serves several purposes:

    • A Slower, More Mindful Pace: It encourages a slower, more deliberate eating pace, which aids digestion and reduces the risk of choking, particularly for children [4]. This slower pace also provides opportunities for conversation and connection during the meal [3].
    • Conversation Takes Center Stage: The unhurried pace facilitates conversation, allowing for more meaningful interactions among diners. This aligns with the British view of meals as social occasions for connection rather than mere sustenance [3].
    • Elegance and Restraint as Core Values: Eating in small, measured bites is considered more refined and contributes to a sense of composure at the table [4]. This aligns with the British emphasis on elegance and restraint, which extends beyond dining to encompass many social situations.

    More Than Just Food: The Meal as a Social Occasion

    British dining etiquette prioritizes the meal as a shared social experience, emphasizing conversation and connection [3]. This is evident in the slower pace of eating, the focus on polite conversation, and the overall atmosphere of restraint and elegance. This approach differs from American dining culture, which may prioritize individual preferences and efficiency in food consumption.

    The Importance of Placing Silverware Correctly

    British dining etiquette includes specific instructions for placing your silverware at the end of a meal. The proper way to signal that you have finished is to place the knife and fork parallel at the 6:30 position on the plate, with the knife on the right and the fork on the left [5]. This contrasts with the American custom of setting cutlery diagonally in the 10:20 position. While neither method is inherently wrong, following the host country’s convention shows cultural sensitivity and awareness [5]. This seemingly small detail is part of a larger emphasis on order and clarity in British culture, ensuring a smooth and harmonious dining experience [6].

    Additional Considerations from Previous Conversation and General Knowledge

    While not extensively covered in the sources, our previous conversation and general cultural awareness point to other potential differences. It is important to note that this information is not explicitly stated in the sources and you may wish to independently verify it:

    • Table Manners: British dining etiquette likely places a greater emphasis on traditional table manners, such as keeping elbows off the table, proper napkin usage, and refraining from talking with one’s mouth full.
    • Formality: While formality levels impact dining etiquette in both cultures, British etiquette may tend towards greater formality, even in casual settings, compared to American norms.

    Conclusion

    The differences in dining etiquette between British and American culture reveal broader societal values and norms. Understanding these distinctions allows individuals to navigate dining experiences in both cultures with greater awareness and sensitivity. Demonstrating respect for different customs enhances cross-cultural understanding and fosters more enjoyable shared experiences.

    The Importance of Queuing in British Culture

    The sources and our conversation history highlight the significance of queuing in British culture, emphasizing its role as a social practice that reflects core British values.

    Queuing as a Symbol of Fairness and Order

    The sources portray queuing as a deeply ingrained social custom in Britain, where orderly lines are taken very seriously. Jumping the line, even unintentionally, is considered a significant breach of etiquette. This strict adherence to queuing reflects the British cultural emphasis on fairness and order. It ensures that everyone waiting for a service or opportunity is treated equally and that access is granted based on arrival time, not social status or assertiveness. [1, 2]

    The Ritual of Queuing: Reinforcing Social Harmony

    Queuing in Britain is more than just a practical way to manage crowds; it’s a ritual that reinforces social harmony. Standing in line patiently, even when faced with delays or inconveniences, demonstrates respect for the social order and a willingness to cooperate with others for the common good. This shared experience of waiting one’s turn fosters a sense of community and reinforces the idea that everyone is subject to the same rules and expectations. [2]

    Queuing as a Conversational Context

    Our previous conversation explored how queuing can create unique opportunities for social interaction. While waiting in line, Brits often engage in polite conversation with those around them, even strangers. This can range from brief comments about the weather to more extended discussions about current events or shared interests. This willingness to engage in casual conversation with fellow queuers further underscores the social aspect of queuing in British culture. It transforms a potentially tedious wait into an opportunity for connection and reinforces the sense of community that queuing fosters.

    Contrasting with American Norms

    The sources suggest that the British emphasis on queuing might contrast with American norms, where people might be more inclined to remain silent or use their phones while waiting. This difference highlights the cultural variations in how public spaces are perceived and navigated. In British culture, queuing is seen as an integral part of the social fabric, an opportunity to demonstrate good manners and contribute to a harmonious public sphere.

    It is important to note that these observations about American norms are not explicitly stated in the sources and you may wish to independently verify them.

    Conclusion

    The significance of queuing in British culture extends beyond its practical function. It embodies core British values of fairness, order, and social harmony. By adhering to this seemingly simple custom, individuals demonstrate their respect for these values and contribute to a more cohesive and well-functioning society.

    Bibliography

    1. Fox, Kate. Watching the English: The Hidden Rules of English Behaviour. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 2014.
      This book provides an insightful and humorous look into the behaviors, customs, and unwritten social rules that govern British life, including the importance of queuing, politeness, and small talk.
    2. Martin, Judith. Miss Manners’ Guide to Excruciatingly Correct Behavior (Freshly Updated). New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 2011.
      An etiquette guide by the renowned “Miss Manners,” which discusses polite behavior across cultures, including British customs, and offers advice on adapting to different social norms.
    3. Morris, Desmond. Manwatching: A Field Guide to Human Behavior. London: Jonathan Cape, 1977.
      This book examines human behavior through a cultural lens, discussing personal space, body language, and social etiquette across various cultures, including Britain.
    4. Scruton, Roger. Modern Manners: An Etiquette Book for Rude People. London: Bloomsbury, 1996.
      Scruton reflects on the importance of etiquette in modern society, highlighting how small gestures of politeness—such as proper dress and public behavior—are integral to social harmony.
    5. Windsor, Laura. Modern British Manners. London: Frances Lincoln, 2012.
      This work provides a contemporary guide to British manners, covering everything from dining etiquette to social behavior in public, with practical tips for those new to British customs.
    6. Debrett’s. Debrett’s Handbook: The Guide to British Style, Etiquette, and Excellence. London: Debrett’s Ltd, 2017.
      A comprehensive guide on British etiquette, covering both formal and informal aspects of social life. Known as the ultimate authority on British manners, it includes advice on hospitality, conversation, and dress codes.
    7. Schweitzer, Sharon. Access to Asia: Your Multicultural Guide to Building Trust, Inspiring Respect, and Creating Long-Lasting Business Relationships. Hoboken: Wiley, 2015.
      Although focused on Asian cultures, this book offers insights into cross-cultural etiquette, emphasizing how understanding and respecting different social customs—like those in Britain—can foster stronger relationships.

    This bibliography covers both modern and classic perspectives on etiquette, behavior, and cultural norms, offering readers in-depth resources to understand and adopt British social practices.

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog

  • Microsoft Word: A Comprehensive Guide

    Microsoft Word: A Comprehensive Guide

    This text is from a Word 2021 training course. It covers essential functions like navigating documents and using different viewing modes. The course also explains text manipulation techniques, including formatting, organizing, and selecting. Furthermore, it explores paragraph formatting options, such as indents and lists, and highlights ways to improve efficiency using keyboard shortcuts and the quick access toolbar. Finally, the material includes exercises designed to help users practice and master these skills.

    01
    Luxury Gold Plated Elegant Textured Alloy Design with Irregular Pearl Earrings For Women,3D & Movable,Nice Gift Box Included,14k Gold Plated Melting Rock Alloy Stainless steel Stud Earrings for Women

    Microsoft Word 2021 Study Guide

    Quiz

    Answer each question in 2-3 sentences.

    1. What is the primary difference between Microsoft Word 2021 (standalone) and Word as part of a Microsoft 365 subscription?
    2. Where can you typically find the files used by the instructor during the Word 2021 tutorials?
    3. Explain how to pin Word 2021 to the taskbar in Windows.
    4. Where can you create blank documents and open existing documents?
    5. What is the function of the search bar located in the title bar of Word 2021?
    6. How can you hide or show the ribbon in Word 2021?
    7. How do you display rulers within a Word 2021 document and change the units of measurement?
    8. Describe how Word 2021 flags spelling and grammar errors as you type.
    9. How can you find keyboard shortcuts in Word 2021, and how do you use the Alt key to access commands?
    10. How can you access the Help files in Word 2021?

    Quiz Answer Key

    1. Word 2021 is a one-time purchase where you own the software, while Word for Microsoft 365 is a subscription-based service where you rent the software monthly. With Microsoft 365, you get ongoing updates and features, often including access to mobile apps and the ability to share the subscription with multiple users.
    2. The files used by the instructor are usually found under the course resources tab associated with the tutorial. There are typically two links available: one for exercise files and another for instructor demo files.
    3. To pin Word 2021 to the taskbar, open the Start menu, find Word in the list of applications, right-click on the Word icon, and select “Pin to taskbar.” This will create a shortcut on the taskbar for easy access.
    4. You can create blank documents and open existing documents by clicking the “File” tab and then selecting “New” for blank documents or “Open” to access existing ones. The “New” page also allows you to access document templates.
    5. The search bar in the title bar of Word 2021 allows you to find specific commands within the program. It also provides access to help files and more information about each command.
    6. You can hide or show the ribbon by clicking on the ribbon display options button located in the top right corner of the Word window. You can choose to auto-hide the ribbon, show only tabs, or show tabs and commands.
    7. To display rulers, go to the “View” tab and check the “Ruler” box in the “Show” group. To change the units of measurement, go to “File” > “Options” > “Advanced” and find the “Display” section, where you can select the desired units.
    8. Word 2021 automatically flags spelling mistakes with a red squiggly underline and grammatical errors with a blue double underline as you type. You can right-click on these underlined words or phrases to see suggested corrections.
    9. Keyboard shortcuts are displayed in screen tips when you hover your mouse over a command on the ribbon. Pressing the Alt key displays letters and numbers over the commands, which can then be pressed to navigate and execute those commands via the keyboard.
    10. You can access the Help files by clicking the “Help” tab on the ribbon or by pressing the F1 key. This opens a pane on the right side of the screen where you can search for help topics or browse categorized help articles.

    Essay Questions

    1. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of using Microsoft Word 2021 as a standalone product versus subscribing to Microsoft 365, considering factors such as cost, updates, and collaborative features.
    2. Explain the importance of understanding the Word 2021 interface (title bar, ribbons, status bar) for efficient document creation and editing, and describe how customization options can improve workflow.
    3. Discuss the benefits of using templates in Word 2021 for creating professional documents, and explain the process of customizing and saving templates for reuse.
    4. Analyze the impact of accessibility features like Immersive Reader and Dark Mode in Word 2021 on document usability for individuals with different needs and preferences.
    5. Describe how to effectively use Find and Replace, tab stops, indents, and other formatting tools in Word 2021 to create well-structured and visually appealing documents.

    Glossary of Key Terms

    • Ribbon: The command bar located at the top of the Word window, containing tabs and groups of commands for various functions.
    • Template: A pre-designed document format that can be customized with your own content.
    • Quick Access Toolbar: A customizable toolbar located above or below the ribbon for quick access to frequently used commands.
    • ScreenTip: A small pop-up box that appears when you hover the cursor over a command, providing a description of the command and any associated keyboard shortcuts.
    • Contextual Ribbon: A ribbon that appears when a specific object is selected, providing relevant commands for that object.
    • Status Bar: The bar at the bottom of the Word window, displaying information such as page number, word count, and language.
    • Ruler: A horizontal and vertical guide used for aligning and measuring elements in a document.
    • Non-Printing Characters: Hidden formatting symbols (like paragraph marks, spaces, and tabs) that can be displayed to aid in document formatting.
    • Tab Stop: A specific point on the horizontal ruler that you can set to control the alignment of text when you press the Tab key.
    • Indent: The distance a paragraph is shifted to the right or left of the margin.
    • Immersive Reader: A tool in Word designed to improve reading accessibility by adjusting text spacing, column width, and providing read-aloud functionality.
    • Dark Mode: A display setting that inverts the color scheme, using dark backgrounds with light text to reduce eye strain in low-light environments.
    • WYSIWYG: Short for “What You See Is What You Get,” a principle of formatting that displays a document exactly as it will appear when printed.
    • Boilerplate Text: Standardized text that can be reused in multiple documents without modification.
    • Clipboard: A temporary storage area for items copied or cut from a document, allowing them to be pasted elsewhere.
    • File Extension: A suffix at the end of a file name (e.g., “.docx”) that indicates the file type.
    • Paragraph Spacing: The amount of vertical space between paragraphs.
    • Line Spacing: The amount of vertical space between lines within a paragraph.
    • Word Styles: Predefined sets of formatting attributes that can be applied to text for consistent formatting throughout a document.

    Microsoft Word 2021 Tutorial: A Comprehensive Guide

    Okay, here’s a detailed briefing document summarizing the key themes and ideas from the provided transcript:

    Briefing Document: Microsoft Word 2021 Tutorial

    Overview: This transcript is from a tutorial course on Microsoft Word 2021, led by Deborah Ashby, an experienced IT trainer. The course aims to guide users through the features and functionalities of Word 2021, focusing on practical exercises and real-world applications. The content covers everything from basic setup and interface navigation to more advanced formatting techniques. It also highlights new features specific to Word 2021.

    Main Themes and Important Ideas:

    1. Word 2021 vs. Microsoft 365: The course emphasizes that Word 2021 is a standalone version for users who prefer a one-time purchase over a Microsoft 365 subscription. Deborah highlights the key difference: “Word 2021 is the latest standalone release from microsoft and it’s really designed for people who still want to use word and have all of the latest functionality but don’t necessarily want to commit to a microsoft 365 subscription” The tutorial encourages viewers to check Microsoft’s website for a comparison between the two options.
    2. Getting Started and Setup: The initial exercises focus on ensuring users have a working, legitimate copy of Word 2021 downloaded and installed, along with the course exercise files. Deborah provides guidance on how to locate and launch Word within Windows 10 or 11. “The first exercise of this course is a very simple and straightforward one I’d like you to ensure that you have a working copy of word 2021 downloaded and installed onto your pc and I’d also like you to make sure that you’ve got the course and the exercise files downloaded and stored somewhere that’s easily accessible”
    3. Interface Familiarization: A significant portion of the tutorial is dedicated to familiarizing users with the Word 2021 interface. This includes the title bar, ribbons, status bar, and the “File” tab (backstage view). “That is the word interface make sure you’re familiar with it and comfortable as we move forward through this section” The tutorial explains the purpose and function of each element, such as the ribbon display options and the quick access toolbar.
    4. Navigation and Document Management: The course covers essential document management skills, such as creating new documents (blank or from templates), opening existing documents, saving, and closing files. Deborah explains different ways of opening documents, both from within Word and from external locations (File Explorer, OneDrive). “We’re pretty clear on the basics of creating a brand new document opening existing documents and also doing things like save and close let’s now talk about templates because templates are a great thing to use if you want to create a document quickly and you don’t want to start from a blank”
    5. Templates: The use of templates is promoted as an efficient way to create various documents, such as resumes or flyers. The tutorial demonstrates how to search for templates, customize them, and save modified templates for reuse.
    6. Navigation Pane: The tutorial introduces the Navigation Pane as a tool for navigating documents by headings, pages, or search results. “I’m not going to go too far off down this road in this particular lesson because then we kind of move into the arena of using find within word and we have a whole other lesson dedicated to that but just know that from here you can navigate your document using any headings by going to any of the pages or by searching for specific terms”
    7. Finding Tools (Search Bar): Deborah emphasizes using the search bar (activated with Alt+Q) to quickly locate commands within Word if users are unsure where they reside on the ribbon. “Add commands that you use frequently to the quick access toolbar for anything else if you’re not sure where that command lives remember to press alt q to jump to the search bar and then simply search for it”
    8. Views: The course explores different document views (Print Layout, Read Mode, Web Layout, Outline, Draft) and their specific purposes. “Web layout is going to show me how my document would look as a web page”
    9. Focus Mode and Immersive Reader: New features in Word 2021, such as Focus mode (for distraction-free writing) and Immersive Reader (for improved accessibility), are highlighted. Deborah explains how to customize these features, like changing background color or adjusting text spacing. “If you do have any kind of visual impairment you can turn on read aloud and word will read the document back to you”
    10. Dark Mode: The tutorial also touches on the dark mode feature in Word 2021, and how to customize the ribbon to easily switch in and out of it.
    11. Text Formatting: A significant portion is devoted to text formatting techniques, including font selection, size adjustment, case changes, bolding, italicizing, underlining, applying strikethrough, subscripts, superscripts and highlighting. “Another point to note here is that you can modify the case that you’re using”
    12. Format Painter: Format Painter for efficiently copying formatting from one piece of text to another, including the double-click method for applying formatting multiple times.
    13. Paste Options: The tutorial emphasizes the importance of using paste options when copying text from external sources (like websites) to control how the formatting is handled.
    14. Find and Replace: It covers how to use the Find and Replace utilities (Ctrl+F and Ctrl+H) to locate and modify specific words, phrases, or formatting within a document. The use of wildcards is also explained. “If i wanted to use a wild card maybe i want to look for everything that starts with the word united if i put an asterisk after it that’s our wild card character and hit enter it’s going to find united united states united kingdom united arab emirates it’s basically going to find everything that starts with united”
    15. Paragraph Formatting: The course details paragraph formatting options, including alignment (left, center, right, justify), line spacing, paragraph spacing, and indentation.
    16. Non-Printing Characters: It highlights the usefulness of displaying non-printing characters (paragraph marks, spaces, tabs) for troubleshooting formatting issues. “Those paragraph markers are a lot more important than simply just to mark where the end of a paragraph is the paragraph marker actually contains all of the formatting information for that line of text”
    17. Bulleted and Numbered Lists: The creation and customization of bulleted and numbered lists are explained, including multi-level lists and the use of custom bullet symbols (pictures).
    18. Tab Stops: The tutorial covers the use of tab stops for aligning text in columns, including different tab types (left, center, right, decimal, bar) and the concept of leaders.

    Target Audience:

    The course is suitable for both novice and experienced Word users, particularly those who are new to Word 2021 or who are transitioning from older versions.

    Overall Tone:

    The tone is friendly, encouraging, and practical, with Deborah providing clear instructions and helpful tips throughout the tutorial.

    Microsoft Word 2021: Features and Functionality

    Microsoft Word 2021 FAQ

    • What is Microsoft Word 2021, and who is it designed for?
    • Microsoft Word 2021 is the latest standalone version of Word from Microsoft. It is designed for users who want to use Word with the latest features but do not want a Microsoft 365 subscription. It is a one-time purchase, allowing you to own the software rather than rent it monthly.
    • How does Word 2021 differ from Word for Microsoft 365?
    • Word for Microsoft 365 is a subscription-based service, where you pay a monthly fee (typically between $5 and $8). It includes ongoing updates and features, allowing access on multiple devices (desktop, web, mobile) and often includes collaboration features where multiple people can share one account. Word 2021 is a one-time purchase for a specific version of the software, with no ongoing feature updates.
    • Where can I find training and exercise files for Word 2021?
    • Training and exercise files for Word 2021 are often available with training courses, which might be located under a “course resources” tab.
    • What are ribbons in Word 2021, and how can I customize them?
    • Ribbons are located under the title bar and house commands categorized into different tabs and groups (e.g., Home tab with Clipboard, Font, and Paragraph groups). You can customize the ribbon display options by clicking the “Ribbon Display Options” button in the top right corner, allowing you to show tabs and commands, show tabs only, or auto-hide the ribbon. You can add frequently used commands to the Quick Access Toolbar (QAT) for easier access. You can also customize which ribbons are visible by going to File > Options > Customize Ribbon.
    • How do I turn on and customize the ruler in Word 2021?
    • To turn on the ruler, go to the “View” tab and check the “Ruler” box in the “Show” group. To change the measurement units (inches, centimeters, etc.), go to “File” > “Options” > “Advanced,” scroll to the “Display” section, and select your preferred units in the “Show measurements in units of” dropdown.
    • How can I effectively use “Find and Replace” in Word 2021?
    • Access “Find” using Ctrl+F or “Replace” using Ctrl+H (or find both under the Editing group in the Home tab). “Find” opens the Navigation Pane, while “Replace” opens a dialog box. You can search for specific text, match case, find whole words only, use wildcard characters (like asterisk), or find text based on formatting (font, bold, etc.). The Replace function allows you to replace found instances with new text or specific formatting. Remember to start the search from the beginning of the document.
    • How can I create and customize bulleted or numbered lists in Word 2021?
    • Select the list items, then go to the “Home” tab, “Paragraph” group, and click either the “Bullets” or “Numbering” dropdown. Customize bullet styles using the “Bullet Library,” define new bullets (using symbols or pictures), and create multi-level lists. The Tab key indents items to a lower level, while Shift+Tab unindents.
    • What is the “Immersive Reader” in Word 2021, and what are its features?
    • The Immersive Reader is a new feature in Word 2021 that helps improve focus and accessibility. It offers features like column width adjustment (narrow, moderate, wide), page color modification, line focus (one, three, or no lines highlighted), text spacing adjustments, syllable display, and a “Read Aloud” feature that highlights and reads the text. You access it via the “View” tab, in the immersive group and exit it using the close button.

    Word 2021: Text Formatting Comprehensive Guide

    Text formatting in Word 2021 encompasses a wide range of options, from basic font adjustments to advanced character spacing and styling.

    Basic Formatting Options:

    • Font selection The default font in Word is Calibri, but it can be changed for the entire document or selected portions. A live preview helps to visualize the font before application.
    • Font size, bold, italics, and underline These can be applied via the font group on the Home tab or the mini toolbar that appears upon text selection. Underlines can be customized with different styles and colors.
    • Strikethrough: Applies a line through the selected text.
    • Subscript and superscript: Useful for chemical formulas or mathematical equations.
    • Text effects and highlighting: Enhancements such as shadows, reflections, and glows can be added. Highlighting emphasizes text, with various colors available.
    • Font color: The color of text can be modified using theme colors or standard colors, with more options available.
    • Clear Formatting: Removes all applied formatting, reverting to the default font (Calibri).

    Selection Techniques:

    • Selecting all text: Use Ctrl+A or the Select All command in the Editing group on the Home tab.
    • Selecting lines or paragraphs: Click in the left margin or drag the mouse.
    • Selecting non-contiguous paragraphs: Select the first paragraph, hold Ctrl, and select additional paragraphs.
    • Selecting individual words: Double-click the word.

    Advanced Formatting Options:

    • Access advanced font settings by clicking the diagonal arrow in the Font group or using the Ctrl+D shortcut. This opens a dialog box with additional options.
    • Character spacing: Adjust the spacing between characters using the Advanced tab in the Font dialog box. Options include expanded or condensed spacing.
    • Text Effects: The text effects button in the advanced options allows you to apply a text fill, a text outline, and other effects as well.

    Mini Toolbar:

    • A floating toolbar appears when text is selected, providing quick access to common formatting commands.
    • The mini toolbar can be disabled in Word options under the General tab.

    Styles:

    • Styles are pre-designed formatting sets that can be applied to text. They ensure consistency and can be customized.
    • The Styles gallery is located on the Home tab.

    Copying and Pasting Text:

    • Cut, copy, and paste: Standard commands with keyboard shortcuts (Ctrl+X, Ctrl+C, Ctrl+V).
    • Clipboard: The clipboard stores cut or copied text and can be accessed from the Home tab.
    • Format Painter: Copies formatting from one piece of text to another. Single-click applies formatting once; double-click allows multiple applications.
    • Paste Options: When pasting text from external sources, choose how to handle formatting. Options include keeping source formatting, merging formatting, or keeping text only.

    Find and Replace:

    • Find: Locates specific text or formatting. Advanced Find allows searching for specific formatting.
    • Replace: Replaces text or formatting. Use wildcards for more flexible searches.

    Word 2021: Paragraph Alignment Guide

    Paragraph alignment is a key aspect of formatting documents in Word 2021, influencing the visual structure and readability of the text. A paragraph in Word is defined as any text followed by a press of the Enter key.

    Word provides several alignment options, each serving a distinct purpose:

    • Left Alignment: The default setting, aligning text to the left margin with a ragged right edge.
    • Center Alignment: Positions text in the center of the page.
    • Right Alignment: Aligns text to the right margin, creating a ragged left edge.
    • Justify: Distributes text evenly between both margins, creating straight lines on both the left and right sides. Word achieves this by adjusting the character spacing within the paragraph. Newspapers often use this alignment.

    These alignment options are found on the Home tab, in the Paragraph group. Each alignment type also has a corresponding keyboard shortcut:

    • Left Alignment: Ctrl + L
    • Center Alignment: Ctrl + E
    • Right Alignment: Ctrl + R
    • Justify: Ctrl + J

    To change the alignment of a paragraph, it is sufficient to click anywhere within the paragraph and select the desired alignment option. It is not necessary to select the entire paragraph.

    Creating and Customizing Lists in Word

    Bulleted and numbered lists are used to make documents easier to read and highlight specific items.

    Creating Lists

    • Bulleted lists can be created by selecting the list items and clicking the “bullets” button in the paragraph group on the Home tab. Clicking the drop-down arrow next to the button will give you access to the bullet library, where you can select different bullet styles.
    • Numbered lists are created similarly, using the numbering button in the same paragraph group. You can select different numbering styles from the numbering library.
    • To remove bullets or numbering, select the list and choose ‘None’ from the respective library.

    Customization

    • Once a list is created, Word recognizes it as such, and changes to the bullet or numbering style will apply to the entire list.
    • You can create different levels within a list by using the tab key to indent. Shift + Tab will indent back out again.
    • It is possible to define a new bullet by using a picture or a symbol. To do so, select “Define New Bullet” and browse for a picture or select a symbol.

    Multilevel Lists

    • Word has a button for creating a multi-level list. This allows you to customize what the different levels look like. When you press the tab key, the next item will be 1.1, and if you press tab again, the next item will be 1.1.1.

    Word 2021: Indents and Tab Stops

    Indents and tab stops are important for structuring documents in Word 2021. Indents are used to move entire paragraphs, or the first line of a paragraph, further from the margin. Tab stops are custom positions along a line of text, useful for creating columns and aligning text.

    Indents

    • Basic indentation: Located on the home tab, the “Increase Indent” button will move a paragraph farther away from the margin. The “Decrease Indent” button will move the paragraph closer to the margin.
    • Advanced indentation: Opens the advanced paragraph options to allow granular control of indentation.
    • You can set the indentation by specifying a measurement.
    • First line indent will indent the first line of the paragraph and leave the rest at the margin.
    • Hanging indent will leave the first line of the paragraph at the margin, and indent every other line.
    • Ruler: Indents can also be adjusted using the ruler. The tab stops on the ruler indicate the indent settings.

    Tab Stops

    • Purpose: Tab stops are used to align text in columns.
    • Types of Tabs: In the top left corner of the screen, a symbol is visible that represents different types of tabs. Clicking the symbol will cycle through the different style options. The different types are:
    • Left tab
    • Center tab
    • Right tab
    • Decimal tab
    • Bar tab
    • First line indent
    • Hanging indent
    • Usage: After selecting the desired tab type, click on the ruler to insert the tab stop. Pressing the tab key will move the cursor to that tab stop.
    • Tab stop customization: Double-clicking a tab stop opens the “Tabs” dialog box, which shows tab stop positions for the current line, and allows you to make changes. You can also set new tab stops, clear existing ones, and add leaders.
    • Leaders: Dotted lines that fill the space preceding the tab stop.

    Word 2021: Document Views and Reading Options

    Document views in Word 2021 allow you to see your document in different ways, each suited for a particular purpose. You can typically find these options on the View tab.

    Available Views:

    • Print Layout: This is the default view, and is used 99% of the time. It shows you how the document will look when printed, including margins, headers, and footers.
    • Read Mode: This view is designed for reading, as opposed to writing. It presents the document like a book, with minimized ribbons to maximize screen space. You can navigate the document by clicking arrows on either side.
    • In Read Mode, you can use tools designed for reading. For example, you can search for specific text, translate selected text, and bring up the navigation pane.
    • In the View dropdown, you can customize the column width, change the page color, and choose between column and paper layout.
    • Web Layout: This view displays how the document would appear as a webpage. It is useful if you intend to upload the document to a web server.
    • Outline: This view shows the document in an outline form, with content displayed as bulleted points. It is useful for creating headings and reorganizing paragraphs. The Outline view has its own contextual ribbon that allows you to organize your document.
    • Draft: This view displays only the text of the document, which makes editing easier. Headers, footers, and certain objects are not visible in this view.

    Additional Viewing Options:

    • Focus: This mode eliminates distractions, allowing you to focus on the content. It minimizes all distractions so you only see your document.
    • In Focus mode, you can change the background color.
    • Immersive Reader: This mode is designed to improve reading skills and is helpful for those with visual impairments. It allows you to adjust text spacing, column width, and page color.
    • The Immersive Reader also has a Read Aloud option that reads the document aloud and highlights each word as it is read. It can turn on syllables, which adds tiny little dots within words whenever there are multiple syllables.

    Dark Mode:

    • Dark mode helps you view your document if you struggle to see black text on a white background. It changes the background of the document to black with white text but does not affect the overall theme of the application.
    • To use dark mode, you may need to add the “switch modes” command to the ribbon. This can be done by going to File > Options > Customize Ribbon and adding the command to a custom group on the View tab.

    You can also switch between different views by using the buttons in the status bar in the bottom right-hand corner.

    Microsoft Word for Beginners: 4-Hour Training Course in Word 2021/365
    MS Word Full Course in Hindi | Microsoft Word Tutorial for Beginners | #mswordcourse #mswordtutorial
    MS Word Basic to Advanced Full Course for FREE with Certificate | Hindi

    The Original Text

    [Music] simon says subscribe and click on the bell icon to receive notifications we’ve made the files the instructor uses in this tutorial available for free just click the link below in the video details to get these hello everyone and welcome to this course on microsoft word 2021 my name is deborah ashby and i’m a microsoft i.t trainer with over 25 years of experience not only using but also training all the different versions of word and i am super excited to be your host for this course now word 2021 is the latest standalone release from microsoft and it’s really designed for people who still want to use word and have all of the latest functionality but don’t necessarily want to commit to a microsoft 365 subscription now it might be that you’re coming to this course after having used a slightly older version of word or maybe a much older version of word if that is the case then i would definitely recommend jumping onto the microsoft website and having a quick look at the what’s new in word 2021 page you’re going to find so much information here which is going to take you through some of the main differences the main changes since the last version of word and fear not we will be going through a lot of these as we work through this course now if you’re still a little bit unsure as to what the difference is between word 2021 standalone and word for microsoft 365 then i would highly recommend you check out this webpage just here this basically goes through a comparison of office 2021 versus microsoft 365 and can really point you towards the main differences and the pros and cons of each so if we take a look down this web page you can see some of the differences between microsoft 365 and office 2021 if you want to use word for microsoft 365 you’re going to need to pay for a monthly subscription and that generally tends to be somewhere between five and eight dollars and whilst this is a low-cost fee each month it is a monthly commitment and what you essentially do is you rent the software from microsoft as opposed to actually owning the software yourself some of the advantages for word for microsoft 365 are that six people can share one account and you can access your applications on the go via the mobile app so on and so forth it also means that any upgrades that are made to word by microsoft are automatically deployed to your pc so you don’t have to keep buying the latest version of word now whilst that suits a lot of people it doesn’t suit everybody and you’ll find that a lot of larger companies it’s not so easy for them to just switch everybody across to a microsoft 365 subscription so if you’re somebody who prefers to buy a license for word 2021 own that copy and just make one payment and not sign up for a monthly commitment then the standalone version of word is going to be the best choice for you you’re still going to get things like all of the security updates but you’re only making one payment and remember that one payment is going to be higher than the monthly charge for word for microsoft 365 but you only make that payment once and it’s definitely worth shopping around different websites because you can get some really good deals if you do want to buy the standalone version of what so this training course is designed for users of word 2021 now there is a lot of crossover between word 2021 and word for microsoft 365. so if you have maybe been using the word 365 version and you’re coming across to word 2021 then it’s going to be a pretty seamless transition this is the latest version with all of the new stuff in it so with all that said let’s take a look at what we’re going to run through throughout the balance of this course so we’re going to start out with a brief introduction that is pretty much what we’re doing now and we’re then going to move on to running through some of the basics so this course is designed for people who have little to no knowledge of word even if you do have a bit more knowledge of word it’s definitely worth running through those basics to make sure that we’re all starting from the same base so we’re going to take a look at things like how to open how to close how to save documents in word i’m going to show you where you can go to get help and run through some of the keyboard shortcuts that you can access once we’ve been through those basics we’re going to move on to working with documents so this is where we’ll take a look at how to create documents based off of templates how we can find the tools that we need to truly work with our documents next we’re going to move on to talking about viewing documents i’m going to show you how you can switch between different document views and use some of the newer features in word 2021 like the immersive reader and also dark mode in the next section we’re going to start inputting text into a document we’re going to run through some of the basic and more advanced formatting options that we have i’m going to show you things like cut copy paste paste special and how you can make selections and also align different things within your document we’ll then move on to working with paragraphs and this is really where we’re going to talk about indenting changing the layout and working with tab stops we’ll then talk about themes in our document and i’ll show you all the different ways that you can change the look and feel of your document such as changing the colors that you’re using the font and also the effects the next section is a really important section and that is word styles we’re going to walk through what exactly word styles are and why they’re useful and i’ll show you how you can quickly apply styles throughout your document to organize it and also make it a lot easier for you to do things like create a table of contents we’ll then move on to talking about pictures tables and objects i’ll show you how you can liven up your document a little bit by adding in images icons 3d models characters things like that and also how you can organize data using tables we’ll then also take a look at some other types of objects that you can insert such as smartart diagrams charts and screenshots next we’ll take a look at formatting our pages we’ll dive into the page setup options such as how to change the margins the orientation the paper size and set up things like headers and footers in the references section we’ll walk through how you can create things like a table of contents or maybe even an index at the end of your document i’ll show you how cross references work citations and how we can create bibliographies tables of figures and also tables of authority in the next section we’ll run through a classic in microsoft word and that is mail merge i’ll show you how to use the step-by-step mail merge wizard to quickly create multiple letters and we’ll also take a look at how we can generate envelopes and labels as well next we’ll move on to talking about spelling and grammar in a little bit more detail i’ll run through some of the settings that we need to change in order to get that to work correctly and we’ll also take a look at how we can create our own auto text entries next we’ll move on to talking about track changes and comments i’ll walk you through exactly what track changes are and how they can be useful when multiple people are making changes to a document i’m also going to show you how you can compare two documents together and how you can add comments to your document and then the final working section of this course is finalizing a document for this we’ll run through how you can send your document to print how you can change all of your printer options i’ll also show you different ways that you can share your documents with other people and also co-author documents in word 2021 again that is a brand new feature now we are going to cover a lot more than the things that i’ve mentioned there throughout this course i’ll be throwing in little tips and tricks that i like to use as well as referencing keyboard shortcuts wherever possible throughout this course i’ll be using different course files to work through the examples so if you want to follow along with me then you’re going to find all of the course files that i use available to download from the course files folder and for each lesson there is a starting course file and a completed course file so when you start the video open up the starting file and if for some reason you get lost or you just want to skip to the next lesson there’s also a completed version of the course file as well so you should be able to pick up this course at any given point using the course files so make sure that you have those downloaded from the website before we begin you’ll also find at the end of each section an exercise file and this is going to help you practice some of the skills that you’ve learned throughout that section and you’ll find all of the exercise files in the exercise files folder so once again make sure you have those downloaded if you’d like to work along with me so with all that said it’s time to dive into word 2021 once again my name is deb and i hope you enjoyed this course the first exercise of this course is a very simple and straightforward one i’d like you to ensure that you have a working copy of word 2021 downloaded and installed onto your pc and i’d also like you to make sure that you’ve got the course and the exercise files downloaded and stored somewhere that’s easily accessible once you’ve done both of those two things then you’re pretty much ready to start the course now if you’d like to see my answer to this exercise then please keep watching the first thing i asked you to do for this exercise was make sure that you have a copy of word 2021 downloaded and installed and there are numerous different websites you can go to in order to download a copy of word 2021 just wherever you go to do this make sure that it is a legitimate copy once you’ve downloaded it and install it onto your pc depending on which operating system you’re using and i’m currently using windows 11 but it is very similar on windows 10 go down to your taskbar open up the start menu and you should be able to see word in your list of applications if you can’t see it there immediately then you’ll need to search for it simply by typing in word and you can launch it from there if you’d like to go a stage further and pin it to your taskbar then you can simply right click and choose pin to taskbar mine says unpin because i already have it pinned down there so that makes word super simple for you to access every time you want to open it once you’ve got a copy of word installed the next thing to do is download the course and exercise files that you’re going to need to run through each lesson with me now you’ll find the course files for this course underneath the course resources tab and you should find two links just here one for the exercise files and one for the instructor demo files now this example is for word 2019 but if you’ve bought the 2021 course you’ll see the exercise and demo files for that version listed just there that is pretty much it once you’ve done both of those things then you are ready to start the course for the next section you’ll want to download the course exercise files click the link below in the video description to get these you can also scroll through the details to find timestamps for each section in this course if you’re enjoying this training please leave us a comment so let’s start out in word 2021 by firing up the application and having a little explore of the interface now when you first open up word 2021 it’s going to take you directly to what we call the start screen and you only really ever see this screen in this format this layout when you first open word and it’s a very simple screen to navigate around on the left hand side we have a very small menu the three main buttons we’re interested in here are home new and open so if we start out with the home page which is what we’re looking at now this is where you can come to create a new blank document you can see i’ve got that highlighted at the top here or i can select a template to create a document from and there are hundreds of templates in word that you can use which really takes all of the hard work and the stress out of creating certain types of documents i’m going to talk a lot more about templates later on but just know that you can access them from here and if you want to see the full list we have a more templates link all the way over on the right hand side we’re just going to open up our template gallery and allow us to search for specific templates but as i said more about that a bit later on let’s jump back to home and take a look at what we have in the lower half of this screen well this is where you’re going to find all of the documents that you’ve recently accessed and the number of documents that you see in this list very much depends on what you have set in your word options and i’ll show you where to go to change this in a moment so this is just a super quick way of seeing the last documents that you access the last documents that you used and being able to get back to them quickly if i want to open one of these i can simply double click and it’s going to open that up in word so really nice and straightforward now that i’ve got a document open if i try and get back to that start screen you’ll find that you actually can’t if i jump up to file which takes us into the backstage area we get to a similar screen but it’s not exactly the same as the start screen so i just wanted to highlight that in case you were wondering well how do i get back to the start screen if i’ve opened a document you actually can’t you need to close down all of word and then re-open word again to get back to that page now what you’ll also notice with all of these recent documents is if you select one of them and right click notice that we get a right-click menu so again we can open we can open a copy we can delete the file we can even remove the file from this list so if there’s something in your recent list that you don’t really need you could choose simply to remove it it doesn’t delete the file it’s just going to remove it from your recent list but the one that i want to focus on here is pin to list because if you select this option what it’s going to do is it’s going to pin that particular document notice that we also have a pinned category just here so if i click on pinned you can see that any documents that i’ve pinned will appear in their own exclusive list you’ll also notice that if we go back to recent anything that you pin is going to appear at the top of your recent list it’s not going to move as we open more documents so this is super useful if you have a few documents that you find yourself accessing all the time you can simply pin them to the top of the list and they’re always going to be there notice that when you do pin a document you get the little drawing pin icon just here and of course if you want to do the reverse and unpin any documents you can simply just click on the drawing pin icon to unpin the item from the list or you can right click your mouse and unpin it from that right click menu so that is pretty much what you have on that home page let’s jump across to new and take a look at what we have in here well as you might expect this is where you would come if you want to create a new document and that might be a blank document you can see that’s the first one in the list or we might choose to create a document based off of a template for example if i am writing a cv or a resume i might want to start from a template as opposed to from a blank document and you can see here we have a template for a resume just below now as i mentioned word does contain hundreds of different templates all divided down into different categories which makes them a lot easier to find and we are going to cover templates how we use them how we save them in later lessons so at this stage the only thing you really need to remember is this is where you can come to create blank documents or documents based off of a template the next button we have in this left hand menu is open and this is where you can come to you guessed it open documents and you can pretty much access any location where you might have documents stored and yours might not look exactly the same as mine it depends what type of cloud storage you use and if you’ve connected that to word so you can see here right at the top i’m clicked on recent and on the right hand side it’s showing me a list of all of my recent documents and if i click across to folders i can see all of my most recent folders that i’ve saved into so this is just here to help me find the document that i want to open so if it’s something in the last week i’m more than likely going to find it somewhere in this list and i can simply double click to open it or i can right click my mouse and choose open now underneath recent i then have some connections set up to the cloud storage that i use so i generally tend to save all of my files not just word files all types of files into onedrive for safe storage i also have a sharepoint site that i sometimes save files into so i have both of those connected to word to make it really easy for me to access any of the folders that i have in my cloud storage you’ll notice if i click on onedrive it’s opening up my teams folder this is the only folder that i have in this particular onedrive account but i can navigate through the different folders and choose to open a file from there also notice i have onedrive personal storage here as well so this is for my more personal files but if you do want to open a file from your pc so maybe it’s in your my documents folder or save to your desktop you have a this pc option as well which is going to allow you to navigate through those folders and find the file you want to open if you don’t like this particular structure and you prefer to open your files through file explorer you can also click on browse which is going to open that file explorer window for you and you can then navigate to open the file that you need and then finally here we have an add a place button and this will really just help you set up a link to your onedrive cloud storage account so if you do have one drive and you want it to appear like mine do in word you can simply choose add a place and then select if you have a onedrive personal or onedrive for business and then just walk through the process of adding that in so that is pretty much everything you have underneath open super easy to find and open your files the last three menu options that we have at the bottom here account feedback and options let’s quickly click on account and take a quick look at what we have in here well as you might expect this is where you can come to take a look at your user information so for example if i want to change my photo i can do that from here if i want to sign out of this account or sign into a different account i can do that from here as well i can do things like change my office background so if you take a look all the way up in the right hand corner notice i kind of have this circle and stripes pattern i can change that from here to something completely different if i want to i can see my connected services again and again i get the opportunity to add onedrive or onedrive for business services on the right hand side we can see a little bit of information about the office product that we’re using so you can see here i’m using microsoft office professional plus 2021 this is also where you would come to update your version of word now updates are automatically downloaded and installed but if you want to manually check for an update you can do that from here now feedback at the bottom this is just if you want to send some feedback to microsoft about something you like something you don’t like or you might even want to suggest a new feature and then finally at the bottom we have options and this is where all of your settings for word live and making changes here really allows you to customize and set word up so that it works in the best way for you now again we’re going to be diving in and out of word options as we go throughout this course so we’re not going to go through each of these headings the only thing i want to show you is how you can modify how many documents you’re seeing in that recent documents list on the start screen so if we jump down to the advanced section and use our mouse to scroll down once we get to the display category here it is the first option just here show this number of recent documents i have mine set to 50 but you might find that that is a little bit excessive and you might want to set that to something else so let’s just say 25 and click on ok but that is basically a quick run through of the start screen in word 2021 so now that we’re a little bit more familiar with the start screen it’s time to load up a blank document and get ourselves comfortable with the word interface now there are a few different ways that you can create a new blank document we’re going to take the easiest route as we clicked on the home page up in this new section we’re simply going to double click on blank document now that’s going to load a blank document into the main word screen and this is the screen you’re going to be working in the majority of the time so let’s get ourselves comfortable with what we’re looking at just here now if you’re already a word user or you use other microsoft applications like excel or powerpoint then you’re probably already very familiar with the ribbon structure layout it’s been around for quite a few years now and most people are using versions of word which have this same layout now what you’ll find is right at the top of the screen where we have the blue bar this is what we call add title bar and you’re going to see a couple of pieces of information in this title bar if you cast your eyes all the way over to the left hand side notice i have a very tiny little drop down just here now this is actually the quick access toolbar and we have a whole lesson dedicated to what the quick access toolbar is and how we can customize it for now just be aware that currently our quick access toolbar is located in the top left hand corner we then move across and we have the title of this document now because i haven’t saved this document as yet i’m just getting the generic name of document one we’re going to save this in a couple of lessons time we then have a handy search bar and this search bar is really useful if you are struggling to find a particular command on one of the ribbons it’s also where you can come to read more about a specific command and access the help files and then finally all the way over on the right hand side we have these little buttons that are fairly consistent across all of the microsoft applications we can see our account information up here we have some ribbon display options as well which i’ll come back to in a moment after we’ve spoken a bit more about ribbons and then finally we have the minimize button so if we want to minimize word down into the taskbar we can do that and we can even snap the layout i can choose to snap my copy of word to the left hand side of my screen and then choose another application to open up in the right hand side of the screen and then finally we have a close button all the way in the top right hand corner now the thing you need to remember about this close button in the top right hand corner is that it will close down all of word so if you have a few different documents open it’s going to close all of the open documents if you simply want to close the document that you currently have open this is where you would go to file and down to close so it’s still going to leave word open it’s just going to close down that one particular file whereas if we click the cross it’s going to close down all of word now let’s just fire word up one more time and just create a new blank document now underneath that title bar this is where we have our ribbons and the ribbons are really there to house all of the commands that we use in word and all of the commands are categorized not only onto different ribbons but also into different groups for example on the home ribbon we have a clipboard group that contains things like cut copy paste we have a font group with all of our font formatting options paragraph group for alignment and then we have a group for different word styles and then an editing group at the end where we can do things like find specific pieces of text and replace them and all commands are categorized in similar ways and in general you’ll find your most commonly used commands on the home ribbon if we click across to insert and just take a quick look at some of the things we have on here this is where you would come to insert different things into your document that might be a table or a cover page or maybe a shape or an icon or maybe something like a comment or a link or a header and footer the draw tab is where we’re going to find all of our drawing tools particularly useful if you work with a touch screen device and a stylus we have a design tab to help us control the look and feel of our documents a layout tab where we can do things like change the orientation add margins add line breaks things like that a references ribbon for adding things like tables of contents footnotes and endnotes or even an index at the end of our document the mailings tab is where we come to do good old mail merge so if we need to create a lot of letters or envelopes or labels addressed to different clients or customers this is where we can come to do that we have a review tab which is a tab that you tend to access towards the end of completing your document so it houses things like spelling and grammar the thesaurus and we can do things like track changes and also compare documents the view tab is where we can come to adjust how we’re viewing our document and just note here that in the views group at the beginning currently i have print layout selected it’s worth noting that print layout is predominantly the view that you’re going to be using when you’re putting your document together and then finally we have a help tab and we’ll come back to this later on in this section when we discuss where you can go to get help in a bit more detail so just remember these are called ribbons we then have groups which contain all of our commands now one tab i haven’t really mentioned is the file tab and that is because it’s not really considered to be a ribbon this gives us access to what we call the backstage area and this kind of looks a little bit similar to the start screen but we have a lot more options so this is where you would come to do your more admin style tasks for your document it’s where you come to create new documents to find your templates to open new documents we can also do things like save from here print our document share it export it so on and so forth and we’ll be diving in and out of here as we go throughout the course now notice if you want to get back to your document all the way at the top on the left hand side we have a back arrow we can simply click that to take us back to that document a couple of final points before we end this lesson obviously in the main bulk of this screen we can see our blank document our cursor is flashing which means we are ready to type and then right at the bottom we have the status bar and the status bar is really there to show you different pieces of useful information for example currently i can see all the way over on the left hand side that i am on page one of one i’ve typed zero words i can see the a language that i’m using so in this case english united kingdom it’s checked my accessibility so how accessible is my document to people with disabilities well i haven’t put anything in the document yet so it’s telling me that it’s good to go and then all the way over on the right hand side we have a zoom slider to help us zoom in and out of our document and we can also switch the way that we’re viewing our document from down there as well now the final point to note here as i mentioned i would come back to it is related to these ribbons so currently i’m displaying my ribbons which is perfectly fine because i want to be able to see all of my commands but if we go all the way up to the right hand side remember we’ve got a little ribbon display options button just here and if i click it i have a few different options in relation to how i’m viewing these ribbons for example if i want a little bit more room on the screen a little bit more real estate to work with my document i can choose to auto hide the ribbon which is going to collapse up those ribbons and give me more space to see my document if i click on the three dots again it’s going to bring that back down if we click on ribbon display options again i might choose to just show the tabs so this time i can still see the tabs but i can’t see the actual commands underneath if i want to access them i can click on insert and it’s going to drop that ribbon down and if we click on ribbon options again i can choose to show tabs and commands which is the default and if i’m honest probably the option that i use the majority of the time so that is the word interface make sure you’re familiar with it and comfortable as we move forward through this section when we start working with word documents what we generally tend to find is that we spend quite a bit of time aligning and positioning different objects on our pages for example i might want to align different paragraphs or different words i might want to align pictures or shapes on my page and one thing that’s really going to help with this is the ruler now currently i don’t have my rulers turned on so i just wanted to take a quick moment to show you where this setting is so that you can make sure that you have your rulers turned on now when it comes to rulers we can choose to have a horizontal ruler or a vertical ruler or we can choose to have both and you’ll find the ruler option on the view tab at the top so let’s click on view in the show group in the middle here notice we have an option for ruler now look what happens when i hover over ruler i’m getting what we call a screen tip appear on the page and screen tips are so useful because they give you an idea as to what this command does and you’ll notice that these pop up whenever you hover over any of the commands on the ribbon so this tells me that this is going to show rulers next to the document we can see tab stops move table borders and line up objects in the document also you can measure stuff so pretty useful let’s click in the box to turn the rulers on now notice here we have a horizontal and also a vertical ruler now take a look at the measurements here currently my measurements are set to inches in the uk we tend to still use inches slightly more than we use centimeters but that might be different for you you might be somebody who much prefers to use centimeters well the good news is that we can change the measurements that we’re using for our rulers so where do we go to change our measurement units well if we go to file we’re going to find this in options because effectively we’re customizing how our copy of word works for us and we’ll find this underneath advanced again now if we use the scroll bar to scroll through some of these options because we do have quite a lot in here we’re going to find it underneath that display section again so this is where we were previously when we modified the number of recent documents that we could see now notice here it says show measurements in units of and then mine is set to inches but if we click the drop down we can choose centimeters millimeters points or peakers so if we select centimeters and click on ok notice that my ruler has now changed so make sure you get your rulers set up to display a measurement that’s meaningful to you now the other thing i just wanted to mention very quickly in this lesson so you’re familiar with it as we’re going to use it quite a bit as we move through this course is how to zoom and when we say zoom i mean zooming into the document or zooming out of the document now to demonstrate this i’m just going to add some text to this document and this is a quick little trainer trick in order to get a few paragraphs of dummy or test text into a document we can type in equals rand and then we can specify how many paragraphs and how many lines we want so i’m just going to say 5 comma 5 and that’s going to give me five paragraphs of five lines each of random text now if i want to zoom into this document there are a few different things i can do if we cast our eyes all the way down to the bottom right hand corner of the screen we have what we call the zoom slider and you can see that currently i’m zoomed in to 110 percent in this document but if i want to change that i can simply drag the slider to zoom in or drag it all the way out to zoom out and of course the one in the middle there is going to be 100 alternatively if you are using a mouse that has a scroll wheel you can hold down the ctrl key and use your scroll wheel to scroll in and back out again and then the final way that you can zoom is again up on the view ribbon so in the zoom group we have a zoom button and then we have a 100 button so if we click on zoom this is where we can define or choose the exact percentage that we want to zoom to so i have options for 200 percent 100 or 75 or i can be very granular about how much i want to zoom in or out and use this little percent box just here to select my zoom level i also have some other presets here i can zoom to exactly the page width i can zoom to the text width or the whole page so if i choose text width and click on ok it’s going to zoom in so that the text is exactly at the end of the page now if i quickly want to zoom back out to 100 instead of using the zoom slider or trying to get it right with the scroll wheel this is where we can use the 100 button to take the document back to that zoom level and again in this zoom group we can zoom into one page so it’s kind of going to zoom out and just show me one page of my document i can zoom to multiple pages which doesn’t work for me at the moment because i only have one page or i can zoom in to exactly the page width so a few different zoom options in there for you to play around with so the main takeaways from this lesson are to make sure that you have your rulers turned on and they’re displaying a unit of measurement that’s meaningful to you and also know the different options that you have for zooming in and out of your documents another important thing to make sure that you have turned on when working with word documents is check spelling as you type this is a super helpful option that really keeps a check on your spelling as you’re working through your documents if it finds that you’ve spelt a word wrong or even if you have a grammatical error it’s going to flag it to you immediately so that you can correct it so if we’re correcting all of our errors as we’re working through our document it really diminishes the need to do a blanket spell check at the end of the document now i would always recommend that you do do a final spell check before you send this document off to someone important but you’ll find that it’s a lot quicker if you’ve already been checking your spelling and your grammar as you’ve been typing the document now check spelling as you type is another one of those little options that we need to toggle on or toggle off depending on if we want to use it so let me first show you a little example of how spelling and grammar flags in word now the first thing i’m going to do here is i’m simply going to delete out all of this junk text that i added in the previous lesson so a couple of little shortcuts coming up here to delete all of this text i just need to make sure i’m clicked somewhere in this document i can press ctrl a which is going to select all of the text and then i can simply press the delete key so now i’m going to type a sentence but i’m going to make a grammatical error and also a spelling mistake now notice what happens now that i’ve typed that sentence i’ve typed in word we can use and tremplate to create and document so that’s not a particularly great sentence but it is an accurate representation of the types of words that we can type if we’re typing really fast now notice what’s going on here where we have the spelling mistakes those are underlined and automatically flank to me with a red squiggly underline now notice what word’s done here it’s flagged not only the spelling mistake but also the grammatical errors so spelling mistakes are going to appear with a red squiggly line underneath them and your grammatical errors are going to appear with a blue double underline and the cool thing about this is that we have the option to correct these on the fly as we’re working with the document so what i can do here is where we have an which is a grammatical error i can right click my mouse and it’s going to give me a choice at the top here of what this word should be and yes it should be a in word we can use a template so now i need to correct the spelling mistake we can right click i’m getting my choices at the top here and i’m going to select template and finally we have another spelling error just here let’s right click and yes this should be two and now that i’ve corrected those and word has this sentence in context in its brain it’s also picked up that the an is a grammatical error and again that is correct it should be a so let’s right click and choose a from the list now if you go through and check your spelling as you type when you get to the end of your document you can still run a blanket spell check and in fact you can run a spell check at any point so let’s just take a quick look at how we would do that there is a shortcut key to invoke spell check and that is f7 notice that it’s come up spelling and grammar check is complete now we’re going to do this a bit later on with another document so you can see how you can work with the internal dictionary but also remember that you can find your spelling options on the review tab as well in the proofing group so if we click spelling and grammar that’s basically the same as pressing the f7 key because i have no spelling mistakes because i’ve been checking as i’ve typed i’m just getting a message saying that the check is complete now if you find that when you’re working and typing text into your document it’s not flagging up any spelling errors or grammatical errors it might be that you don’t have check spelling as you type turned on your word options so let’s jump across to file down to options and this time we want to go to the proofing page and right at the bottom here this is the option you’re looking for check spelling as you type and also mark grammar errors as you type and i also like to have frequently confused words turned on and also check grammar with spelling as well so in general i’ll have these four turned on what you’ll probably find if it’s not picking it up that this option has been deselected so make sure you have a tick in that box click on ok and then you can correct your errors as you go at the start of this course when we were taking a quick whiz around the word interface i mentioned very briefly the quick access toolbar in this lesson that’s exactly what we’re going to focus on because it is such a great tool to help you with efficiency now if you recall all the way up in the top left hand corner i highlighted to you this little drop down arrow notice if i hover over it it says customize quick access toolbar now at the moment this isn’t particularly interesting we just have a drop down arrow so what exactly is this toolbar and how do we add things to it well the quick access toolbar is a way that we can create shortcuts to commands that we use most frequently so instead of hunting through the different ribbons looking for the commands that we want to use if it’s something we use all the time it’s much easier just to add it to the quick access toolbar and have it easily available and we can add any command that’s available in word to the quick access toolbar now if we click this little drop down notice what we have here we have a selection of 10 to 15 or so commands that we can automatically add to the qat and i guess these are commands that microsoft have deemed useful to everybody so most people will create new documents on a fairly frequent basis most people will save most people will print at some point and in particular a lot of people like to use the undo and redo buttons so we have a small selection here of commands that we can very quickly add to the qat or the quick access toolbar with one click so i’m going to add new and you can see as i do that the icon appears i’m also going to add let’s do undo and also redo and i’m also going to add automatically save to give myself this little slider i’m going to talk more about auto save when we get to the part about saving documents but hopefully you get the idea of what we’re doing here we’re simply just adding default commands to the quick access toolbar to make them easy to access now obviously when we click this drop down we only have 15 commands that we can add to the qat from here but what if i want to add something completely different maybe i am always inserting tables into my documents how can i add the table command to the quick access toolbar well what we can do is we can jump across to the insert tab here is the table command i can simply right click and choose add to quick access toolbar to put that up there so you can basically right-click on any of your commands on any of these ribbons and add them to the quick access toolbar if they have little drop-downs those will come with them as well now what about if i want to add a command to my quick access toolbar that doesn’t show on any of the ribbons you’ll see in a moment as we start to go through this course not every command is visible all the time in word so what about those hidden commands or commands that are on menus that aren’t currently active well we can click the drop down again and we can go down to more commands now this screen will probably look familiar because it’s basically just jumped us into our word options and it’s placed us into the quick access toolbar page and this is where we can add any command available in word to that qat now if we start on the right hand side notice that this is showing my quick access toolbar and all of the commands that i currently have on this toolbar also notice that next to this area we have up and down buttons so i can rearrange the order of my commands so maybe i want to move undo and redo up to the top because i use those most frequently now over on the left hand side this is where i can find all of my commands in word and they’re split down into different categories so currently i’m viewing all of the popular commands in word and notice that the commands are listed out in alphabetical order which does make it a little bit easier to find them if i want to see a list of the commands that are not in the ribbons i can choose that group or maybe i just want to see a big long list of all commands available in word i can choose all commands and now i can scroll through and find absolutely everything so the idea here is to find the command you want to add so i’m going to say let’s add some alignment tools so i’m going to select align center and then i’m going to click the add button in the middle to add that to my quick access toolbar let’s also do a line left and also a line right and obviously you can probably see how this works if you want to remove anything from the quick access toolbar you can do that from here you can just select it and click the remove button in the middle and now maybe i want to reorganize these so let’s move auto save up to the top and then i think i’m fairly happy with the order of the rest of these so now if i click on ok it’s going to update my quick access toolbar into the order that i’ve specified it’s also worth noting that if you want to delete commands from the quick access toolbar without having to go into options you can simply right click and choose remove from quick access toolbar now another thing you might want to do here is change the actual position of the quick access toolbar currently it’s kind of up there in the title bar it’s nice and tucked away so it’s not getting in the way of my document but if you find that you kind of forget that it’s there when it’s up in the title bar you can click the drop down and choose show below ribbon to place it underneath your ribbons and this is generally how i prefer to have my quick access toolbar the final thing you can do here is you can add or organize your commands by using separators this isn’t something you have to do but if you want to sort these into groups of commands that are related together then separators work quite well once again if we click the drop down and jump into more commands notice at the top of every one of these groups so it doesn’t matter which one we select we always have a separator option so i’m going to add a couple of separators let’s just select it and i’m going to add a couple of these and then i can move them into position so maybe i want to separate off save undo and redo from my other commands and maybe i want to separate off my alignment tools from my new file command now when i click on ok you can probably see very faint separator lines between these different groups of commands which just helps me keep my quick access toolbar a little bit more organized but that’s how you can add commands to your quick access toolbar or qat for short to improve your efficiency when you’re working inward keyboard shortcuts are another way to help yourself become a lot more efficient when you’re working with word keyboard shortcuts allow us to execute different word commands without touching the mouse and you might think well why would i want to do that we have to remember that when you’re working in a word document and you have your hands on the keyboard and you’re busy typing away sometimes it can be a bit of a pain to keep having to reach for your mouse to select your commands from the different ribbons what is sometimes a lot quicker is to be able to use the keyboard to execute a shortcut to perform a task and in word we have lots and lots of different shortcuts and the good news is that if you’re coming from an older version of word or even if you’re coming from another microsoft application like excel or powerpoint many of the keyboard shortcuts are exactly the same in word now as i mentioned there are hundreds of keyboard shortcuts in word and you’re definitely not going to be able to remember all of them in general what i tend to find is that most people have a selection of about 10 to 15 that they use all of the time and most of those are to execute really common tasks for example if i want to copy this line that i have in this document i can highlight the sentence and press the keyboard shortcut ctrl c which is going to copy it i can then move somewhere else in the document and use the keyboard shortcut ctrl v to paste it if i want to make a word in one of these sentences bold i can simply select it by double clicking and use the keyboard shortcut ctrl b to make it bold what about if i now want to make it italic well i have a keyboard shortcut for that as well of control i or maybe i want to align the entire sentence into the middle of my document ctrl e to do that and if i want to print ctrl p is going to take me to the print preview area so that’s a selection of a few common keyboard shortcuts there are a lot more but really what i want to focus on in this lesson is where you can find a list of the keyboard shortcuts and how you can really work efficiently using shortcuts and the ribbons now when it comes to finding shortcut keys for different commands there are a couple of different places you can go to a lot of the commands when you hover over them will show a screen tip and if it has a keyboard shortcut you’re going to be able to see that shortcut for example if i go to the home ribbon and the font group notice here we have the bold icon if i hover my mouse over it it tells me that it’s going to execute bold it’s going to make the font bold and it’s showing me that keyboard shortcut ctrl b if i hover over let’s say the new document icon on the quick access toolbar i’m also seeing the keyboard shortcut there of control n what about if i hover my mouse over the center alignment well we’re seeing that keyboard shortcut there as well control e and another keyboard shortcut we looked at if we jump to the review tab and hover over spelling and grammar we can see the keyboard shortcut there of f7 so if the command does have a keyboard shortcut you’re going to see in the screen tip in brackets unless you’ve turned screen tips off more about that in the next lesson now aside from looking at these screen tips where else can we go to find a list of keyboard shortcuts well we can use the help files now i’m going to use the search bar at the top of the screen and notice when i hover over the search bar this itself has a keyboard shortcut of alt q so if i’m clicked somewhere else down here in my document and i quickly want to jump up to that search bar i can press alt q and my cursor is going to move up to that area what i can do from here is i can simply type in keyboard shortcuts and what i’m going to choose here is get help on keyboard shortcuts this is going to open up the help files it’s going to open up this pane on the right hand side and we are going to explore help in a little bit more detail in a couple of lessons time so what we can do here is we can click on this top link and that’s going to take us directly to a very comprehensive list of all of the keyboard shortcuts in word now because there are so many of them they are divided down into different topics so let’s take a look in frequently used shortcuts so this is where you’ll find the most common shortcuts so ctrl o to open a document ctrl s to save a document ctrl w to close we’ve got our cut copy and paste control x control c and control v a shortcut you saw me use earlier when i deleted all the text from the document ctrl a to select all ctrl b to apply bold ctrl i to apply italics so on and so forth so my advice to you here is to write down a few keyboard shortcuts for commands that you find yourself using frequently and you’ll find that over time you’ll commit these to memory and it becomes very instinctive to use the keyboard shortcut as opposed to clicking on the icon on the ribbon so you can find keyboard shortcuts in the help files the final thing i want to show you here is a really cool way of basically completely working with keyboard shortcuts as opposed to using your mouse so if you are someone who likes to keep their hands on the keyboard at all times this might be a good option for you if we press the alt key notice what comes up on the ribbons pretty much everything that we have in this top part of the screen now has its own shortcut key assigned so if i want to go back to the home ribbon i can press the h i then get an entirely new set of keyboard shortcuts so if i now want to type in bold i could press number one and now when i type notice that it’s all in bold i can press alt again to bring that list back up maybe i want to go to the insert tab so i can press n and insert a table let’s press t it’s going to give me that drop down and then i can then hold down shift and define using my arrow keys what size table i want to insert hit enter to accept so you can pretty much work with keyboard shortcuts the entire time simply by pressing that alt key if you have your alt keys displayed and you want to come out of there you can simply press the escape key on your keyboard in this lesson i want to speak to you in a little bit more detail about screen tips text your menus and contextual ribbons now we’ve briefly spoken about screen tips in previous lessons if we hover our mouse over any command on the ribbon we get a screen tip pop-up which gives us an idea as to what that command actually does it will also show us in brackets if there is a keyboard shortcut assigned to this particular command now i find screen tips really useful sometimes if i’m just looking at a particular icon i don’t really know what it does but i can get an idea by reading the information in those screen tips now it might be over time as you become more familiar with word you don’t necessarily want to see these screen tips popping up all of the time because some of them are quite large and they can kind of get in the way now you do have control over not only the information that you can see in these screen tips but also if you have them turned on or turned off so again let’s take a quick look at that as you might have guessed we’re going to find this in our word options so let’s go to file let’s go back down to options and this time we want to click on general now the first group here is user interface options and you’ll see right at the bottom of this group it says screen tip style so i have my screen tips set to show the feature descriptions in my screen tips but we do have some other options in here i could say don’t show feature descriptions in screen tips let’s see what that looks like so we can click on ok and now if i hover my mouse over format painter for example notice it’s still telling me the keyboard shortcut but it’s not showing me any information as to what this command does let’s go back to file and into options the other option we have in here is to not show them at all so again if we click on ok when i hover over any command i’m not getting any type of screen tip showing there now as i said i find screen tips really useful so i always like to make sure that i show feature descriptions so that’s what screen tips are but what about contextual menus well those are pretty much what they say on the tin they’re menus that come up but they’re menus that are within the context of wherever it is that you’re clicked so for example my mouse is currently clicked in this line of text that we have at the top of the page now to access contextual menus you right click your mouse and when we’re talking about contextual menus it’s this menu we’re talking about here so all of the commands that i can see in this right click or contextual menu are related to wherever i’m clicked so because i’m just clicked in text i can change the font i can change the paragraph i can maybe create a link or add a new comment now this contextual menu is going to be different depending on what it is that i’m clicked on for example i inserted a table using shortcut keys in the last lesson now if i click inside this table and then right click my mouse i get a different type of contextual menu because this time it’s showing me things that are specifically related to tables such as inserting columns and inserting rows so contextual menus change depending on where you’re clicked now another thing you might have noticed there when i right clicked my mouse is that not only do we get this contextual menu we get what we call a mini toolbar and this mini toolbar will pop up whenever you right click and it just contains commands that people generally tend to use frequently in their documents and really this is just here to make it a little bit easier for you to access those commands you don’t have to stretch your mouse quite as far you’ll also notice that that mini toolbar will come up when we make a selection on the screen so if i select the word template notice that that toolbar pops up again so i can very simply make it bold maybe i want to add a highlight color or do something else now again this is one of those features that some people really like and find useful and other people just find simply annoying and i will say that i do find this a little bit annoying sometimes if i’m just making different selections this toolbar keeps popping up and covering some of the words that i’m trying to read now if you want to turn off the mini toolbar you can do that now be aware of what i’m saying here when we turn off the mini toolbar we’re simply turning it off for when we make selections in a sentence we’re not turning it off when we right click it’s always going to show when you right click but the setting toggles off if it shows or not when you select a word or a paragraph or something else so let me show you where that setting is once again you guessed it up to file and into options with staying on the general page in user interface options it’s this option just here show mini toolbar on selection so if we deselect that and click on ok notice that when i right click it still comes up but now if i select a specific word i’m not getting that toolbar so it really is a personal choice as to whether you want to display that or not now the final thing to speak about in this lesson is contextual ribbons and again these are ribbons that are only displayed when they’re needed so for example if we take a look at the ribbons that i currently have let’s just do a quick review of the current layout of my ribbons the last ribbon i have here is the help ribbon now take a look what happens to these ribbons when i click inside the table so i’m going to move my mouse down click inside notice i now have two additional ribbons table design and layout so if i click on table design i now have lots of different design options for formatting my table and if i click on layout this is where i can come to do things like delete the table or maybe insert new rows or columns or split the cells now these two ribbons are considered contextual ribbons because as soon as i click my mouse somewhere else in the document outside of the table they disappear so it’s a great way of making sure that your word isn’t cluttered with lots of different ribbons that you don’t necessarily always need it only shows them when they’re relevant and you’ll find this depending on what you’ve selected so if i’ve got maybe a picture or an icon inserted into my document i’m going to get contextual ribbons so let me show you that very quickly we haven’t covered inserting things yet but just to give you an idea i’m just very quickly going to insert an icon i’m just going to choose this plain icon from the icons library notice that when i have it selected i now have a new contextual ribbon called graphics format and this is going to allow me to change the color change the outline change the alignment grouping so on and so forth of this particular selected object also note that if you right click on this you’re then going to get a contextual menu related to graphics and again this is going to contain different options to when we simply right click on something like text so just start to be aware of this concept of contextual menus and contextual ribbons in the final lesson of this section i just want to revisit because this is a really important thing to know particularly if you’re new to word or you’re still learning word you’re probably going to find yourselves diving in and out of the help files all the time so it’s good to know the different options that you have and how you can best work with the very comprehensive library of help files now the first thing that’s most obvious when it comes to accessing help is that we have a help ribbon just here now if for some reason you can’t see this help ribbon it’s worth checking in your word options that you have the help ribbon selected i know sometimes help isn’t added as a default ribbon when you first open word so let’s quickly check where that option is so you can make sure that you can see this ribbon so once again we’re going to go back to file and into options and this time we’re going to choose the customize ribbon page now over on the right hand side this is where you can see all of the ribbons you have access to and the ones with ticks next to them are the ones that are currently displaying so if for some reason you can’t see help it might be that you have it deselected so make sure that you have a tick there click on ok and then you can see that help ribbon now the first button here is where we can access the help files notice the keyboard shortcut here of f1 and you can invoke f1 at any time when you’re working in your document so let’s click on help it’s going to open up a pane on the right hand side and it’s worth noting that this pane is what we call a pop-out pane so you don’t have to have it docked to the right-hand side the entire time if you would prefer to have it as its own separate window you can simply click somewhere in this header and drag it and it becomes this little pop-out window that you can resize make bigger or smaller and sometimes it’s a little bit easier to see than when it’s docked over on the right hand side if you want to re-dock it you can simply grab it by the title bar again and drag it all the way over to the right hand side and it will re-dock itself now when we first dive into the help files we’ll find that all of them are categorized to make it a bit easier for us to find things so for example i have some popular topics up here so things like getting started if we expand this we’re going to have a few topics here of how to create documents in word how to add and format text and pictures shapes smart arts so on and so forth if we want to go back a screen we can click the back arrow to take us back to that main help page so we can browse through these different sections and find help on a vast array of different topics you also might find that throughout these help files you have useful video demonstrations as well to show you how to use a particular command and if we scroll down to the bottom we’ll always find things that kind of related to what we’re looking at underneath so if i want to know how to show or hide the ruler which is something we did a bit earlier i can click on that link to jump to that specific help file now aside from clicking back we also have a home icon here which again is just going to take us back to this main page now if you’re looking for something very specific and you don’t necessarily want to have to browse through all of these different categories we can search through the help files so maybe i want to insert a table and i need some help to be able to do that i can simply type in whatever it is i’m trying to do and press return and it’s going to search through for that particular phrase and would you take a look at that the first item in the list is insert table i just need to click on the link i have a useful little video just here which is going to show me that process and then i have some instructional text underneath with helpful screenshots so really easy to find what you’re looking for in those help files remember shortcut key f1 once you’re done with help you can click on the cross which is going to close down that pane another way that we can get help is by using the search bar up there in that title bar and this is pretty much what we did earlier when we were searching for that comprehensive list of keyboard shortcuts so i’m going to use the shortcut alt queue to put my cursor up in that search area and from here i can search for what i’m looking for so let’s use the same example if i go insert a table now notice here in this search area it divides it down into different categories so if i was looking for the command to insert a table it’s going to show me that underneath actions so there it says add table and i can simply insert a new table directly from this search area which is super useful but in this instance i don’t necessarily want to insert a table i just want some more information and you’ll notice right at the bottom we have a group called get help so if i want to find help on inserting a table i can choose that from here and again it’s going to jump me into the correct section of the help files so that search bar is really useful if you’re looking for something specific now aside from those two locations we also have a few other icons on this help ribbon some of these more useful than others we have a contact support button now you’ll notice here that for me because i’m in the uk contact support doesn’t really work if you’re in the us you’re going to find that you’re going to see some kind of number a way to contact microsoft support so just be aware of that we also have a feedback button so this is if you want to provide microsoft with some feedback so if you really like something you can let them know if you don’t like something you can also let them know or maybe you have a suggestion for a new feature you can share that with them from here as well and then the final icon we have here which is actually a very useful icon is we have access to some training files and learning content so this is really a library of different types of video which will walk you through the process of doing different things in word so again let’s use the same example if i want to insert a table i have a little video just here and i can just follow through these links to get to the correct area within the help files and this is the video that we were looking at earlier of course aside from that you have multiple resources for getting help outside of word so youtube videos community forums word forums microsoft forums all of these things are super useful if you have a particular problem in word and you’re looking for help in exercise two we’re going to practice some of the skills that we’ve learned in this section of the course so the first thing i’d like you to do is i’d like you to open word and simply load up a brand new blank document i’d like you to make sure that you have your rulers turned on and change the unit of measurement if required to suit you so if you use centimeters then make sure that is how your ruler is displaying i’d like you also to ensure the help ribbon is visible and also make sure that you’re checking spelling and grammar as you type and then finally i’d like you to add the following commands to the quick access toolbar italics dark mode find and format painter and i’d like you to move the quick access toolbar so that it’s displayed below the ribbon so see how you get on with that if you’d like to see my answer then please keep watching so the first thing i asked you to do here was simply to open word and load up a brand new blank document so i’m going to go down to my start bar and we’re going to open up word and i’m going to choose a blank document from the home page the next thing i asked you to do was to make sure that you have rulers turned on and they’re displaying in the unit of measurement that’s appropriate for your location so all we need to do here is jump up to the view ribbon make sure that we have a tick in ruler and if for example i wanted to change this from centimeters to inches i would need to dive into my word options and in the advanced area underneath display this is where i can come to change my unit of measurement the next thing i asked you to do was to make sure that the help ribbon is visible in your copy of word so again we need to jump into file and options and this time we go across to customize ribbon and make sure that we have a tick next to help i also asked you to make sure that you are checking your spelling and your grammar as you type and if you recall that is also something that we’re going to find in our word options as i said we dive in and out of here all the time so for this we need to go across to the proofing page and at the bottom here in the section when correcting spelling and grammar in word we need to make sure we have check spelling as you type selected and also mark grammar errors as you type and then the final two parts of this exercise were really all centered around the quick access toolbar so i asked you to add four different commands to this quick access toolbar so the first one was italics now i’m going to find that on the home ribbon i’m going to right click and add to quick access toolbar the next thing i asked you to add was dark mode so you might have had to hunt around a little bit for this now i specifically chose this command because we haven’t talked about this at all so instead of hunting through the ribbons you might possibly have gone into more commands in order to find dark mode so if we switch to all commands remember these are then in alphabetical order it’s going to make it a lot easier for us to find and there it is just there dark mode let’s click on add and click on ok next i asked you to add find and we’re going to find that on the home ribbon all the way over at the end let’s right click and add to quick access toolbar and the final one was format painter right click add to quick access toolbar and then to finish off this exercise i simply asked you to make sure that the quick access toolbar is displayed below your ribbons so all you would need to do here is click the drop down and make sure that you choose show below the ribbon mine says show above because i’ve already moved mine below but that was pretty much it i hope you got on okay with that exercise you are now ready to move on to the next section so let’s start out in the first lesson of this section by talking about some of the basics and that is creating brand new blank documents and also saving them now the first thing i’d advise you to do before we get into the bones of this course is to create some kind of folder to store all of the documents that you’re going to be creating throughout this course in you might decide to create a folder in my documents or even on your desktop like i have here and i’ve just called mine word documents but you can call yours whatever you like because we are going to be creating a lot of documents in this course so you want to have a nice consistent place to save them now when it comes to creating brand new documents there are a few different methods that we can use and by far the quickest and easiest is simply to use the keyboard shortcut control n that’s going to open up a brand new blank document if you take a look at the title bar you can see it it currently has the very generic name of document 2 but we’re going to save this in a moment so that name is going to change now if you want to close a document again we don’t want to use the cross in the top right hand corner because that’s going to close down all of word if we just simply want to close the document that we currently have open we can go up to file and select close from here or alternatively we can use another keyboard shortcut control w that’s going to close down that document but leave word open now what other methods can we use to create brand new documents well we’ve seen some of these in previous lessons aside from the keyboard shortcut we could jump up to file and from the home page we can double click on blank document or alternatively we can go to new and create a blank document from here double click again notice the title bar we now have document 3 up there let’s control w to close down the final method you can use depends on if you’ve added new document to the quick access toolbar now i have it’s this icon just here so once again i can simply click on this to create a brand new document so really nice and straightforward and you’ve got four different methods there as i said by far the quickest is to use control n now once we’ve created a new blank document the first thing we’re going to want to do here is save this document because we don’t want to just leave the default names of document 1 2 3 and 4 because that’s going to make it a bit of a nightmare if we’re ever looking for a particular file and once again there are a few different methods when it comes to saving now if we jump up to the file tab notice here we have two options save and save as and save as is really the default or it’s what you use when you’re saving a document for the first time now that is the scenario that we have here i just have document 4 open i need to save it for the first time so it doesn’t matter if i select save or save as it’s going to basically do a save as so let’s click on save as i then get to select a location to store this file in yours mine looks slightly different to mine depending on if you have cloud storage set up or not now for the purpose of these examples i’m going to save into that word documents folder that i have on my desktop so the easiest thing for me to do here is simply click on browse which is going to pop open file explorer and i can then choose desktop from here and then open the folder i want to save this document to now notice underneath the save as type is docx and this is the default file type for all documents that you create in what if you click the drop down you’ll notice that we do have lots and lots of different file types that we can save at and we’re definitely going to explore some of these a bit later on in the course but for the time being let’s just choose the default of docx now we can give our document a name and i would advise that when you’re naming your documents try and make the name meaningful try make the name as meaningful and descriptive as possible because that’s just going to help you out a lot if you’re ever searching for a very specific file now i’m just going to call this my first document and then we can click on the save button now once this document has saved it’s going to take us into the document but there are a couple of changes here if you glance up to that title bar notice that it says my first document now instead of document two and also notice that the auto save button on my quick access toolbar has toggled itself on now if you can’t see this auto save button it might just be that you didn’t add it to the quick access toolbar so if you haven’t i would very quickly jump into here and make sure you have a tick next to automatically save and this button is amazing because it basically saves your document for you as you type and just a note the keyboard shortcut for saving is control s so i’m going to type a quick heading in here my first document notice in the title bar it says saving and then once it’s saved you’re going to see that indicated up there as well so i haven’t had to save myself it’s automatically saved and this is great because if something unexpected happens as it occasionally tends to for example maybe word suddenly crashes in the middle of a document if you have auto save on it means that you’re not really going to lose any work because it’s saving as you’re doing things now just a final note on saving there are some settings that you can review and customize and as you might expect we’re finding those underneath word options we have a save page just here where we can make some adjustments so for example i’ve got my default format as docx that’s absolutely fine and i definitely recommend not changing that i’ve got save auto recover information set to five minutes which is pretty much the maximum that i would have so if anything unexpected does happen i’m not going to lose any more than five minutes of work and i can also do things here like set my auto recover file location so occasionally if you’re in the middle of a file and maybe word crashes or maybe you accidentally close word down word will actually auto recover the last file you’re working on and place it into this folder here so if you want to change that location you definitely can we also have a default local file location here as well and this can be changed to whatever you like so if you always have a folder that you save files into you can set the default local file location to that so that when you go to save that’s the first folder it’s going to pop open so definitely worth coming in here reviewing your settings and making sure that everything is set up for you the final thing i’m going to do here is i’m just going to add some random text using my little trainers trick again so we’re going to say three paragraphs of three lines notice in the title bar it is saving and we should find that that switches to saved after a few seconds so now if we close this document down control w we should find that when we reopen this file in the next lesson all of the information that we’ve added is going to be there we finished up the previous lesson by adding some text to our first document and then closing that document down so in this lesson i just want to talk briefly about opening existing documents because there are a few different ways that you can do this some from within word and some from outside of word now once again there is a keyboard shortcut for opening documents and that is control o and this is going to jump you directly to that backstage area so this is within that file tab and to the open page and we can then simply jump in here and select a location from which to open an existing file now remember we have access here at the top to all of our most recent documents and folders so as you might expect right at the top of this list because we opened it a few minutes ago is my first document the document we created in the last lesson so this is super easy i can simply double click to open this document and take a look at that auto save has worked because it saved all of our changes let’s close this document down again control w i’m going to do ctrl o to jump back to that same page also if i jump across to folders notice that the top folder here is the folder that i saved that document into so i could double click to open the folder there’s the document double click to open it so really nice and straightforward to open from recent locations let’s control w again and ctrl o one more time the final point to note about this documents and folders list is that if we’re always using my first document we have the ability to pin this to the top of the list as well so if i click on the drawing pin icon it’s going to move that to this pinned area at the top so it’s always going to be there so i quite like to pin documents that i use frequently now aside from accessing existing documents from the recent list it might be that we’re trying to access a document that we haven’t used for a while so it’s not going to appear in this recent list of documents if that’s the case then we need to find it elsewhere now if you have files saved to onedrive or some other storage system as long as you have it added to word you can simply navigate through your folder structure from within here so i can click to open my onedrive i can see my folders i can double click on documents navigate through my folder structure and open something from here and then of course if i have it saved to the desktop like we do i can go into browse which is going to open up file explorer and this then opens up the ability to search for documents so if you are struggling to find something you can use the capabilities of file explorer to search for the specific document that you’re looking for so there is my file i can click on open and once again it’s going to load that into the main window so super easy to open existing files from within word now we can also have multiple word files open at the same time so let’s create another brand new document control n i’m going to call this my second document and let’s just add let’s add some different texts this time and i’m going to save it notice at this stage the auto save is toggled off because that doesn’t kick in until we save so let’s quickly save the file so we’re going to jump up to file save as i’m going to save it in the word documents folder which i have at the top of my recent list and let’s call this my second document now notice that it’s picked that up from the line of text that i have in the first line of the document and this is perfect because this is what i want to call this document so quickly i can click on save so now the document that i’m seeing is my second document but my first document is still open behind because i didn’t close it down and we can very quickly toggle between all documents that we have open by clicking on the view tab and utilizing the switch windows option just here this is going to show you all of the word documents that you have open and you can simply toggle between the two of them by using that little drop down so really nice and straightforward now i’m going to close down my second document ctrl w and underneath we have my first document let’s close this one down as well ctrl w now aside from opening files from directly within word we can also open them from external locations for example if you prefer to navigate or find files in file explorer you can open word files from there so here i’ve opened file explorer i’ve selected my desktop there’s the folder if i double click i’m going to find that in there i have both of the documents that i’ve created in word and because these files have docx file extensions windows knows to open the word application because that’s the application that’s associated with this file type so we can simply double click it’s going to know which application to open and there’s a document similarly if you are using onedrive to store a lot of your files if you log into onedrive online and that’s exactly what i’ve done here i can see there is my folder and there are both of my documents so i can open documents from online as well directly within word so if i click to open my second document it’s going to open it in a browser first of all and if i want to open it in the full copy of word i can click the drop down underneath editing and choose open in desktop app and there we go so a few different methods of opening files there let’s just finish off by closing down both of these so we’re going to say control w and ctrl w again so now we’re pretty clear on the basics of creating a brand new document opening existing documents and also doing things like save and close let’s now talk about templates because templates are a great thing to use if you want to create a document quickly and you don’t want to start from a blank sometimes it can be a little bit intimidating to just start from a blank document particularly if the document that we’re being asked to create is a little bit more complex for example maybe i need to put together some kind of flyer or maybe i want to create a really nice looking resume for potential employers well i could start with a blank and design it from scratch or i could choose a template where a lot of the work is already done for me so let’s take a look at that example let’s pretend that we need to create a resume so let’s jump up to file and we’re going to go into the new page because this is where we can find all of our templates and this is referred to as the template gallery now there are hundreds of free templates available in word and fortunately microsoft has categorized them so we can browse through the categories or if we’re looking for something specific we can simply use the search bar so take a look at the top i can see the different popular categories up here so things like resumes and cover letters or letter templates or templates for flyers or cards or businesses things like that so i could choose any of these categories click and take a look at the templates contained within that category let’s click on back because we’re searching for something quite specific now we have a category here called resumes and cover letters but let’s just use the search so i’m going to type in resume so let’s type that in click on the little magnifying glass or press enter to start the search and this is going to pull back everything it can find in the template library related to resumes you might also find you get some related templates in there as well so things like cover letters so you can have a little look through and choose whichever template you like so i’m going to go through and i think we will let’s choose this one this one looks kind of fun notice also here that when i hover over the template i get that little drawing pin icon so i can choose to pin this template to the top of the list as well so let’s do that let’s pin it and let’s open it so let’s click once i’m going to get a preview of what that template looks like so i can make sure that that is the one that i want to use i can see the title who the templates provided by so in this case microsoft and then i get a little bit of a description about this template so if you’re happy with everything there we can simply click on the create button to load that into the word window and all templates in the templates gallery are free templates and they’re also completely customizable so for every element of this template i can do things like change the color i can switch out the picture and of course i can edit the text and one of the advantages of using a template is that they can be reused so i’m going to make a couple of changes to this template off-camera join me back here in a couple of seconds and we’ll talk about reusing and saving templates so i’ve made a couple of changes to this template i’ve changed some of the colors i’ve added my photo and i’ve added my name at the top but notice that i haven’t added anything else all of this still has what we call the boilerplate or template text and fields now the reason why i haven’t updated this is because it might be that i want to reuse this template at another time and maybe the information will change the next time that i use it however i don’t want to have to create the template again replace the image and add my name and apply formatting so what i could do is in its current form where it just has the updated colors the updated picture and my name i could choose to save this as a template and then i can reuse it next time i want to create a resume now when you save documents as templates it’s a slightly different process so let’s jump up to the file tab and down to save as now i’m going to save this in the word documents folder again and because i’ve pinned that folder i can simply double click to select and the first thing i want to do here is i want to change the type of file i’m saving this as so instead of saving as just a docx file type i need to save this as a word template which has a dot x file type now notice what happens to the folder location when i switch to this file type can you see it’s completely changed it’s taken me directly to a folder called custom office templates and you can see that i have a few other templates stored in here now you don’t necessarily have to save this template in the default templates folder as suggested by word you could choose a completely different folder i could go back to desktop and save it in there but there is one major advantage of saving in the default templates folder so let’s give this template a name i’m going to call this debra ashby resume and click on save so let’s close this document down control w now if we want to reuse this template if we go to file and down to new in the templates section notice we have an office and a personal tab and if we click on personal we should find that our resume is listed just here so this makes it super quick and simple to find templates that you’ve created so that is the advantage of saving the file to the custom templates folder and of course if we want to we have the opportunity to pin this to the top of the list as well now when we reopen the template so let’s double click to load it into the word window notice that it basically loads up as a brand new document if we take a look at the title bar it says document 8 which means we can then make our changes resave this as the updated version of the resume and we’re not overwriting that original template so that is kind of how templates work you can load them up you can redesign the template and then you can reuse them as many times as you like in this lesson we’re going to talk about some of the different techniques that you can use to navigate efficiently around a document and this is particularly useful if you are somebody who works a lot with very long documents now what i’ve done here is i’ve just created a another document and you’ll find this file in the course files folder if you want to open that up and this is a slightly longer document than the documents we’ve looked at so far in fact if you take a look down in the status bar all the way over on the left hand side notice that this document is 19 pages long and currently we’re clicked on page one now what are some of the techniques that we can use to navigate effectively well let’s start out by talking about keyboard shortcuts because there are a few really useful ones which will help you jump between different points of your document for example if we click our mouse just up here in the title area if i want to very quickly jump to the end of my document i can press ctrl end and it’s going to take me all the way down to the end of page 19. if i want to jump back up to the beginning of the document control home if i want to jump to the end of the particular sentence that i’m currently clicked in i can simply press end without using control and home will take me back to the beginning if i want to scroll through my document page by page i can use my page up and page down keys so if i press page down we move down a page so on and so forth and the same works for page up if we click in the paragraph below to jump through a sentence by each word if you press ctrl and then the right arrow on your keyboard you can jump by word and if you want to jump down to the third paragraph for example control down arrow allows you to jump between the different paragraphs in your document so those are a few keyboard shortcuts that can come in really useful but what else do we have in word to help us navigate well we have the find button so up on the home tab all the way over in the editing group notice we have a little find button just here next to it we have a drop down arrow so when we click this we have a go to option notice here that there is a keyboard shortcut of control g to get directly to go to so let’s click on go to and this is going to help us jump to specific parts of our document now we haven’t spoken at all about sections lines bookmarks things like that so for the time being we’re just going to stick to page because i think everybody understands what a page is so what i can do here is enter in a specific page number that i want to jump to so maybe i want to go to page 8. i can type that in click on the go to button and it’s going to jump me exactly to that page if you’re ever not sure what page you’re on remember to always check down in the bottom left hand corner because that’s going to tell you so go to control g a great way of navigating to different pages in your document now the final utility that i’m going to show you in this lesson for navigating effectively is the navigation pane so if we jump up to the view tab in the show group notice we have an option here for navigation pane and if we take a look at the screen tip it says it’s like a tour guide for your document click a heading a page or a search result and it will take you right there so let’s select this box to open up that pane now notice here you can navigate using headings pages or results now currently this document just contains text it doesn’t have any actual headings in it which is why we’re not seeing any headings listed below now we are going to come back to this a bit later on once we’ve added headings into our document and talked about word styles for the time being let’s focus on the pages tab because this is going to show some thumbnails of all of the pages within your word document and if you want to jump to that page you can simply select it from here and it’s going to load it up in the main window and then finally we have a results tab over here so i can search through my document to find a particular piece of text or maybe even a particular graphic now i don’t want to go too far off down this road in this particular lesson because then we kind of move into the arena of using find within word and we have a whole other lesson dedicated to that but just know that from here you can navigate your document using any headings by going to any of the pages or by searching for specific terms once again this navigation pane is one of those pop-out windows so i could click to pull it out and have it more as a floating panel as opposed to docked over to the side now i prefer mine to be over here and if we close this down we don’t necessarily always have to go back to toggle the navigation pane on we can simply click in the bottom left hand corner where we have our pages listed and that’s going to open up that navigation pane as well so a few different ways there to navigate effectively around your document you’re going to see these in action a lot throughout this course as we build up our documents in this very short lesson i just want to reiterate the point as to how you can find your tools in word and when i say tools i’m basically referring to commands now we’ve already seen in previous lessons how we can make this a little bit easier by adding commands we use frequently to the quick access toolbar and that is a great way to manage your frequently used commands but what if i very quickly wanted to insert a table into this document and maybe i’m not particularly sure where the insert table option is amongst all of these ribbons what i could do instead is use the search bar to do all the hard work for me now remember the search bar is located at the top in the title bar and if we press the keyboard shortcut alt q it’s going to put our cursor in that box so what i can do here is i can type insert table and underneath the action section i can choose what i want to do so i could add a table of contents from here i could insert a table of figures i could add a table or insert a table of authorities so it’s taken my search terms and pulled back all of the different features or utilities within word that match so i want to insert a basic table so if i hover over add table i can then go and choose the number of rows and the number of columns so let’s just say i want a four column three row table when i let go it automatically inserts that into the document for me so that search bar can be really useful what about if i want to insert a shape well again i could use the search bar i could maybe type in insert shape if i’m not sure where that’s located on the ribbons i can take a look through my different actions and i can say yes i want to draw a shape and it basically gives you access to the command and all of the options without actually having to find it on the ribbon so i’m going to choose a rectangle shape and i’m just going to draw that in here now that obviously doesn’t look too great so i’m going to immediately delete that but the whole point of that demonstration was just to show you how simple it is to find your different tools within word so my two efficiency tips here add commands that you use frequently to the quick access toolbar for anything else if you’re not sure where that command lives remember to press alt q to jump to the search bar and then simply search for it in this exercise we’re going to practice some of the skills that we’ve learned in this section of the course so i’d like you to complete the following tasks first i’d like you to create a new blank document and save it to a folder of your choice as training underscore document 1 dot dot x i’d then like you to create another new blank document and save it to a folder of your choice as trainingunderscoredocument2.docx i’d then like you to use the technique that i showed you to practice quickly switching between those two open documents once you’ve done that i’d like you to close down both documents but leave word open next i’d like you to open the file blog how to create a healthy workplace environment.docx from the exercise files folder and i’d like you to use your preferred method to quickly jump to page five and the final task to complete in this exercise is i’d like you to create a new document for an event based off of a template so i’d like you to take a look in the templates gallery and find the template called circle flyer i’d like you to open the template and then save the template to the default templates folder as charity underscore event dot dot x once you’ve done that i’d like you to close all open documents so that should give you a good opportunity to practice a lot of the skills that we’ve learned in this section if you’d like to see my answer then please keep watching so the first thing i asked you to do here was to create a brand new blank document so ctrl n and i’m just gonna call this let’s just put in here training document one and i asked you to save this so we’re gonna select file and save as and i didn’t really mind which folder you saved it to so i’m just going to save mine to my word documents folder and i asked you to save this as training underscore document one let’s click on save i then asked you to create another new blank document so ctrl n and this time we’re going to save this as training document 2. so let’s just give it a little heading so we know where we’re at let’s click file save as i’m going to choose my word documents folder from my recent list and this time it’s picked up the title let’s just make a couple of modifications let’s add an underscore remove that space and click on save so now we’ve created those two documents i then asked you just to practice switching between them so for this we can jump up to view and go across to switch windows i can see all of my open documents and it makes it very simple for me to switch between those documents i then asked you to simply just close down both of these documents so you could go up to file and choose close or you could have used the keyboard shortcut ctrl w and ctrl w again the next task was to open an existing file and the file i asked you to open was a file that’s available in the exercise files folder so wherever you’ve downloaded it to will be the location that you open it from so let’s jump up to file and go to open i’m going to click on browse to open up file explorer and now i just need to navigate to the folder i have this file saved click on it and choose open i then asked you to use your preferred method to quickly jump to page 5 of this document and there are a couple of different ways that you could do this so maybe you went up to find and go to and selected page and entered in page five to jump to that page if you use that method that is totally fine alternatively you could have used the navigation pane if we jump up to view turn on the navigation pane we can then go to the pages section find page five and jump to it that way so either method is completely valid the final thing i asked you to do in this exercise was to create a flyer for an event based off of a template so for this we’re going to jump up to file we’re going to go into new and you could have chosen to browse through the flyers category or you could have searched for the template using the specific name so this flyer that i asked you to use was called circle flyer let’s click on the magnifying glass there’s the template we can click once to load it up and then choose create finally i asked you to save this template as a template file type into the default templates folder so once again we’re going up to file we’re going down to save as and we’re going to choose browse now remember as soon as we select the template file type the dot x file type it’s going to switch us into our custom office templates folder i asked you to save this flyer as charity underscore event and click on save the final thing to do here is close down all open documents so that’s simply a case of using the keyboard shortcut ctrl w that is it i hope you got on okay with that i will see you in the next section in this section of the course we’re going to shift our focus to viewing our document or document views as they’re more commonly known now as i mentioned previously when you’re working in a word document as we are here we generally tend to work in the print layout view how do i know i’m in print layout view well if we jump up to the view ribbon notice we have a views group and the print layout button is toggled on because it’s showing in that dark gray color and print layout view just gives you a really nice way of viewing your document you can see everything that you’re adding to the document and you can see how that document is going to print so i can see how much space i have for my margins how much space i have in my header and my footer so it’s the best view for really getting a comprehensive overview as to what your final document is going to look like and in general this is the view that i use 99 of the time when i’m working in word but we do have some other views that we can use so let’s take a look at some of those now sticking in this views group the first view that we have here is read mode and this is one of those newer views that was added to word a couple of years ago now if we take a look at the screen tip it says that this is the best way to read a document including some tools designed for reading instead of writing so if you’ve been sent a document to read you might want to switch across to read mode and this view is more like you’re reading a book we scroll through it horizontally as opposed to vertically so it’s a bit like turning the pages of a book also notice that the ribbons are completely minimized so we have a lot more space on the screen and we can see more of our document so all of these types of things really aid reading as opposed to writing when we want to move to the next page notice we have these arrows on either side so i can simply click the arrow to move it along and it’s just a really nice consistent way of flowing through this document now we do have some additional tools if we cast our eyes up towards the title bar we have a file drop down which is going to take us into that backstage area we have some tools in here as well and these are much more consistent with reading as opposed to typing so i might want to find something specific in this document a piece of text for example so maybe i want to find the word document i’m probably going to get loads of matches here it’s going to highlight throughout that view wherever that word comes up i can also search and translate any text that i select into a different language we then have a view drop-down as well and this is where you can really go to town and customize this reading view now i could choose to edit the document if i click on edit notice it’s going to switch me back to print layout view let’s jump back into read mode go back into view we’re going to talk about focus in a moment but i can bring up the navigation pane if i want to so this is good again if i want to navigate by heading by page or by specific search words i can choose to show any comments now we haven’t spoken about comments yet so we’re going to skip over that for the time being but what i could also do here is i could choose the column width so currently i’m looking at the default but i could choose to switch this to a narrow column width so i can see a little bit more on the page alternatively i could choose wide where i’m basically getting one page on the screen i can even change the page color this is quite helpful for people with visual difficulties or just people who find it easier to read text when it’s on a darker background now i’m not one of those people so i’m going to switch it back to none and we can also choose the layout so currently we’re in column layout but i can choose to have paper layout as well so this looks a little bit more like print layout view but again it’s minimized all of the ribbon so that we have the maximum amount of space on the page so reading view is really great if you just need to read a document and you want the best mode for doing that now i’m going to switch back to print preview so i’m going to go to view and edit document and i’m now back in print layout view the next view we have is web layout so this is going to show me how my document would look as a web page so if my intention is to eventually display this information as some kind of web page maybe i’m going to upload it to my company server web layout view is going to show me how this document is going to look if it’s uploaded to the web now another view that we have is outline view and this allows us to see our document in an outline form where the content is shown as bulleted points and you can see here it says this view is useful for creating headings and moving whole paragraphs within the document so in general i’ll go into outline view if i have a very long document and i need to start reorganizing paragraphs notice here that that every paragraph is a bullet point effectively and we get our own new contextual ribbon when we’re working in outline view and this ribbon really lets us organize our document for example if i go to this paragraph just here i can use some of these outline tools to do things like promote the paragraph to make it bigger or demote it to make it smaller and indent it a little bit more now in order to really understand how outline view works it’s a good idea to know about word styles before doing this so i’m not going to linger too long on this at the moment we will come back to this later after we’ve discussed word styles so for the time being let’s close outline view the final view that we have here is draft view and this is just going to show you the text in your document so you can see here it says that this is useful for quick editing because things like headers footers and certain objects won’t show up just allowing you to focus on the text so if we switch to draft if i had lots of images and various other things in here i’m just really getting to see the text which makes editing a little bit easier so those are the main views or the main ways that you can view documents in word 2021 another way that you can switch between different views is by using the buttons in the status bar in the bottom right hand corner notice currently that i’m clicked on print layout view but from here i can switch to read mode and also web layout view as well in the previous lesson we saw how we can view our document in different ways and in word 2021 and these are new for word 2021 we have two additional ways that we can work with our document focus and immersive reader so let’s take a look at focus first of all again on the view tab if we take a look in the immersive group we have a button here called focus if we hover our mouse over it it says that it eliminates distractions so you can really focus on your document so if we click this it’s a very simple tool it’s basically going to minimize all distractions so we can’t see anything around the outside and we just get to see our document with no ribbons or anything distracting us from the content and we can scroll through this document we can read and our attention is always focused in the right place now what you might notice is that if you are working in this mode right at the top of the screen we have three tiny dots in the middle and if we hover our mouse over these it’s just going to drop down that ribbon and what you’ll notice is that when you’re actually in focus mode and you pull the ribbons back down again we get an additional option here of background so if we don’t particularly like the default black background we can change this to something completely different so maybe a pale rust gradient and the whole idea of this view is really just to allow you to focus on the content itself so that might be a view that you find useful now to come out of focus mode it’s a very simple case of just clicking on focus again and it’s going to take you back to print layout view now the second option we have in this immersive group is to utilize the immersive reader and if we hover our mouse over immersive reader and take a look at the screen tip it says switch to an immersive editing experience that helps improve your reading skills adjust how text is displayed and have text read aloud to you so this particular option is really useful if you struggle to see words when they’re a little bit closer together or if you have any kind of visual impairment you can choose to have the document read aloud to you as opposed to you actually trying to read it now notice when we click on immersive reader we get we get a new contextual ribbon and all of these options are really here to allow you to customize exactly how you’re viewing your document within the immersive reader so currently you can see all of my text looks a little bit different the words and even the letters are spaced a little bit further apart to assist with reading and also notice that my text is kind of in the middle of the page which means i’m not really having to move my head around a great deal to get to the end of a line now we do have some things that we can customize here for example we can customize the column width so mine is set to narrow i could choose very narrow to make it even thinner i can choose moderate or we have a wide option as well i can even change the page color so if i prefer something that’s a little bit more contrasty if i find that easier to read i can choose anything from these palettes so let’s just go with light green i can even turn on line focus so if i really just want to focus on my document line by line i could choose one line and it’s going to highlight just that line and i can use my up and down arrows to move line by line through this document we have other options in here so i could choose three lines if i find that a bit better and again i can use my down arrows just to focus on those three lines now i’m going to set this back to none we can also adjust the text spacing so i can increase the spacing between words characters and lines so if i click this button it’s going to put it back to how it was originally or i can choose text spacing to make those words and characters appear further apart now another thing that we can do is we can turn on syllables and this is going to add tiny little dots within our words whenever we have multiple syllables for example the word provides has two syllables pro and then vites so this is really great if maybe english isn’t your first language and you want to know where the emphasis of a word is or you require some assistance with how to pronounce particular words and then of course we have the read aloud option so if you do have any kind of visual impairment you can turn on read aloud and word will read the document back to you also notice there is a keyboard shortcut for this of alt control space the other thing it’s going to do when we turn this option on is not only read aloud the text it’s also going to highlight each word as it’s read so let’s take a quick look at that video provides a powerful way to help you prove your point when you click online video you can paste in the embed code for the video you want to add so that’s a really nice little option that aids accessibility if you want to come out the immersive reader we have a close button just here and then it’s just going to take us back to our print layout view so those are two brand new options that we have in word 2021 to really help you read through and focus on the content of your word documents in the previous lesson we got to see a couple of the newer features in word focus and immersive reader but there is one other newer feature that’s really useful to know about and that is called dark mode so what exactly is dark mode well dark mode is there to help you view your document if you struggle to see black text on a white background a lot of people find the contrast of a black background with white text a lot easier to read and many people report that they feel like they have less eye strain and less fatigue when reading long documents it’s worth noting that when it comes to working in word we can change the overall theme of word to a darker theme but changing the theme to dark is different to changing to dark mode so let me show you what i mean by that if i wanted to change the overall theme of word to a dark theme i would simply go up to the file tab go into account and notice here underneath office theme i currently have this set colorful but i could click the drop down and choose black or dark gray now if i choose dark gray you’re going to notice immediately what that does it changes the entire application to a dark gray color which again some people prefer but it doesn’t actually change the document the document is still black text on a white background so dark mode has been introduced to combat that with dark mode we can change the background of our document to black and have white text but it doesn’t affect the overall theme that we’ve applied to the application so to demonstrate this i’m just very quickly going to switch back to the colorful setting and let’s take a look at how dark mode works now the first thing you need to know about dark mode is that you might not be able to see it by default on any of your ribbons dark mode is available in word but it’s not a command on a ribbon by default so if this is something that you want to use and toggle between you’re going to need to add it to the ribbon and this is where we move into customizing ribbons in word now normally i would say that this is a bit early on in our journey through learning word to start talking about how to create our own ribbons and ribbon groups but it is really straightforward i think you can handle it and it’s a good opportunity to practice how to do this so what we’re going to do is we’re going to add the switch modes command which will allow us to switch to dark mode to the view ribbon in its own little custom group so let’s jump up to file and we’re going to go into options now to do this we need to jump across to the customize ribbon page and this is very similar to when we modified the quick access toolbar now the first thing i’m going to do here is i’m just going to bring up a list of all commands that are available in word so now i can see every single command ordered alphabetically and because i’m looking for a command called switch modes i know that it’s going to be somewhere towards the bottom of this list underneath s so let’s scroll through to s w and there it is just there switch modes if i hover over it says view with a dark page color that’s exactly what we’re looking for now on the right hand side this is going to show all of the tabs that i currently have in word so i want to add this to the view tabs so let’s expand view i can then see underneath all of the different groups so the first group is views which it is the second group is immersive so on and so forth now i can’t just select one of these groups and then add the new command to an existing group if i try and do that it’s going to tell me that commands need to be added to custom groups so effectively i need to create my own little group here so underneath i’m going to say i want a new group and i’m going to rename this group so let’s select it click on rename and i’m going to give it a display name of switch modes you could call it dark mode or whatever you like i can then choose an icon that i want to represent this group now i’m not going to bother with that at this stage let’s click on ok so now i have my custom group i can add the switch modes command to this group simply by clicking on add there it is let’s click on ok and now take a look at my view ribbon i have a new little group here with the switch modes command and if i hover over we can see that it says see how this document will look in dark mode so if i click this button it’s going to do exactly that you can see the page of the document has turned to black and we have white text but the actual application itself hasn’t changed theme at all and this button is simply a toggle so if i want to toggle back to how it was originally i can just click it again in exercise 4 we’re going to practice some of the skills that we’ve learned in this section so the first thing i’d like you to do is to open the document blog how to create a healthy workplace environment dot dot x and you’re going to find that file in the exercise files folder once you’ve got that file open i’d just like you to practice switching between different views so maybe switch across from page layout view to draft view to outline view and then back to page layout view and make sure you understand what each view represents once you’ve done that i’d like you to switch into focus mode and change the background color of the page to overcast i’d then like you to switch to the immersive reader and change the column width of the document to narrow i’d also like you to turn on syllables and then just practice reading the document aloud once you’ve had a good play around with some of these features i’d then like you to switch back to print layout view so give that a go if you’d like to see my answer then please keep watching so i’ve opened up the document titled blog how to create a healthy workplace environment from the exercise files folder and the first thing i asked you to do with this document open is just practice switching between different views now of course there are a couple of different ways that we can do this we can jump up to the view ribbon and in the first group just here notice we’re in print layout view but we can switch into read mode we can switch to web layout view and remember this view is going to show us what our document will look like once it’s uploaded to a website we can switch into outline view and this is where we can see the outline of our document and we can also switch into draft view from here as well and draft view is going to show us any styles that we’ve got applied to our document so make sure you know how to switch between these different views now there is an alternative way to do this and that is to use the icons that you have down in the bottom right hand corner of the status bar notice down here we can switch to read mode focus mode print layout and also web layout from down here so whichever way you did this is absolutely fine now i’m going to switch back to print layout view the next thing i asked you to do was to jump into focus mode and change the background color to overcast so if we jump back up to the view ribbon in the immersive group we have focus mode just here so let’s click this and if you recall focus mode really eliminates any noise around our documents so that we can just focus on whatever it is that we’re reading now notice i have a teal background color just here but i want to change this to overcast so how do we do this when we’re in focus mode well we need to push our mouse all the way up to the top of the screen where we have those three tiny dots notice that the ribbons will now drop down and from here we can change the background color to this one just here which is overcast and the final thing i asked you to practice in this exercise is some of the things that you can do with the immersive reader so let’s switch into immersive reader mode notice we now get an immersive reader ribbon and i asked you to change the column width of the page to narrow so let’s select that from the drop down i also asked you to turn on syllables so we just need to toggle on this button just here which is going to show us the syllable breaks within each word and then finally i asked you to read the document aloud and what i meant by that is to use this read aloud button just here to help you prove your point remember this will read out the text you have on your screen and it will highlight each word as it’s read in this section we’re going to take a look at some of the options that we have when it comes to working with and formatting text so i’m starting out with a new blank document and if you want to download this document you’ll find it in the course files folder alternatively you can just fire up a new blank document and work along with me now when it comes to entering text into a document it is as straightforward as you might think if we click on the page we can see our cursor is right at the top there remember we have margins down either side we’re going to see how we can modify how wide those margins are a little bit later on and we also have some space at the top and the bottom of the page for a header and footer again we will take a look at those a bit later on so let’s type in some text into this document so i’ve just typed in a very basic line of text there if we press enter it’s going to move us down to the next line now notice that when we press enter we do have a certain amount of default space between the first line and the second line if i was to type something else in here you can really see that default space now we can adjust what we call line spacing so if we don’t want quite as much space in between these two lines or we want a little bit more we can modify that again we’ll take a look at that when we talk more about working with paragraphs for the time being we’re just going to focus on entering and formatting text now i’m going to move to the next line let’s press enter and i’m going to use my little trainers trick again just so i can get a lot of information into this document quickly so let’s type in equals i’m going to say lorem this time and let’s say that we want let’s go for five paragraphs of four lines each close the bracket and hit enter and there we go once we have text in a document we’re probably going to want to apply some formatting and the first thing you’ll notice is the font style that i’m using and if you glance up in the font group notice that i’m using calibri body font and this is the default font when i open word now of course if you don’t particularly like this font or you want to use something completely different there are a few different ways that you could go about this for example if you just want to change the font style for the text that we have on this page we could select all of the text and then just choose a different font so here’s another little shortcut key that i find very useful and we did look at this a bit earlier on if we click somewhere on our page and press ctrl a that’s going to select all now if we go up to the font group we can click the drop-down and we can choose something else and all of the fonts in here are free to use and if you have your own fonts that you want to use of course you can download fonts from whichever font website you use make sure they’re in the correct folder and then you’ll be able to access them through word now also notice as i start to hover my mouse over these different types of font i’m getting what we call a live preview as to what that font is going to look like so this can be really helpful because it means that you get an idea as to what that font’s going to look like before you actually click on it now when it comes to live preview if you decide that you don’t actually like that and you want to turn it off you can do that through word options so let’s quickly look at that let’s go to file down to options and on the general page it’s this option here enable live preview now i always like to have live preview on because i find it quite helpful to be able to get a preview before i actually select but if you find that annoying or you just don’t like it then you can just deselect this option just here so let’s select everything again and i’m going to change my font to cigo ui now that’s going to change the font just for the text that i have selected if i wanted to use cigo you iphone every time i load up a new document or every time i create a new document i would need to set cigo ui as my default font and i’m going to show you how to do that when we talk about advanced font editing for the time being we’re just going to leave it as it is i’m going to keep this text highlighted because i can then also go in and i can change the size of the text as well so if i want to make it a bit bigger i can and again we’ve got that live preview kicking in and with this font size you can also type in exactly what you want into this box you’ll notice that these font sizes kind of go up by two so 14 to 16 16 to 18. if i wanted font size 17 i can simply click up here and just change it and hit enter we also have next to the font size drop down two little buttons which allow us to increase and decrease the font size incrementally and you’ll notice that there are keyboard shortcuts for these of control shift right arrow and ctrl shift left arrow so if i decrease the font size if i click this button it’s going to take it down one and it’s going to carry on going i can also choose from here if i want to use sentence case which is basically what i have now where the first letter is capitalized after a full stop i could change everything to lowercase if i wanted to everything to uppercase i can capitalize each word or i can toggle case so a really nice quick way of being able to change the type of case that you’re using some other font formatting options that we have in this little group of commands are things like bold italic and underline so we can select an entire line of text simply by clicking in the margin or we can select an entire word and you can double click on the word to select it we can then click on bold keyboard shortcut ctrl b to bold that word i can make words italics so if we double click on another word we have our italics button just here keyboard shortcut ctrl i or we could choose to maybe underline an entire paragraph keyboard shortcut control plus u so when i click this it’s going to put one underline underneath that paragraph but if i wanted to change that or maybe have a double underline or even a dotted underline i have those options in this drop down as well we can even change the underlying color so maybe i want to underline in red i can just select it from the palette maybe i want to apply a strikethrough to certain paragraphs so again we can select and then we have a strikethrough button just here so let’s click and there we go the next two buttons relate to subscript and superscript so for example if i was typing something like let’s type in h2o normally the two in this word is slightly below the line so we could select the number two and then we can click on subscript to make that a lot smaller the next three buttons are already related to applying color and effects so for example if i select the first line in this document and click the drop down next to text effects and typography i can choose some of these inbuilt styles to apply to that particular text and if i don’t want to use one of these presets i can be a bit more granular about what i’m applying so maybe i just want to apply a shadow to the text maybe i want a reflection to my text maybe i want to add a glow around the outside so on and so forth what about if i want to highlight this text so maybe i want this text to look like i’ve got a big old highlighter pen to emphasize something in the document well that’s what this little drop down is for and you can see we have a few common highlighter pen colors in here so let’s highlight this in yellow and then of course finally we have our font color and this is going to change the color of the text in the document so if i select this third paragraph click the drop down i have access to two different palettes i have theme colors and standard colors now i’m going to talk more about the difference between these two when we talk about themes but just know that whenever you’re working in a word document you’ll be using a theme and if you haven’t selected to change your theme you’re going to be using the default office theme and these are the colors that are part of that particular theme we then have some standard colors which are your standard red green blue so on and so forth and if you don’t like any of those you can click on more colors and you have access to a wider palette of colors or you can really customize the colors that you’re using by moving this around and choosing a color in this way so if i go for this little purple color i can adjust it whether it’s lighter or darker by moving this up and down and click on okay now what about if i decide that i actually don’t really like that purple how do i get rid of the formatting that i’ve applied well again we can select the paragraph that contains the formatting that we want to remove and in the font group we have a clear all formatting button so if i click this it’s going to clear the formatting it’s also going to clear the font style that i applied and take me back to my default font of calibri so just be aware of that when you’re using that clear formatting button before we move on any further let’s quickly take a look at the different ways that we can select text in word now we’re working in this practice document and in the previous lesson we did apply some different pieces of formatting now the first thing i’m going to do here is i’m going to remove all of the formatting and this gives me a chance to showcase once again how you can select all text in your document very simple control a alternatively if you would prefer to use a command on the ribbon on the home tab all the way over at the end here in the editing group we have a select drop down and this is where we can select different types of object within our word document but if we choose the first one select all that’s basically the same as doing a control a so you can use either of those methods so with my text selected i’m going to just clear all of the formatting that we applied in the last lesson so let’s go up to the font group and click the clear or formatting button to take that back now a couple of things have happened here it has removed the majority of the formatting and taken that font back to calibri it hasn’t removed the highlighted text though so if we want to remove this highlighted text we need to basically select this entire line so how do we select lines in a word document well it’s very simple we can just click and drag our mouse over the piece of text or alternatively if we want to make sure that we have the entire sentence or the entire line if we hover our mouse over in the left hand margin until our cursor points diagonally right if we click in the margin next to where the line is it’s going to highlight that entire line so now i have that highlighted or selected i’m going to jump up to the highlighter tool and i’m going to say that i don’t want any color just to remove that the other thing you’ll also notice is that because we’ve just got some junk text in here words spell check is picking up these words so it’s not recognizing many of these words which would be correct now we’ve seen how to spell check a document and there are quite a few words in here but if we press the f7 key we can then go through and i’m just going to say ignore all to all of these just so we can remove those red lines from the screen and there we go so we’ve seen how to select all text we’ve seen how we can click in the margin to select a line and this also applies if you want to select more than one line for example i can click in the margin drag down and that’s going to select that entire paragraph alternatively i can just drag my mouse down for as far as i like to select consecutive lines now what about if i want to select non-contiguous paragraphs so paragraphs that aren’t together well that’s fairly straightforward we can select the first one hold down the control key and then i can simply click in the margin and that’s going to allow me to make selections that aren’t necessarily next to each other so now i have these three paragraphs selected i might want to apply some bold formatting control b keyboard shortcut maybe i now want to make those a different color so let’s click the font color drop down and i’m going to say that i want these to be blue and then just click anywhere else on the document to deselect making selections of individual words is also really simple you can double click your mouse and it will select the entire word i can also easily make selections of paragraphs using keyboard shortcuts so if i click my mouse at the beginning of the first sentence and press ctrl shift down arrow i can just carry on pressing the down arrow to select all of the paragraphs that i need control up arrow is going to do the reverse so those are some of the techniques that you can use when you’re making text selections in a word document aside from the text formatting options that we have available on the home ribbon in the font group we do have some advanced text formatting options as well now before we get on to that i just want to go off on a tangent very slightly related to the mini toolbar if you remember in one of the earlier lessons i showed you how to disable the mini toolbar when you have text selected so what that means is that if i select something so let’s say we select the word lazy i don’t see the mini toolbar pop up because i disabled it so let’s go back in and just turn that on so you can see the options that you have on this mini toolbar in a little bit more detail so let’s jump up to file go back into options and on the general tab i’m going to reselect show mini toolbar on selection so let’s click on ok now when i select anything in this document a piece of text for example i’m going to see that little floating toolbar and as we mentioned this is just a quick way to apply formatting to pieces of text so you don’t have to keep going back up to that home ribbon so from here i can change the font style that i’m using i can change the font size i could do things like bold underline italic so on and so forth so let’s leave that on for the time being now when it comes to your advanced font formatting options you’re going to find these in a dialog box that’s kind of really hidden from view when you look at the ribbons now if you take a close look at the home ribbon notice that in the corner of some of these groups of commands we have this little diagonal arrow and if we hover over this diagonal arrow we get a screen tip that tells us that clicking this is going to allow us to customize our text using advanced font and character options notice there is also a shortcut key for this of control d so if we click the diagonal arrow in the corner of the font group it’s going to take us into our advanced font formatting options notice at the top we have two tabs font and advanced now on the font tab you’re going to find a lot of the things that you already have in the font group on the ribbon for example i can come in here and change the font that i’m using i can change the font style so if i want italics bold or even bold italic that isn’t an option that we have on the ribbon i can modify the size i can choose my font color from my palettes from here and if i want an underline style and i can even choose an underline color from here as well i can then apply effects so things like strikethrough double strike through that’s superscript subscript small caps so on and so forth so many of these options we already have in the font group on the home ribbon but one thing that’s useful in here and i did mention this in a previous lesson is that we can choose to set default options in here so if i decide that i want to use a specific font throughout my entire document i could set it as the default even if i wanted to use maybe let’s say century font bold size 12 i can select all of these options and then i can choose to set that as my default and i’m just going to turn off the underline style so if i choose set as default i then get a choice if i want to apply this default to this document only or all documents based on the normal.m template now the normal.m template is basically the default template that you get when you create a new blank document in word so effectively for all new documents so i’m going to say for this document only let’s click on ok and you can see that that’s updated now let’s reopen up that pane and this time i’m going to use the shortcut key of control d i also have a text effects button down here so this is going to allow me to apply a text fill a text outline and other types of effects as well and we saw those earlier those are available in the font group on the home ribbon now what about if we jump across to the advanced tab what do we have in here well this is where we can do things like adjust the character spacing so if i click the drop down next to spacing i can choose to set expanded spacing for my text and if you take a look at the preview at the bottom can you see that we now have a little bit more space in between each of these letters and i can choose by how many points i want to expand this by so if i increase this it’s going to make the characters further and further apart and of course we can do the reverse as well i can choose to have condensed characters so that makes those characters extremely close together and i can modify this so they’re slightly further apart now i will say that most of the time you’ll probably be using normal but sometimes when you’re working in the document it can be quite a nice effect to have a little bit more space in between characters or a little bit less space in between now i’m going to set mine back to normal and simply click on ok the final thing that’s worth noting here is that when we went into the advanced options for font by clicking this diagonal drop down arrow the diagonal drop down arrows in these other groups won’t bring up that same window because these will be the advanced formatting options for whichever group they’re part of so if i click this one we’re going to get the advanced formatting for paragraphs as opposed to font now there are other ways that you can change the look and feel of text in your document for example using word styles now we’re not going to get into styles in this particular lesson but just to kind of give you a little bit of an introduction if you cast your eyes up onto the home ribbon notice that we have a very large styles group just here if we click the drop down it’s going to open up the styles gallery now from here we can apply different types of style depending on what text we have highlighted all of these styles are completely customizable so you can get them to really look and feel the way that you want i’m going to spend quite a bit of time later on talking about word styles because they are so important to use in a document not only do they change the look and feel of your document and allow you to update font styles quickly they’re also super useful when you’re trying to put together things like tables of contents so just keep that in the back of your head that we can apply formatting to fon using styles as well it’s time now to talk about organizing text in our document by moving it or copying it and you may already be familiar with some of these commands if you’ve used other microsoft applications because cutting text copying text and pasting text pretty much works exactly the same way in word as it does in other applications so if you know what the keyboard shortcuts are for these commands then they’re the same in word now in this example again i’ve just created a practice document and this is a very straightforward document it’s just one page long we have a heading at the top and then we have various different subheadings throughout this document now currently this document is completely unformatted i’ve simply just typed in the text and i haven’t really styled it up yet so currently when we’re trying to read this document things like headings don’t really stand out from the paragraph text now when it comes to applying headings in a document the best way to do this is using styles and we’re going to get onto styles in a later lesson but just for argument’s sake in this particular lesson i’m going to apply to some basic formatting so that these headings and subheadings stand out so this is where we get to practice some of our selection methods now the title is going to be the biggest so let’s select it by clicking in the margin and i’m going to make this a bit bigger so let’s take this up to 20 and i’m also going to make it bold i’m then going to select the subheading video by clicking in the margin i’m going to hold down my control key and select all of the other subheadings that we have in this document so now that i have them all selected maybe i want to make these slightly bigger so let’s take those up to 12 maybe i want those to be bold but maybe this time i want these to be red so now at least i have a little bit of differentiation between my main heading my subheadings and my paragraphs of text so already this document looks a bit more organized and it is definitely easier to read now that we have headings and subheadings in our document you might think that this means that you can now use those headings to navigate around this document what you’ll notice is that if we open up the navigation pane and take a look at the headings group it’s not listing out those headings or subheadings and that’s because word currently doesn’t recognize these as headings and subheadings because to do that we need to apply styles to our headings as opposed to just applying what we call direct formatting which is what i did just here so keep that in the back of your mind for a little bit later on so now that we have this document organized a bit better we might review it and think to ourselves well actually i want to start moving some of these paragraphs around maybe the video section needs to go before when we have online video so i can move this text into the correct location and of course as with everything microsoft there are a couple of different methods that we can use so with the text highlighted what i could do is i could jump up to the home ribbon and in the clipboard group i could choose to cut this text and notice there is a keyboard shortcut for this which you might already be familiar with of control x so if we click on cut it’s going to remove that text that we selected and that context is held on what we call the clipboard until we choose to paste it somewhere and if you want to see the clipboard you can simply open it by clicking on the diagonal arrow in the corner of the clipboard group notice that the text that we just cut out is now sitting there waiting for us to do something with it now you can work with this clipboard open if you like some people really like this and it is useful if you’re cutting lots of things you can store them all on the clipboard and then choose which ones you want to paste so i’m going to go down to just before online video so about there and what i could do here is i could choose to paste it from the clipboard or i can choose the paste button up here now in this example we’re going to paste it from the clipboard so let’s click the drop down and choose paste and that’s now inserted that paragraph in that new location what about if i now decide that actually i want this video section to go after online video well i could move it again by using the method that we just used or alternatively i can simply drag and drop it so this is a second way that you can move things around in your document i can highlight the text and then i can simply click on it and drag it and place it wherever i want it to be so if i place it at the beginning of themes it’s going to insert that paragraph so another really simple way to move things around in your document so that’s moving text but what about if i want to copy text maybe i decide that i want to copy this first paragraph down to the bottom of the document well again on the home ribbon we have a copy button shortcut key control c so let’s select this first paragraph this time i’m going to use the keyboard shortcut ctrl c notice that it leaves it there i can then use my shortcut key ctrl end to jump to the bottom of the document and i can simply paste that copied text in remember whenever you cut or copy something it’s going to be held on the clipboard and there you can see the last thing i copied so i could choose to paste again from the clipboard or alternatively i have a paste button just here and i can click the top half just to paste that in with the original formatting now what about if i want to move multiple items that aren’t together so maybe i want to move this styles paragraph so let’s select it the online video paragraph let’s hold down control and select that and also the themes paragraph again hold down control when you’re making your selection now i’m going to move these so i’m going to use the keyboard shortcut control x again notice it’s held them on the clipboard i can then move to whichever point in the document i want to paste them so let’s just do it at the end i can paste directly from the clipboard or simply use the keyboard shortcut key control v and the clipboard really does come into its own when you’re gathering lots of different items together so if i select the cover page paragraph let’s press control x to grab that onto the clipboard and let’s choose the views paragraph ctrl x to copy that to the clipboard and then finally let’s choose these styles paragraph control x to copy that to the clipboard i can then choose where i want to paste these so if i want one of them just in here i can simply move my cursor there select the item from the clipboard and choose paste i can then move down go to the next location and choose something else that i want to paste from the clipboard like so so the point i’m really trying to make here is that clipboard is so useful if you’re trying to manage and organize items that you’ve cut and copied from the document format painter is a really useful facility in word 2021 that allows you to quickly copy formatting from one piece of text to another so the best way to understand this is really to see a demonstration so what i’m going to do here is i’m going to apply some formatting to just a sentence in this document so let’s just select any sentence i’m going to go for this one so we’re going to highlight it and let’s apply some formatting now i’m going to make this a little bit crazy just so we can demonstrate this let’s change the font to let’s go for arial black let’s give it a bit of a highlight and also let’s underline it now what about if i want to apply this exact same formatting to another sentence further down this document well i could move down to the sentence i could select it and i could go through those steps again i could select the highlighter i could change the font i could apply the underline but that’s a lot more work than we need to be doing instead we can use the format painter to copy all of the formatting that we have applied and effectively paint it over another piece of text and this is really straightforward all we need to do is select the text that we’ve applied the formatting to and i will say you don’t necessarily have to highlight the entire line i could simply select a word and then up on the home ribbon in the clipboard group we have the format painter notice the keyboard shortcuts here of control shift c and ctrl shift v now if we click on format painter notice that when we hover our cursor over the document again it’s changed this small paintbrush icon so we’re now in format painter mode and all we need to do is effectively swipe this paint brush over the piece of text that we want to apply the formatting to so let’s just say we want to apply this formatting to the first line of the video paragraph i can simply click at the beginning drag all the way across let go and it’s going to paint that formatting how much easier and quicker was that if you want to use the keyboard shortcut it’s very similar to copy and paste we’re just adding in the shift key so what i can do here is ctrl shift c select the line that i want to apply it to and ctrl shift v now notice that it only lets me apply that formatting once as soon as i’ve applied it my cursor goes back to normal i’m no longer in format painter mode but what if i want to apply this formatting to multiple lines or multiple words in this document well we can also do that but we need to make sure that we double click on the format painter first so once again i’m just going to select the word save we’re going to double click on the format painter icon in the clipboard group so now i can go in and i can paint across whatever text i want to apply notice that the format painter doesn’t deactivate once i’ve painted the formatting once so i can carry on going once i finish my painting i can either click on the format painter button again to deactivate it or i can press the escape key on my keyboard paste options effectively allow you to choose exactly how you’re pasting text and other pieces of information in your document and this is particularly useful if you are copying and pasting information into a document from an external source for example i might find something on the web and i want to grab it and paste it into my word document so what we’re going to do here is we’re going to jump onto wikipedia i’m just going to pull up the wikipedia page for the united states of america and we’re going to copy some of the text and paste it into this document because you’ll see that it looks very different than you might expect now the first thing i’m going to do is make sure that i have my cursor in the correct place and now i’m going to switch across to wikipedia so i’ve just pulled up the wikipedia page for the united states and i am simply going to copy some of this information so let’s select let’s select a good chunk let’s select all the way down to here and all we need to do is use the keyboard shortcut control c let’s jump back to our word document so now if i want to paste this in i can simply click the top half of the paste button or alternatively i can press ctrl v now notice what’s happened here it’s brought across all of the information it looks pretty good but it’s also brought across all of the formatting from that wikipedia page so if i now click in this text notice that the font that wikipedia uses is arial in size 10.5 now this might be absolutely fine for you but it might be that you want this text to kind of match the style of your document so as i mentioned normally in my documents i like to use calibri font and in general i’ll have that font at size 11. so now effectively what i need to do is reformat this information so that it matches what i want now there are various different ways i could do this i could select all of the information maybe press ctrl a and then go through and manually change the font and the size but take a look at what you get when you paste something in from an external source we get this little drop down menu in the corner and if we click it it’s going to open up our paste options and this is basically where we can choose how we want to paste this information so the default which is currently selected is to keep the source formatting which is why i’m seeing all of the formatting from the wikipedia page the second option we have is to merge the formatting so that’s going to merge it into this document and use whatever formatting i have applied so that would work quite well in this instance because it’s just going to change it to my default font alternatively the third option we have here is just to keep the text only and that will remove practically anything it’s going to set it back to the default font it’s going to set it to your default font size but it’s also going to remove things like any pictures that have accidentally come across or possibly any hyperlinks that you have in that text so in general i tend to use keep text only if i want the information to be in the word document but i want to completely reformat it and apply my own formatting so let’s choose keep text only so now i can go through and tidy up this document maybe i want to remove some of these erroneous spaces again these have been brought across from the wikipedia page what i also might want to do is a quick spell check so let’s do an f7 so let’s change the spelling of kilometers i’m gonna take this suggestion for islands and also for others and again we’ve just got a difference here between american and uk spelling so let’s change it and now my spell check is complete so don’t forget about those paste options now that little tag which came up at the bottom when i pasted this text into the document that disappears if you don’t use it immediately so if i start clicking around and doing other things and then try to go back to the bottom of the document you can see that it’s nowhere to be seen fortunately we can also access paste options by clicking on the home ribbon the lower half of the paste button we have those paste options in here now we haven’t really discussed images pictures graphics things like that so far in this course but i just want to briefly show you how you can copy and paste an image from an external website so let’s go back to our wikipedia page so maybe i decide that i want to grab this image of the united states and paste that into my document well i can simply select it by dragging my mouse over it we can then ctrl c and jump back to our word document i’m going to find a space to paste this in so i think just about there ctrl v to paste again notice we get that little tag pop up so we can choose exactly how we want to paste this in so once again we can choose to keep source formatting we can merge it with the current formatting or we can keep text only now notice if you choose keep text only when you’re trying to paste in an image you’re just simply not going to see that image you’re only going to see whatever alt text or caption text has been added for this image so in this scenario i would probably choose merge formatting because it’s going to take on the formatting of the document that i’m in but it’s going to allow me to see that image and any of the captions so just be aware of that difference when you’re using paste options find and replace are two separate utilities in their own right but you’ll often hear people speak about them together and that’s because they kind of really work together the first one will find text in your document and the second one allows you to replace it quickly so let’s deal with both of them separately let’s talk about find first of all now quite often particularly if you’re working with a longer document you’ll want to find something in that document so maybe that is a very specific phrase or maybe it’s a specific word it could even be a specific piece of formatting well if we want to do anything like that then we have an option called find which will help us out now there are a couple of different ways that we can use find the first one we already briefly saw when we were taking a look at the navigation pane so if we jump up to view and turn on the navigation pane if you remember we can basically search our document from here so if i click in the search document bar at the top i can type in a phrase or a specific word so let’s say capital it’s going to go through that document and highlight wherever it finds the word and i can see here that i’ve got two results and if i click on the results heading it’s going to show me exactly where that word occurs in my document and this will allow me to very quickly jump to that point in the document so if i click on the second one you can see it jumps me all the way down and the word capital is highlighted in yellow making it super easy for me to see now what about if i want to find a phrase that has more than one word well let’s clear the search by clicking on the cross and maybe i want to find the words united states does it work let’s try we’ve got two words here yes it does so 16 results if i click on the results tab i can see every time i mention that phrase and i can jump to that specific point in the document so you can utilize the navigation pane to simply find words and phrases now the other way that we can utilize find is we can jump across to the home ribbon and all the way over in the editing group at the end notice we have a find button and if we click the drop down next to it we have find advanced find and go to now we already saw what go to allows us to do we can quickly jump to pages sections lines so on and so forth and we also have find and advanced find now if we hover over find notice that it has a keyboard shortcut of control f and if we click on find it is simply going to reopen that navigation pane now if we go into advanced find this is going to open up the find and replace dialog box we’re currently clicked on the find tab and in the find what field notice that it holds in it the last term that you searched for so for me that was united states now i’m going to backspace to get rid of that and i’m going to try and find something else so this time i’m looking for the word coast now notice the options that i have underneath i can choose where i want to find it and in this case i don’t have too many options i’m finding it in the main document now if i just hit enter here it’s going to highlight in the document everywhere i have the word coast but if i just want to step through each occurrence of the word coast i could say find next and that’s going to leave this dialog box open but it’s going to highlight in the document where we have the word coast if i click find next again it’s going to carry on searching and jump to the next one now in this case i only have one occurrence of the word coast so it’s finished searching the document i also have other advanced options down here so i can choose to match the case so if i wanted to look for the word let’s say usa and specifically usa all in uppercase i could say that i want to match the case so that’s only going to find instances of usa where it’s in capitals as opposed to if it’s in lower case let’s do find next there it is there’s the first one highlighted and i only have that mentioned once as well i can choose to find whole words only or even use wild card characters so if i wanted to use a wild card maybe i want to look for everything that starts with the word united if i put an asterisk after it that’s our wild card character and hit enter it’s going to find united united states united kingdom united arab emirates it’s basically going to find everything that starts with united i could even do a find for something that sounds like something else so if we say let’s pick a word that we can rhyme another word with so here we have the word five so i’m going to say let’s type in sounds like live let’s select our option click on find next and it’s picked up the word life and in fact it hasn’t picked up five but it is picking up life so don’t forget about these advanced options that you have at the bottom now something else you can do is you can find not only words and phrases but you can find specific pieces of formatting so i’m going to cancel out here for one second and i’m just going to apply some formatting to some text in this document so let’s just choose a few random words and make them bold so now what we can do if we jump back into advanced find we can remove all of our current search terms go down to format and because i’m looking for all bold words in the document i can choose font and i can say find everything with bold formatting click on ok simon says subscribe and click on the bell icon to receive notifications find next and there we go it’s found that first bold word if we move across it’s found the second one so on and so forth and we have lots of different options in here so we don’t have to stop at just bold formatting if i’m looking for a piece of text that’s maybe in a specific font or maybe it’s a specific size or has other specific formatting i can choose my options in here and find it that way we can also find certain special characters in our document as well now i’m not going to linger too long on this we’re going to talk about this a bit more when we move into the paragraph section but i can do things like find all of the line breaks in a document or wherever we have a paragraph character so on and so forth so those are the options that you have for find now because this box will always retain the search that you’ve just done i’m going to choose no formatting just to remove all of the search terms now whilst find might be useful a lot of the time you might be looking through your document for a specific word in order to replace it with another word so maybe i want to replace the words united states of america with usa throughout this document well this is where we can do a replace now notice because we have this dialog box already open we have a replace tab up here if we don’t have this dialog box open we can simply go back to the editing group and there is the replace command keyboard shortcut control h let’s click on replace i already have some search terms in here so i’m going to choose no formatting to remove them and this time i’m going to say i want to find the words [Music] united states of america and i want to replace with usa i can choose to replace just one occurrence or replace all occurrences of this phrase in the document so let’s say replace all now notice here i have united states of america quite often throughout this document so if we say replace all it’s telling me it’s made zero replacements now why is that well it’s because my cursor is currently clicked right at the end of this document and it’s always going to search down from the top if you take a look underneath where i have my search term it says options search down so do i want to continue searching from the beginning yes i do let’s go for it again it’s made two replacements and if i take a look at that i can see it’s changed it in the title and also in this first line a lot of the time in this document it just says united states as opposed to united states of america so what probably would have been a bit quicker for me to do here is to use a wildcard instead so if i change this to search for everything that starts with united states it’s going to replace united states and united states of america effectively so i’m going to say use wild cards let’s replace all and it’s made five replacements yes i want to search from the beginning the final tally is 14 replacements let’s click on ok and i can see that now i don’t have united states or united states of america anywhere in this document in this exercise we’re going to practice some of the skills that we’ve learned throughout this section so the first thing i’d like you to do is to open the file the solarsystemexplained.docx from the exercise files folder once you have that file open i’d like you to select the document title only and apply the following formatting properties i’d like you to make the font size of the title 28 points i’d like you to make it bold and i’d like you to center align it on the page i’d also like you to change the font color to red once you’ve done that i’d like you to find all instances of the word sun in the document and change them to bold next i’d like you to scroll down in the document and find the section titled in a solar system i’d like you to select the entire section cut it and then paste it after the section titled outer solar system and when you paste i’d like to make sure you choose keep source formatting so a little bit of work to do there see how you go and if you’d like to see my answer then please keep watching so i’ve opened up the file the solarsystemexplained.docx from the exercise files folder and the first thing i asked you to do was to select the title and apply some formatting so i’m going to hover my mouse over in that left hand margin click once to select that entire title i then asked you to change the font size to 28 points and you could use the mini toolbar just here alternatively you can go up to the home ribbon click the drop down and choose 28 points from there i asked you to also make the title bold so you could go to the font group and click on the b or alternatively you could use the keyboard shortcut ctrl b to apply that i asked you to center align the title so for this we need to go to the paragraph group and it’s this option here that we want again if you use the keyboard shortcut ctrl e that is absolutely fine and i also asked you to change the font color to red so let’s go up to our font color drop down and we’re going to go with one of the standard colors here i’m going to go for the darker red now i didn’t mind which shade of red you selected that’s not particularly important just as long as you know where you need to go to access your color palettes the next task to complete this exercise was to use find and replace to find all instances of the word sun and make them bold so from the home ribbon all the way over in the editing group let’s click on replace and again if you use the keyboard shortcut ctrl h that is absolutely fine so this time we want to find the word sun and we want to replace it with the word sun but we want to replace it with sun in bold so for this we need to expand more go down to format and font and choose bold from here let’s click on ok and then we can choose replace all you can see it’s made 89 replacements let’s click on ok and if we go back to the beginning of the document control home we should find that every instance of the word sun is now showing in bold the last task to complete in this document is to practice cut and paste so i asked you to scroll down until you find the section titled inner solar system and it is a little way down this document so let’s find what we need here it is just here on page number five so i’m going to select everything all the way down to outer solar system which is all of this text just here i then asked you to cut this text out now again you could use the cut option in the clipboard group on the home ribbon or alternatively you can use the keyboard shortcut control x now that you’ve cut that out i asked you to paste it after the outer solar system section so let’s scroll all the way down to the end of the document and i asked you to paste this and keep the source formatting now again there are a couple of different ways you could do this you could jump up to the home ribbon click the lower half of the paste button and choose keep source formatting alternatively if you want to use the keyboard shortcut ctrl v you can then click on the little smart tag at the bottom and choose keep source formatting from there it’s time now to shift our focus away from text very slightly and start talking about paragraphs because there are a whole heap of different options that we can use in word 2021 to format entire paragraphs now the first thing we need to establish if you’re not sure what exactly is a paragraph well in the context of word a paragraph is basically wherever the writer the typer has hit the enter key so this information that we have in this particular document if you remember we just copied and pasted it in from wikipedia it doesn’t necessarily have paragraphs in the correct places so if i have a quick read through and maybe i decide that there needs to be a new paragraph after the word area i can click my cursor hit the enter key and now word considers this block of text to be a brand new paragraph incidentally even the title in this document is considered to be a paragraph and i think in general we wouldn’t normally think of that but because we’ve hit the enter key after the title this first line is a paragraph in itself the first paragraph in this document now there are different ways that we can format entire paragraphs in our word document and i guess some of the more common things you might want to do with paragraphs is change the alignment so if you notice by default if we take this first paragraph as an example the text is aligned to the left hand side and we have what we call a raggedy edge over on the right hand side so everything is always going to be nicely lined up to the left because the default is left alignment and if we take a look up on the home ribbon in the paragraph group you can see that i have left alignment selected by default notice the keyboard shortcut there of control plus l but what if i wanted to align this text to the middle well if we move across to the next icon we can change this to center alignment keyboard shortcut control plus e and that’s just going to place that text in the center of the page and as you might have guessed we do have a right alignment as well control plus r which will give us a nice straight line on the right hand side and the raggedy edge on the left now if you’re wondering what the other alignment tool up here is this is justify keyboard shortcut control plus j and justify will basically distribute your text evenly between the margins so if we click this option we’re basically going to get a nice straight line on both edges we don’t get that raggedy edge as we call it and what you might notice is that in order to achieve this word will kind of extend the character spacing in the paragraph and if you’ve ever read a newspaper which i think most of us have justified is the alignment that newspapers use so you get a nice clean crisp look in columns now for this particular document i want this to be aligned to the left but interestingly although i have been selecting the entire paragraph each time i don’t actually have to do that if i want to change the alignment all i need to do is click somewhere in the paragraph and either use the keyboard shortcut or click on align left in order to change that entire paragraph now there’s lots of other things that you can do with paragraphs which we’re going to take a look at throughout this section but let’s just finish by taking a look at a couple of other little options that we have in here with regards to formatting paragraphs so once again i’m clicked in this first paragraph if we jump up to the paragraph group notice here that i can click the drop down and i can apply a background fill color to my paragraphs so maybe i want to change this to a blue color i could even put a border around particular paragraphs so i’m going to say all borders and that really makes this first paragraph stand out from the rest of the text so your alignment tools and your paragraph formatting tools can really make a huge difference when you’re putting together a word document aside from aligning and changing the formatting of our paragraphs we can also adjust line spacing and paragraph spacing and these two have a distinct difference for example if i click my mouse somewhere in this second paragraph in the paragraph group on the home ribbon notice we have some options here for line and paragraph spacing so if i click the drop down i can choose how much space i want between the lights and because we have live preview turned on it means that when i hover over a specific item in this list it’s going to give me a preview of what that’s going to look like and you can see it’s only applying line spacing to the paragraph that i was clicked in it’s not applying it to all of the paragraphs in the document so i can choose to have less space between the lines in a paragraph or more space between the lines and if i want to further customize how much space i have between the lines i can jump into line spacing options now we have quite a bit of information on this page but if we take a look at this last group for spacing this is where we can get very granular about how much space we have between our lines for example i could say that i want 12 point spacing before this paragraph and if you take a look at the preview at the bottom when i start to adjust this you can see it’s going to move that paragraph further away from the paragraph above so this is line spacing before the paragraph begins i can do the same and adjust the spacing after so if i want less of a space i can pull that down or i can add more of a space in there i can then make further customizations in this line spacing drop down currently i have this set to single but i could go for 1.5 lines and again you can see how that changes the paragraph spacing in the preview below or i could say i want the spacing exactly and then specify a number of points so maybe i want this to be let’s just put it up to something rather large so let’s go for 21 points and you can see how that’s going to affect my paragraph so just be aware of the options that you have in this paragraph dialog box when it comes to spacing also note that if you want to apply a space before or a space after the paragraph you don’t necessarily have to jump into that dialog box you can click the drop down and we can say add space before paragraph or remove space after paragraph and you can see as i’m hovered over that the map of the united states is a lot closer to the paragraph above now that’s dealing with the spacing of lines within a specific paragraph whichever paragraph i’m clicked in but what about if i want to adjust the space between paragraphs as opposed to lines for the entire document or for that we need to go into a slightly different area i’m going to click on a ribbon that we haven’t really taken a look at yet so this is going to give you a bit of a preview now if we jump across to the design ribbon notice in the document formatting group we have some paragraph spacing options and currently i’m using the default style set but we do have some other built-in style sets that we can use to change the spacing between paragraphs as opposed to lines so if i hover over no paragraph space i’m not going to get any spaces in there and you can see the properties of that particular style set so no spacing before no spacing after and line spacing is set to one i could go for compact which adjusts that spacing after to four points i could go for tight or maybe even open or relaxed i even have custom paragraph spacing options just here so what i could do is make some amendments just here so maybe i want to have more space before and i could choose to apply this to only this document or all new documents based on this template now remember new documents based on this template means it’s going to apply these changes to the normal.x template which is basically the template that’s in use when you create a new blank document so if you need to be very specific about the amount of space you have in between your paragraphs and you want that to apply to all new documents that you create you can come in here you can make your adjustments and then you can select new documents based on this template now i’m not going to do that i’m just going to leave everything on the default so i’m going to cancel out of here but just be aware of that difference between line spacing and paragraph spacing something that can be really useful when you’re working with word documents is to turn on non-printing characters so what exactly are non-printing characters well as you might expect they are characters that exist in your document but are effectively invisible to the reader for example if i said to you take a look at this document and tell me where the non-printing characters are you’re not really going to have too much of an idea and that’s because we haven’t got non-printing characters turned on so let’s turn them on first of all and then i’ll explain to you why they can be so useful now turning on non-printing characters is a really simple thing to do we need to go up to the home ribbon in the paragraph group it’s this little icon that you’re looking for this paragraph mark and it’s actually called show hide notice the keyboard shortcut of control plus asterix to toggle it on and if we take a quick look at the screen tip it says it’s going to show paragraph marks and other hidden formatting symbols this is especially useful for advanced layout tasks so if we click to turn on and non-printing characters a couple of things have changed on this page notice that we now have these paragraph marks symbols at various different points throughout this document now what this paragraph symbol means is basically it’s the end of that paragraph so every time we’ve pressed the return key word will automatically think that we’re starting a new paragraph and it places a paragraph marker there and these paragraph markers are a lot more important than simply just to mark where the end of a paragraph is the paragraph marker actually contains all of the formatting information for that line of text now i find these particularly useful if i’m trying to format a document because they really do let me know where the beginning of the paragraph is and where the end of the paragraph is so if i just want to apply formatting to one specific paragraph it makes it a lot easier for me to see for example i can see in this paragraph here we have a paragraph marker at the end of this paragraph and then another one at the end of this paragraph so if i’m clicked in this paragraph just here i know that any formatting i apply and for argument’s sake i’m just going to increase the indent is just going to apply to the text that falls between those two paragraph markers another thing that we can see when we toggle on show hide is we can see these little dots in between each word and as you might expect these are there to represent every time we have a space now why is that useful well let’s turn off show hide for one moment to hide those non-printing characters if i scroll down a bit further in this document you can see here i haven’t really applied any formatting at all there’s no paragraphs in there there’s no formatting but take a look at something that we can see there’s a few words here that have a double blue underline and as we saw in a previous lesson this means that there’s a grammatical error in this particular point of the document if i just take a look at these i think well actually you know what this sentence sounds like it makes sense as does this one down here so why is word flagging these as a grammatical error well this is where turning on show hide is going to help because take a look at this i can see very clearly that i actually have two spaces in between the words united and nations and that’s why word is picking this up as an error so all i need to do here is just delete out one of the spaces and the same thing down here so toggling on show hide can be really useful when you’re formatting your documents now we’ve just seen a couple of examples there of paragraph marks and spaces but non-printing characters consist of a lot more things than that and we’ll be taking a look at these as we work through the course now the final thing to mention here is that if you find these really useful and you want to have them turned on permanently you can choose in word options to permanently display paragraph marks so let me just very quickly show you where that setting is so if we go up to file down to options we’re going to find this underneath the display page and it’s this second section here always show these formatting marks on the screen so if you want to permanently see your paragraph marks your spaces your tab characters your hidden text optional hyphens you could turn all of these on so when we click on ok even if we toggle off as show hide markers we’re still going to see those marks on the screen because we’ve chosen to permanently display them in this lesson we’re going to take a look at how you can quickly and easily create a bulleted or numbered list and these are really useful if you have certain list items that you want to stand out in your document and it makes your document a lot easier to read now i’m working in a completely different document and you’ll find this document ready to go in the course files folder so make sure that you have this downloaded now all of the information in this document i’ve just grabbed off of wikipedia and paste it in and i haven’t applied any formatting to this document as yet now i can see in the bottom left-hand corner that this document is 15 pages long and the page that i want to work on is actually page 13. so let’s use go to to jump directly to that page control g is the shortcut key to bring that up let’s type in 13 go to and now i’m in the spot that i want now here i have a list of countries and this basically shows the top 10 coffee consuming countries measured per capita and per annum and this looks kind of fine but i want to make this a bulleted list so that it really stands out and makes it easier to read now if i click in the first line item here finland jump up to the home tab notice in the paragraph group we have a row up here which relates to bullets and numbering so let’s take a look at this first one just here this is where we can create a bulleted list now if i click the drop down i gain access to the bullet library so this really allows you to customize the style of bullet that you’re using now the most common one is the first one just here a plain old bullet so let’s select it and now it’s bulleted just that first line item now i really want to have bullets applied to this entire list so do i have to go through selecting each one and applying bullets no i don’t i can make my selection first of all and then apply bullets in all one go so let’s undo i’m going to do control zed to undo that let’s select the entire list of countries and then i can just click the bullets button and if i just click the button as opposed to clicking the drop down and selecting from the bullets library it’s going to apply that first default bullet so now my list looks a lot neater now the difference here is that once you’ve applied bullets to the entire list if you want to change these bullets so maybe i decide i want a different type of symbol i don’t have to highlight the entire list again because word recognizes it’s already a list so i can simply click my cursor anywhere in this list click the drop down and let’s choose something else from the bullet library and it changes for everything and the cool thing about bulleted lists is that if i click at the end where we have canada and press the enter key it’s automatically going to give me another bullet point so i can carry on typing in the next item in my list now another thing to be aware of is that you do have different levels of bullet so maybe underneath each of these countries i want to break it down by their major cities so what i could do is click at the end of finland if i press enter i’m going to get another bullet on the same level but if i press my tab key it’s going to indent and give me a different style of bullet so this is kind of for your secondary list items so maybe i want to put in here some information specifically related to the city of helsinki and i could carry ongoing so if i click at the end of norway press my tab key i can then type in the next item so on and so forth we even have a third level list if i press tab again it’s going to carry on going so the tab key is going to give you different levels of indented bullet if you want to indent back out again shift tab will take you backwards now what about if i want to remove bullets well all i need to do here is click the drop down and choose none and that’s going to remove the bullet from that line only but what about if i want to remove the bullets from the entire list well i need to select the list and then choose none from the bullet library now i’m going to tidy this list up a little bit let’s remove those cities to take it back to how it was previously so bullet points are really simple to apply but what about if i want to turn this into a numbered list instead maybe this would make more sense because it is effectively a top 10 list or a top 11 list as we’ve added a new item because this is the first time that i’m applying a numbered list i need to make sure that i select the entire list first and then i can go up to the numbering option now if i click the drop down here we do have a numbering library so again this depends on what type of numbers you want to apply to this list you might want one two three you might want one two three with a bracket around it you might want roman numerals you might want uppercase lowercase so on and so forth so let’s apply this one just here one two three and it applies to the entire list if i hit enter again i’m going to get the next bullet and if i press the tab key it’s going to give me my indented bulleted item so really nice and straightforward now i’m going to select this entire list again and let’s choose none to reset it the final thing i want to show you here is how you can use a picture as your bullet instead so once again i’m going to select the entire list let’s click the drop down and notice at the bottom we can choose to define a new bullet so if you decide you don’t like any of these bullets available in the bullet library we can pretty much use any picture as a blip so if you have a little picture or a logo or something like that saved off to your hard drive you could choose picture and then browse for it in that way alternatively and sometimes this does work a little bit better we could choose a symbol from words inbuilt symbol gallery so let’s click on symbol it’s going to open up all of the symbols that we have available and i could choose something from here to use as a bullet so let’s use a star i’m going to select it from the gallery click on ok i’m getting a preview as to what that’s going to look like when i click on ok it’s going to use stars as bullet points instead the final thing to mention here is the little button that we have at the top here and this is for a multi-level list so currently i basically have a single level list if i select all of the items and click the drop down i can choose one of these options so this is where i can really customize what those different levels look like so if the top level has a one next to it if i press the tab key the next item is going to be 1.1 tab key again the next item is going to be 1.1.1 and we have various different inbuilt preset styles that we can apply so if i choose this one i have my numbered list 1 to 11 but if i have other items in this list when i press the tab key it’s going to give me 1.1 if i press the tab key again i get 1.1.1 so you really do have a whole list of different styles that you can use not only for bullets but also when you’re trying to construct a numbered list in your document indenting paragraphs can be a really helpful way of adding structure to your document and there are numerous different ways that we can indent paragraphs in word so let’s take a look at a few of them once again i’m working in the document the comprehensive guide to coffee and we’re going to click in this first paragraph after the heading and the sub heading now if we jump up to the home tab in the paragraph group we have two little buttons just here if i hover over this first one this is the decrease indent button and this is going to move your paragraph closer to the margin now currently in this document all of my paragraphs are as close to the left hand margin as they can go but what about this other button well this is going to increase the indent so it’s going to move our paragraph farther away from the margin so let’s click this one and see what happens well as you can imagine it’s just going to indent that paragraph to the default first indent and you can see by looking at the ruler that is just over one centimeter if i want to remove this i could then decrease the indent and it’s going to take it back to the left margin and i could click the increase indent button again if i click it again it’s going to move further and carry on going so i can really adjust these as i wish now notice that these changes are really just being applied to the paragraph that i’m clicked in and if we turn on our show hide markers we can see exactly where the end of that paragraph is now if i want to apply indentation to numerous different paragraphs i would need to make sure that i select all of the paragraphs that i want to indent and then i can use my increase indent button to indent the whole lot now as we’ve just seen when we increase the indent it increases it to the default measurement but what if we want to use our own measurements or maybe we want a different style of indent maybe we want to indent the first line but not the rest of the paragraph and that is a technique you often see in novels in books the first line will be indented but the rest will be back at the margin so how can we do things like that well let’s take our paragraphs back to the left margin by decreasing the indent and we’re going to open up our advanced paragraph options so let’s click on the diagonal arrow and you can see automatically it’s taken us across to the indents and spacing page and the second section here is all related to indentation so let’s move this over here so we can see the text underneath so this is where i can get very granular about the amount of indentation i want to apply so if i want to put this up i can click the up arrow and if you notice in the preview window it’s just showing me where that’s going to indent to so this gives me a little bit more control when it comes to how far away from that left margin my paragraph is i could even indent from the right margin so if i put this up notice it’s going from the other side and if i want to manually change this i can simply click in the box type in the exact indentation level i want and press enter so really nice and straightforward now i’m going to click in this first paragraph one more time and re-open up our advanced paragraph editing because we do have some other options here underneath this special drop-down so this is where i can choose if i want a first line indent or a hanging indent so if i say first line indent take a look in the preview this is what you see in novels if i click on ok it’s going to indent just the first line of the paragraph and leave everything else at that left margin and i can even customize exactly how far across i want that indent to be so if i need it to be a little bit further along i can adjust this click on ok and i get a completely different effect now i’m going to control z just to undo this and take it back to how it was let’s open up our options again and take a look at the other thing that we have underneath this special drop down and that is a hanging indent which is kind of the opposite of the first line indent this time it’s going to leave the first line of the paragraph at the margin but it’s going to indent everything else and once again we can adjust exactly by how far we want to indent if we click on ok we get a completely different effect so really this is entirely up to you how you want to manage indents in your document just remember if you’re just clicked in the paragraph it will only apply the indent to that paragraph if you want to apply it to multiple simply select the paragraphs jump into the advanced options and then you can choose whatever level of indentation you want in the previous lesson we took a look at how we can indent paragraphs in our word document and just to pick up where we left off if we take a look at this first paragraph where we have a first line indent i want to draw your attention up to that horizontal ruler notice that where this line indents i have what we call a tab stop and that is this little triangle icon that you can see there on the ruler now if i hover over it’s telling me that i currently have a first line indent set in this document and this is basically showing me how far across the page this indent is this is where that first line is going to start now tab stops are really important when it comes to how your document is laid out and if we double click on this tab stop it opens up our advanced options for paragraph and right at the bottom we have a tabs button now if we click on this this is going to allow us to define where our tab stop position is now i’m going to cancel out of here just keep that in the back of your mind because we’re going to jump into here a bit later on in this lesson now these tab stops that you can see on the ruler we can adjust these manually so for example if i wanted to move this first line back to the left margin i can simply click and drag it all the way back if i click in the second paragraph notice again i have my tab stop position i can simply drag it all the way back to change that indentation now whilst we’re here looking at these tab stops on the ruler we saw that if we hover over the first one this is the first line in den but what about if we hover over the one below this is the hanging indent and if we hover over the little rectangle underneath that one represents a left indent so what happens if i click on left indent and drag it in it’s going to move that entire paragraph so this is very similar to applying an indent the lower half controls the left indent what about if i move the hanging indent tab stop well this is going to give me that hanging indent effect and i can drag it up and i can drag it back down again and if i want to indent the first line you might have guessed it we can click and we can drag and it’s going to indent that first line so just be aware that you have these controls these tab stops up here as well to adjust your indentation now tab stops can be used in a slightly different way so what i’m going to do here is i’m going to click after what is coffee and press the enter key to give myself a new paragraph now what about if i want to have maybe three columns of text here maybe i want to have a column that shows the coffee type maybe i want some information in the middle of the page which shows the country of origin and then maybe i want some information over on the right hand side of the page which shows the amount consumed well currently that’s quite hard to do if i was to type in say coffee type i could press my tab key to kind of move across and sort of guess where the middle part is and then i could say country and then i could tab across and then maybe say something like amount but this isn’t particularly consistent and it’s going to be really hard for me to start lining up my items underneath so this is where tab stops come in really handy so i’m going to control z just to get rid of this and show you how these tab stops work now if you cast your eyes all the way over to the left hand side of the screen notice right in the top corner here we have this little symbol which looks like a small l if i hover my mouse over it that is my left tab but if i click my mouse it cycles through to a different style of tap and if i hover over that is a center tab if i click again it’s going to give me a right tab if i click again it’s going to give me a decimal tab let’s click one more time that is a bar tab we have a first line indent a hanging indent and then we’re back to our left tab so this basically allows you to cycle through all the different kinds of tabs that we have in word so how exactly do we use these well i could use these to help me with the example i just showed you now i want to type in coffee type and i want all of the items to be aligned to the left margin so i don’t really need a tab here i can just type in coffee type and it’s basically in the correct place but now i want to make sure that my next column of information is in the middle of this page so if i take a look at my ruler i’m going to say that just over eight centimeters is roughly in the middle of my page let’s say eight for argument’s sake this isn’t an exact science so what i could do if i wanted everything to be centered is i could use a center tab to help me with this so what i need to do is i need to go through my different tabs and make sure that i select center so we’re on left the next one is the center tab there we go once i have center tab selected i can then click on my ruler where i want to place that tab so i’m going to say i want to put this at eight centimeters let’s click and now you can see we have that little tab there so what this means is that when i press the tab key on my keyboard it’s going to tab directly to that point and because it’s a center tab it’s going to ensure that all of the text i start typing is in the center so i’m going to type in country of origin and then i want a final column and i want to make sure everything is aligned to the right so for this i could use a right tab so i’m going to cycle through all my tabs again so we’re on center there is the right tab and then i’m going to place this just at the end just after 16. so now when i press tab key it’s going to jump to that point and everything’s going to be aligned to the left hand side so let’s just say amount sold notice also that because i have my show hide markers turned on i’m seeing an indication of wherever i have a tab so because i now have those tab markers set i can press enter and then i can type in my items and everything’s going to be nicely lined up so let’s say java i press the tab key it jumps me to the center country of origin let’s say indonesia and we’ll say 1 million units sold hit enter i can go to the next one and if we turn off as show hide markers you can see how nice this looks everything is nicely lined up and this is really hard to achieve if you don’t use tab stops you could use something like a table but tab stops work just as well now if you’re wondering what some of these other tabs are if i toggle through to this next one the decimal tab this is what you can use if you’re typing numbers into your document if you want to make sure all of the numbers are aligned by the decimal place then you could use the decimal tab so let’s just click somewhere in this document i’m going to say 7 centimeters i’m going to hit enter tab across and if i was to type a number that has decimal places so let’s say 1 million again you can see that the decimal place will always be aligned to wherever we have that decimal tab so if i was to type a shorter number in let’s say 4000 everything’s going to be nicely lined up and what about a bar tab what does that do well if i hit enter and let’s toggle around till we get to the bar tab if i put that at let’s say three centimeters it’s going to put a line in there a bar so this is good if you want to add a little bit of separation to your columns now i’m going to ctrl z to undo that the final thing i want to point out to you here is the additional options that you have when it comes to tab stops so if i click somewhere i have a tab stop i can double click on the tab stop go to tabs if you recall we were in here earlier and this is going to show me my tab stop positions for this line that i’m currently clicked in and i can make any changes that i need to so you can see here tab stop position i’ve got a tab at eight centimeters which i do it’s the center tab and i have another one at 16.25 and that is a right tab and you can see that for both of these i don’t have what we call leaders so what i could do here if we delete out everything that we’ve had in there and i’m also going to remove the tab stops by just simply clicking and dragging them off of the ruler i could set up all of my tab stops from this tabs dialog box so i might say that i want a tab stop position at four centimeters so let’s say four i want it to be a center tab and i want it to have a dotted leader click on set and it’s going to add that in notice that i have a tab stop at 16.25 well i don’t want that one to be there i can click it and i can say clear let’s add another tab stop position so let’s add one at 11 centimeters and i want this to be a right tab stop with a dotted leader and click on ok so now if i type in my titles let’s say coffee type and press the tab key it’s going to tab across to that first tab stop which is four centimeters and i have that dotted leader i can type in my next so let’s say country press tab again it’s going to jump across to 11 centimeters and i can then type my next heading so that is how your tabs and your tab stops work really useful if you’re trying to line up things in a document in this exercise we’re going to practice some of the skills that we’ve learned in this section and we have quite a few different tasks to complete so the first thing i’d like you to do is working in the solar system document after the second paragraph i’d like you to type the title planets comma distance from the sun i’d like you to make sure that you turn on rulers and make sure that the measurement unit is set to inches once you’ve done that i’d like you to add a center tab stop at three inches across the ruler i’d then like you to add a right tab stop at six inches across the ruler once you have those tab stops set up i’d like you to open the document planets distance from the sun table dot dot x and once again you’ll find this in the exercise files folder i’d like you to use that information as a guide and manually input it into the solar system document using the tab stops once you have all of that information in there i’d like you to just apply bold formatting to the heading row to differentiate it from the rest of the information now once you’ve done that i’d like you to scroll back up to the top of the document and after the main title i’d like you to insert or type a bulleted list and this bulleted list should list out all of the planets and instead of using one of the regular bullet symbols i’d like you to use the icon titled planet icon.png again you’ll find this in the exercise files folder make sure that that icon represents each bullet point in the list so quite a few different things to do there if you’d like to see my answer then please keep watching so the first thing i asked you to do in this exercise is after paragraph number two which is this one just here we need to get onto a new line and type a brand new heading and that needs to say planets distance from the sun next i asked you to make sure that you have your rulers turned on so if you can’t see a horizontal ruler running across the top of the page you’re going to need to go to view and make sure you have a check in the box next to ruler i also asked you to make sure that the measurements are displayed in inches now if you have something that looks different to what i have here you’re going to need to go into file down into options and into the advanced page now if we scroll all the way down to the display section we want to make sure where it says show measurements in units of this is set to inches so if you have anything else in there you want to make sure you select inches let’s click on ok i then asked you to add a tab stop at 3 inches across the document so for this we need to reach our mouse all the way over to the left hand side where we have our different tab stops so i need to click until i get to the center tab stop which is this one just here i can now go to my ruler and where it says three inches i’m going to click to add that center tab stop i then asked you to add a right tab stop at six inches across the ruler so once again let’s go over to add tabs in the top left hand corner click again to move to the right tab stop and then we can just click at six inches on the ruler to add that the next thing i asked you to do was to add some information using these tab stops and for this we’re going to refer to another document that we have saved off in the exercise files folder and that is this file just here planets distance from the sun table dot dot x so basically we want to manually type in all of this information by using our tab stops in the other document so for this i’m going to divide my screen into so to make this easier i’ve placed my documents side by side the first thing i’m going to type here is planet and then i’m going to press my tab key to move across to that center tab stop let’s type solar system press the tab key again to move across to that right tab stop once we get to the end of the line let’s press enter and we can start to type in the first planet so the first one is mercury press tab again it’s part of the inner solar system and it is 35 million miles from the sun so what i need you to do here was go through and add as many of these as you like if you didn’t add them all that’s not too much of a problem just as long as you get the idea behind tap stops so i’m going to go away and add the rest of these in and then we’ll pick up with the rest of the exercise so once you have all of these typed in the next thing i asked you to do was just to make sure that the column headings were in bold so let’s select this top row ctrl b to make those bold the final part of this exercise was to type out a list of all of the planets at the top of the document and i wanted you to make this a bulleted list so if we scroll up to the top of the document let’s click and get ourselves onto a new line i’m going to type in mercury venus earth and then all of the rest of the planets now we want to make these a bulleted list but i don’t want to use just the regular bullets i asked you to use an icon that’s stored off in the exercise files folder so let’s select a list let’s go to the home tab we’re going to click the drop down next to bullets and from here you needed to define a new bullet we need to go to picture from a file and then just navigate to the folder wherever you have the planet icon saved so let’s select it click on insert and ok again and we now have a bulleted list with a customized bullet point if you’re not a subscriber click down below to subscribe so you get notified about similar videos we upload to get the course exercise files and follow along with this video click over there and click over there to watch more videos on youtube from simon says it

    By Amjad Izhar
    Contact: amjad.izhar@gmail.com
    https://amjadizhar.blog